Banking and healthcare robots for SEQ? City leaders on tech tour   

The introduction of robots, autonomous vehicles and improved cyber security in south-east Queensland will be discussed by city leaders during a three-day international venture. On Sunday, representatives from seven councils will head to Singapore on a three-day mission to explore the country's smart technology and find out if and how it could work in south-east Queensland.


          Glenn Loury & Bret Weinstein   
Bret’s work in evolutionary biology ... Bret’s inside take on the turmoil at Evergreen State College ... Attempts to limit faculty autonomy at Evergreen ... The problem of self-censorship ... Bret explains why he went on Tucker Carlson’s show ... The clash with the “Patriot Prayer” group at Evergreen ... How protestors targeted Bret ...
          Robocop: In Dubai gehen fahrerlose Streifenwagen auf Verbrecherjagd   
Bis Ende des Jahres sollen in Dubai autonome Autos patrouillieren. Sie sollen etwa Verdächtige und "unerwünschtes Verhalten" melden. Es ist nicht die einzige ungewöhnliche Verkehrsmaßnahme im Wüstenstaat. In 13 Jahren soll die erste Polizeiwache im Wüstenstaat eröffnen, die vollkommen ohne Menschen auskommt. Dieser Artikel wurde einsortiert unter Internet, Internet & Netzwelt, Automobil, Roboter, Polizei.

          Cataluña y las comunidades del PSOE afean a Montoro que negocie con Cs una bajada del IRPF   
Estas autonomías creen que el Estado debe reformar la regla de gasto para que quienes cumplan el déficit puedan destinarlo a gasto social. Leer
          Haflong meet expresses concern over bandh culture   
HAFLONG, June 30 - In a bid to maintain peace, tranquillity and brotherhood among the various tribals and non-tribals in the tiny but the most beautiful district of Assam, the Dima Hasao district administration organised a peace meeting involving the representatives of apex bodies of different communities, the NC Hills Autonomous Council, NGO's etc., at the Circuit house conference hall on Wednesday.
          1er(e) Technicien(ne) de Laboratoire - GlaxoSmithKline - Rixensart   
Profil (Compétences de base): - Gradué A1 avec orientation scientifique (biologie, chimie, agronomie) ou équivalent -Proactivité -Autonomie -Esprit d’équipe ...
Van GlaxoSmithKline - Mon, 19 Jun 2017 16:05:59 GMT - Toon alle vacatures in Rixensart
          Social Media Editor   
MA-Boston, Social Media Editor There is an amazing full-time opportunity to join one the fastest growing companies in the Boston area. This is a nationally recognized company and the industry leader for internet travel experience. Currently, they are working on multiple Social Media Editor openings. This is a unique opportunity to join an established team that encourages a high level of autonomy while still
          Commentaires sur Lenovo Yoga 720-15IKB, ultrabook 15" tablette Quad i7 GTX 1050 SSD à 1450€ par Antoine   
Un billet pour dire ma satisfaction sur le Lenovo Yoga 720 15″ (80X7004WFR). Contre toute attente, il m’a été livré dans une belle boîte avec un stylet active pen pro 2 ! Le tout prêt à l’emploi : Création graphique impeccable avec Krita, Médibang Paint Pro, Gimp, grace au stylet 4096 niveaux de pression (mais sans prise en charge de l’inclinaison du stylet à la différence du pencil d’Apple). Excellent aussi dans la création d’images de synthèse sous Blender grâce à sa carte graphique NVIDIA GeForce GTX 1050 avec 4Go dédiés. Le souffle du ventilateur n’est pas spécialement gênant car le niveau sonore reste faible. Idem en matière de musique assistée par ordinateur : Fait très bien tourner Cubase 7.5 et le synthétiseur virtuel UVI Falcon : Le disque SSD de 512Go est ultra rapide pour les banques de sons. Les hauts parleurs produisent un son clair et agréable. L’écran FHD 1920 x 1080 me parait suffisant, mais un peu faible en luminosité pour une utilisation en extérieur. L’autonomie est très correcte. Son look et sa robustesse au rendez-vous. Bref ! Un superbe ordinateur / tablette tout terrain pour un prix très correct (1512 euros pour la fête de père).
          Commentaires sur Asus FX753VD-GC101T, PC portable 17 pouces Quad Kaby Full GTX 1050 à 899€ par camille   
Pour ceux qui se poseraient des questions : j'ai acheté quasiment la même référence (i7 à la place du i5) il y a deux semaine en promo sans os sur ldlc (929E avec un code promo) : -Il y a un port m2/sata fonctionnel dedans (il manquait seulement la vis pour moi mais j'en avais une en reserve) même si ce n'est pas indiqué clairement sur la fiche du fabriquant. -L’écran est très lumineux si poussé au maximum et les angles de vision sont bons pour du LED (moi j'ai une legere fuite de lumiere visible sur fond noir en bas à gauche mais pas trop genante). -Les températures sont bonnes en charge (environ 53/54°C max pour le proc). Il peut par contre devenir assez bruyant à pleine charge en jeu. -le chassis ne chauffe pas, le clavier et le touchpad sont agréables. -attention : seul l'exterieur de l'ecran est en aluminium, le reste est en plastique. -les performances générales sont très bonnes (bureautique/jeux) et le wifi est particulièrement bon ! -l'autonomie n’excède pas 2h30/3h sur le web en baissant la luminosité (mais 17''/3kg, ce n'est pas vraiment un ultra portable) donc il vaut mieux avoir une prise à côté. -La sortie casque est de bonne qualité, les enceintes internes sont juste correctes : on distingue très bien les voix mais les basses sont absentes. remarque : il est possible de désactiver le rétroéclairage rouge pour obtenir un look plus ordinaire.
          Aquila : le drone solaire de Facebook réussit son deuxième vol d’essai   

Après un premier test raté en juin dernier, le programme Aquila vient d’enregistrer un succès. Pour son deuxième essai, le drone solaire autonome de Facebook qui vise à connecter les zones les plus reculées du monde à Internet, a pu récolter un maximum de données. Et il a surtout réussi son atterrissage. [Lire la suite]
          And 500 Other Things   
Self-driving cars fans live in environments which have basically been built for cars and not in somewhat older areas where car-centric environments were retrofitted slowly over time. Roundabouts are hard, but so are hundreds of other non-standardized things.

"Roundabouts are considered to be very challenging for automated vehicle technology," says Helen Kourous, a Ford engineer. "They are very unstructured. No two are alike. You can find many different configurations. Human drivers can sometimes get confused in them," she says.


In geofenced areas, such as the parking lot at Walt Disney World, a gated community, or a college campus, Level 5 self-driving vehicles make perfect sense, and they will work. I can see Level 3 vehicles in a few years where vehicles can drive themselves on highways but must hand off to the human driver if they can't figure out a situation. And that's about really all we can expect in the next 25 years.

This is correct, though I think it also misses the point. While there will be uses for this technology, they'll be so limited as to be almost pointless. Great, self-driving shuttle buses in Disney World to get people from the parking lot to the park gate. I mean, cool, I guess, but...




          Volkswagen fera communiquer les véhicules entre eux dès 2019   
Connectivité. Ce mot est à la bouche de tous les acteurs de l’automobile. Chez Volkswagen on annonce vouloir faire communiquer les véhicules entre eux dès 2019. Sur le chemin du véhicule autonome il y a le véhicule connecté avec son environnement, qu’il s’agisse d’autres véhicules, des infrastructures ou encore des autres modes de transport. A […]
          General Dentist - Aspen Dental - Newberry, MI   
Aspen Dental-branded practices are independently owned and operated by licensed dentists. As a dentist, you'll have clinical autonomy and be able to focus your...
From Aspen Dental - Tue, 13 Jun 2017 06:14:41 GMT - View all Newberry, MI jobs
          CamCom, Minardo sollecita il Ministro Calenda   

Sono oramai 2 anni che si parla del progetto della “Super Camera di Commercio del SudEst” della Sicilia quello che prevede l’accorpamento delle tre Camere di Commercio di Catania, Ragusa e Siracusa. Da qualche settimana la Regione Sicilia si è pronunciata a favore dell’autonomia di Catania (perché in possesso dei requisiti di legge anche come […]

L'articolo CamCom, Minardo sollecita il Ministro Calenda sembra essere il primo su Ragusa Telegraph.


          Led Zeppelin - Led Zeppelin II   
Il rock di oggi, quello indipendente, alternativo, libero e incontaminato, non esisterebbe se non ci fossero stati, quarant’anni fa, i Led Zeppelin a tracciare la strada. Una strada di autonomia creativa, di indipendenza dal mercato, che li ha resi, all’alba degli anni Settanta, la più grande rock band del mondo. Il loro secondo album mette in scena quello che Jimmy Page sognava dalla fine degli Yardbirds, una perfetta sintesi di rock, blues e folk, una miscela esplosiva sostenuta dal ritmo travolgente di John Bonham e John Paul Jones, che si materializza nel corpo e nella voce di Robert Plant. “Led Zeppelin II” è uno splendido scrigno di gioielli rock, da “Whole lotta love” a “Heartbreaker”, fino ad arrivare a “Moby Dick”, brani che non hanno età, che fanno vibrare il cuore, che rappresentano il rock come tutti vorrebbero che fosse sempre.
          Nueva ley para los autónomos   

La nueva ley de autónomos va a ser aprobada. Te contamos las 13 medidas más importantes que se van a poner en marcha para mejorar las condiciones de los más de 3 millones de autónomos españoles.


Ver vídeo

           Al Shabaab militants executed in Somalia's Puntland for bomb plots, killings    
BOSASSO, Somalia, June 30 (Reuters) - Authorities in Somalia's semi-autonomous Puntland region on Friday executed seven people it said were Islamist...
          ARGUMENTE ÎMPOTRIVA INIŢIATIVEI DENUMITĂ „ŢINUT SECUIESC”   
            Harta aşa zisului Ţinut Secuiesc din inima României   ARGUMENTE ISTORICE ŞI DEMOGRAFICE ÎMPOTRIVA INIŢIATIVEI DE EXTRA-TERITORIALITATE DENUMITĂ „ŢINUT SECUIESC”   1. Argumente istorice Modelul de autonomie teritorială propus sub forma iniţiativei de extra-teritorialitate denumită „Ţinut Secuiesc” nu este viabil, deoarece nu a existat niciodată, în această formă. În […]
          The Guardian view on Hong Kong: Britain has a duty to defend its freedoms | Editorial   
As the region marks 20 years since its return to China, there is rightly concern about its future

It is 20 years since Hong Kong returned to China. Now as then, there is trepidation. In his first visit as Chinese leader, Xi Jinping has overseen a military parade – a reminder of Beijing’s might – and warned of “new challenges” to the “one country, two systems” framework which allows a high degree of autonomy for the region. On Friday, the foreign ministry described the Joint Declaration, the Sino-British treaty on those arrangements, as a historical document which no longer had practical significance.

Britain’s seizure of Hong Kong is a key part of China’s narrative of a century of humiliation by imperialist foreign powers, ended by the Communist party’s triumph. (Its belief that the west is determined to rain on its parade will be reinforced by the US announcements of sanctions on a Chinese bank linked to North Korea and arms sales to Taiwan just as Mr Xi arrived in the region for the anniversary celebrations.)

Continue reading...
          Field Service Engineer (Agriculture / Industrial )   
Field Service Engineer (Agriculture / Industrial) North of Scotland Based (Aberdeen and Surrounding) £25,000 - £30,000 + Overtime + Progression + Training + Benefits Are you an Electro-Mechanical Engineer looking for an autonomous role with full training, overtime and progression on offer? This is a chance to work independently where you ...
          Libertarianism is dead   
The Cato Institute embraces equalitarianism:
It is not enough to be passively “not racist.” We must be actively anti-racism.

Libertarians tend to think of freedom as either a means to an end of maximum utility—e.g., free markets produce the most wealth—or, in a more philosophical sense, in opposition to arbitrary authority—e.g., “Who are you to tell me what to do?” Both views fuel good arguments for less government and more personal autonomy. Yet neither separately, nor both taken together, address the impediments to freedom that have plagued the United States since its founding. Many of the oppressions America has foisted upon its citizens, particularly its black citizens, indeed came from government actors and agents. But a large number of offenses, from petty indignities to incidents of unspeakable violence, have been perpetrated by private individuals, or by government with full approval of its white citizens. I would venture that many, if not most libertarians—like the general American public—haven’t come to terms with the widespread, systemic subversion of markets and democracy American racism wreaked on its most marginalized citizens. Consequently, libertarians have concentrated rather myopically on government reform as the sole function of libertarian social critique without taking full reckoning of what markets have failed to correct throughout American history.

Take, for example, the common libertarian/conservative trope: “We believe in equal opportunity, not equal outcomes.” Most people, outside of the few and most ardent socialists, should believe that is a fair statement. But to say such a thing as a general defense of the status quo assumes that the current American system offers roughly equal opportunity just because Jim Crow is dead. Yet, that cannot possibly be true.
I left libertarianism because I concluded that it is a hopelessly utopian ideal that is practically impossible in a fallen world of real human beings, libertarianism did not leave me. But this is not libertarianism, this is the convergence of libertarianism and its cooption by equalitarians.

At this point, it's safe to say that libertarianism is as intellectually dead as communism. That doesn't mean it won't retain any number of dogmatic adherents, but at this point, it can no longer be considered conceptually viable. And this new Cato-endorsed variant is little more than a farcical parody.
          (IT) Web UI Developer - Javascript JAVA Angular React backbone ECMA Agile - Investment Bank   

Rate: £600 - £650 per Day   Location: London   

Web UI Developer - Javascript JAVA Angular React backbone ECMA Agile - Investment Bank A talented Web UI and Java developer to join a small agile team for an interesting project within a Top Tier Investment Bank. You must have a good knowledge and understanding of modern JavaScript development, Java development, UI design, a keen eye for detail, a strong focus on automated testing and a relentless drive for simplicity. The team is small, has a large degree of autonomy, a large degree of self-discipline and are focused on delivering working software. Project tech stack is Server Side Java, REST, ElasticSearch, Angular, HTML5/CSS, Selenium/Webdriver and the typical modern development/automation tools. Experience of the entire development life cycle within Java projects from architecture through to maintenance. Experience on High performance Java development and the Java framework and its interoperability mechanisms. Multi-threaded approaches and practical experience in profiling and optimising highly concurrent codebases. Experience of delivering high performance, low latency systems. Knowledge of programming best practices, design patterns etc Ability to deliver quality code using test driven development and agile practises. Provide simple solutions to complex problems. You do not need to come from an investment banking background, but you need to be passionate about development, and able to work with a large degree of autonomy, when required. Role: The role will involve working as part of a small agile team, working closely with other IT teams as well as the Front Office and other stakeholders. The Java Developer will be expected to be flexible working on solutions across all impacting areas, creating new services as well as maintaining and enhancing existing services.. This role involves development of leading edge solutions across the department. The role involves providing 3rd level support, liaising either with the support team or with the business directly. Adlam Consulting operates as an Employment Agency & an Employment Business
 
Rate: £600 - £650 per Day
Type: Contract
Location: London
Country: UK
Contact: Adlam Consulting Ltd
Advertiser: Adlam Consulting Ltd
Email: Adlam.Consulting.EE8C4.A5193@apps.jobserve.com
Start Date: ASAP
Reference: JSADL02712

          Autonomiczna ciężarówka Google uchwycona podczas testów   
Nie tylko Uber, przez zakupioną przez siebie firmę Otto, interesuje się autonomicznymi ciężarówkami. Podobnym tropem podąża też należące do Google Waymo, którego ciężarówki zostały uchwycone na zdjęciach podczas testów. Waymo, firma, która w ramach holdingu Alphabet przejęła prace nad autonomicznymi … Czytaj dalej
          barista - Store# 52249, Victoria - Starbucks - Victoria, BC   
Our Baristas personally connect with, laugh with and uplift the lives of our customers. They enjoy being able to achieve these aspirations autonomously, while...
From Starbucks - Thu, 23 Mar 2017 04:12:23 GMT - View all Victoria, BC jobs
          Guía de compras: Móviles (III)   

LTE
Seguimos con la Guía de compras sobre qué criterios hay que tener en cuenta a la hora de comprar un terminal móvil estas navidades. Ahora nos pasamos a las características de la conectividad de los móviles, con tantas generaciones que confunden a más de uno.

Hasta que no se decida si la 4G es LTE ó WiMAX (aunque va ganando el primero), vamos a ver lo que tenemos actualmente en el mercado de los terminales móviles.

  • GPRS es el estándar básico de nuestros terminales, por lo que todos ellos soportan GPRS, que podríamos considerar 2.5G (que normalmente no se especifica mucho en los catálogos de móviles). Requiere poca autonomía para funcionar aunque la tranferencia de datos es muy baja, por lo que sólo es recomendable en terminales de mucha transferencia (aunque el tema está cambiando) o en móviles para su uso con llamadas de voz y mensajes de texto.
  • EDGE es la ampliación del GPRS enfocado a datos, que aumenta la velocidad de transferencia de los mismos, aunque a nivel de voz se mantienen las especificaciones del GPRS. En EEUU y algunos países de Europa aún se encuentra vigente, aunque en España dimos el salto de GPRS a UMTS sin el previo paso por EDGE.
  • UMTS, lo que comunmente se llama 3G (algunos catálogos de móviles ya lo especifican) que mejora levemente las características en las llamadas, ya que con el aumento de la tasa de transferencia, permite videollamadas y una aceptable navegación web. Sin duda, el estándar base sobre el que deberíamos pensar para nuestro próximo terminal, siendo las tecnologías previamente comentadas, estándares pasados y relegados a terminales de gama baja o media, con la excepción de las Blackberry (que poseen EDGE, aunque aquí no podamos disfrutarlo).

Mobile_Broadband

  • HSDPA el nuevo estándar (nuevo, lo que es nuevo, no es) que suele estar catalogado como H ó 3.5G y que aumenta enormemente la conectividad de nuestro móvil, acercando y superando con creces las velocidades de de algunos ADSL, alcanzando los 7.2Mbps de descarga. Generalmente, los terminales HSDPA, utilizando conectividad UMTS para la subida, quedándose algo cortos en ciertos casos.
  • HSPA es la otra cara de la moneda con respecto al HSDPA, ya que utiliza HSDPA para la descarga y HSUPA para la subida, alcanzando de media 7.2Mbps de descarga y 2Mbps de subida (velocidades que pueden ser superadas con algunos terminales) estando presentes en móviles de la talla de los recientes HTC o el XPERIA X1, entre otros. Si queremos que nuestro móvil nos sirva para navegar espectacularmente por la red, descarga de medios, etc. sin duda, HSPA es la mejor opción.

Ahora, el canto de la moneda es la cobertura, que no es uniforme y ya sabemos que aunque nos encontremos en un gran núcleo urbano, podemos pasar de conectividad HSPA a GPRS según si nos encontremos en exteriores, interiores, zonas de edificios altos, etc. Puedes tener el teléfono de ultimísima generación, pero si tu operador no te ofrece una buena cobertura, no sirve de nada.

Si utilizas tu móvil para llamar y para enviar SMS, con un terminal GPRS vas que te matas. No necesitas más.

Más información | Guía de compras de móviles.


          Vendesi - Vende Appartamento Ottimo - € 65000   

Sampeyre 12020, Italia
Appartamento 3 Locali: Immerso nel verde, splendido appartamento disposto su 2 livelli, completamente arredato con cura. Riscaldamento autonomo con stufe a pellet/legna e radiatori elettrici. Bassissime spese condominiali. Ulteriori informazioni in studio. classe energetica: D (dm ... - epgl,nren: 198.59 kwh/mq - sc5250619
pcase.it

          Vendesi - Vendita Casa Indipendente a Montalenghe - € 118000   

Montalenghe 10090, Italia
...ampia cucina, salone, bagno, balconi; piano secondo, camere, bagno, scala interna in legno, caminetto. riscaldamento autonomo a metano , canne fumarie per stufe. prezzo euro 118.000,00 trattabili Altre informazioni ... ...
sistemarsi.com

          Vendesi - Villa Vendita rosignano marittimo mazzanta - Cinque... - € 270000   

Rosignano Marittimo 57016, Italia
...di: ingresso, sala cucina ,due camere e bagno. riscaldamento autonomo a metano oltre a due stufe a idropellet. sussiste la possibilità di rialzare. completa la proprietà un giardino di mq ...
cercaimmobili.it

          Waymo’s Autonomous Chrysler Van Takes A Road Trip To Vegas   

Waymo’s autonomous Chrysler van is taking a road trip to Vegas according to a recent post from the company on Twitter, which mentions that it’ll also be heading out to Death Valley to test the self-driving vehicle in the extreme heat that can be found in the region. This will be a big departure from […]

The post Waymo’s Autonomous Chrysler Van Takes A Road Trip To Vegas appeared first on AndroidHeadlines.com |.


          AEE 225: 3 Secrets to Getting a Job in the United States   

How do you get a job in the United States?

What do employers want and expect?

Today, Lindsay and Kristy talk about 3 things an employer in the U.S. might look for in a job candidate!

 

Taking IELTS? Get our free IELTS video training course now

 

If you’re applying for a job, it’s important to know what your potential employer is looking for.  Like any other country, the U.S. has a professional culture which places more value on some individual qualities than others.  These qualities may be very different from what employers look for in your home country!

 

Are You Ready to Practice? Get a Private, Native English Teacher Now!

Speak English Now (2)Try italki to learn to speak like a native.

You’ll get your English mistakes corrected immediately!

For a limited time you’ll get 10UD to use towards private English lessons on italki.

Visit italki now to claim your 10USD in free English lessons.

 

Some qualities American employers seek in employees:

  • Proactive attitude: Show that you are autonomous and energetic – the opposite of passive.  It means to show up early, confirm the time you will meet, and say thank you.
  • Positive attitude: Americans like smiles.  But it’s also important that you get along with others and not be pessimistic.
  • Communication: When you actively communicate it shows you are engaged.  A big part of this is simply that you let the boss know what is going on.
  • Be a “Giver”: Show that you believe in the vision of the company and are personally invested in its success.  In other words, it’s more than a job to you.

 

Are these the same traits that employers look for in your country?

Do you have them?

Let us know in the comments section below!


          Asesoria fiscal, laboral, contable, juridica y mercantil   
Asesoria para empresas y autonomos , sin desplazamientos, sin horarios, a precios competitivos. Servicio personalizado
          Préposé(e) aux élevages - Groupe Coopératif Dynaco - Quebec   
Votre autonomie, vos aptitudes au travail manuel ainsi que votre capacité à. Nous sommes présentement à la recherche d’un(e) :.... $14 an hour
From Groupe Coopératif Dynaco - Fri, 16 Jun 2017 00:58:31 GMT - View all Quebec jobs
          Direttore Commerciale Estero - Linkhr - Veneto   
La figura professionale ricercata, riportando al Management, in maniera autonoma svolgerà le seguenti mansioni: Assicura l’elaborazione degli obiettivi di
Da Linkhr - Mon, 12 Jun 2017 15:40:57 GMT - Visualizza tutte le offerte di lavoro a Veneto
          NIGERIA: IT'S TOO LATE TO RESTRUCTURE NIGERIA – Ankko Briggs   
IT'S TOO LATE TO RESTRUCTURE NIGERIA  – Ankko Briggs

Prominent resource control crusader, Ankko Briggs, has backed down on her call for the restructuring of the country.
Briggs said making such move at this time in the life of the nation was too late.

She rather called for the parting of ways by the different sections of the country. In a position made known on Wednesday amid the call for restructuring by several prominent individuals and groups, Briggs said the restructuring of the country should have been long done before the administration of former President Goodluck Jonathan or the National Conference held in 2014.
She said at the time, nobody understood why she stood on the side of restructuring the country.
Ankko Briggs

Now Briggs said that call is coming too late. She said what will work for the country at this time is for the different regions to go their separate ways. Briggs said: “Going by the figures, the North is getting over 60 per cent of the total local government allocations and even when we come to the states as well they also receive far more than the Southern states.

“Again, if you go to the National Assembly, they are far more in numbers, especially in the House of Representatives, and so by the time there is a motion or bill, which they are not in support of, ends up being frustrated or not being passed at all.
“A good example is the PIB that had to spent over 10 years in the National Assembly.

“How can this continue?”

According to the renowned advocate for resource control in the Niger Delta, the time for restructuring Nigeria was long gone owing to the fact that it had become another political tool in the hands of the ruling elites, whose plan is to increase revenue allocation to some parts of the country currently agitating, but then retain the same form of governance, which has bred institutional injustice in the country.

Briggs said: “For me, calling for restructuring now is too late we want to go our separate ways because you see what they are calling restructuring is not what restructuring is.
“Restructuring to them is that the status quo should remain and perharps a little increase in revenue to agitating regions, but the real restructuring is when everybody keeps what you have, even if it is only water that you have, and if you can sell it, sell it.

“So anything apart from that is not restructuring.
“What is federalism?
“This is where you have the states, which are the federating units.
“So a federation means that every component is autonomous to itself within that nation.
“So how can the Federal Government be interested in building hospitals in Abia State or building a university in Rivers State?
“Nigeria is a good example of how impossible to run a government.

“How can one man alone, who is of a different culture, language, religion run or oversee the rest of the people of over 400 ethnic groups as if he is overseeing his own personal property or estate?
“He cannot do it right because he doesn’t know my culture and so how can he make decisions that will be 100 per cent appealing to me because the things I would put into consideration if I am to make the same decisions will be totally different.

“People even say that I don’t fight other people’s battle, but that is not true.
“I can fight the Igbo man’s battle because I understand his way of life and culture to a very large extent because my grandmother is Igbo and I can speak Igbo language well too, I can understand them, I can work with them and if I am working with them and I make decisions for my people and Igbo people, I won’t go wrong because I know what to do.

“Now reverse the case and ask me to make decisions for the Hausa-Fulani man or the Muslim man, I will make a terrible decision and this is because I don’t understand them.
“So this is what we are saying that someone who doesn’t understand a people cannot make any good decision for them.

“If this simple conditions are not met, governance will fail and that is what has happened in the real sense, it has failed in Nigeria.
“The then military leadership under General Abdusalami Abubakar had a rare opportunity of gathering Nigerians together to come up with a document meant to be the constitution, but it was bungled because what happened was that one man just sat down and made sure that the document was written to favour a particular section of the country and he called it the Constitution of the Federal Republic of Nigeria.

The Nigerian constitution is the only constitution in the world that tells a lie against itself and its people, when its first sentence says: ‘We the people.’
“That statement is a lie.

“There was never a gathering of any people or group of persons to discuss any constitution.
“Do you also know that the constitution was designed to work against people who are not Muslims as the word Islam, Muslim, Sharia or Mosque was mentioned over 200 times, while the word Christian or Church was never mentioned in the constitution?
“And you say that same constitution is me
          [Vidéo]: Dans les rues de Londres, Ocado expérimente la livraison en véhicules autonomes   
Chères lectrices, chers lecteurs, C’est dans un quartier de Londres que Ocado a décidé de tester la livraison de produits alimentaires par des véhicules autonomes, conçu par la société Oxbotica. Une intervention dans des rues semi-pietonnes C’est dans le quartier de Woolwich, à Londres que les véhicules autonomes seront mis en experimentation. Le véhicule est […]
          Outside Plant Engineer - Verizon - Bakersfield, CA   
You enjoy analyzing problems and having the autonomy to select and implement the right solutions. What you’ll be doing......
From Verizon - Thu, 29 Jun 2017 10:58:12 GMT - View all Bakersfield, CA jobs
          DevBot : le prototype de véhicule autonome boucle le circuit de l’ePrix de Berlin à 200 km/h   
Nous vous en parlions déjà la semaine dernière, la fascinante DevBot de Roborace a tranquillement terminé un tour de circuit […]
          Dubaï se dote d’une voiture de police autonome pour traquer les « indésirables »   
Dubaï ne cesse d’intégrer les technologies les plus innovantes et insolites en son sein. Après les taxi-drones dès l’été prochain […]
          CIMEL Turbolava Scheuersaugmaschine Autofahrantrieb - Batterien und Ladegerät exkl.   
9.360,00 EUR
CIMEL ist ein traditionelles italienisches Familienunternehmen im Norden von Italien, in der N?he von Mailand. Wir sind spezialisiert in der Herstellung von professionellen kompakten automatischen Scheuersaugmaschinen und Dampfreinigungssystemen f?r den t?glichen Einsatz in der Reinigung von kleinen bis mittelgro?en Fl?chen. Wir sind auch ein OEM, das hei?t, dass unsere Produktion sowohl unter unserem Markennamen "Turbolava" und auch unter privaten Handelsmarken vertrieben werden.Qualit?t und Liebe zum Kunden liegt an erster Stelle, deshalb verwenden wir erstklassige Komponente und Rohstoffe zu 100% vom italienischen Lieferanten und gew?hren eine schnelle und pers?nliche Unterst?tzung in kaufm?nnischen Bereich und After-Sale-Service.Wir sind Mitglied der IVSS (internationale Sanit?rbedarf Association) und wir exportieren etwa 60% unserer Reinigungsanlagen zu den wichtigsten internationalen M?rkten in Europa, Asien, Nordamerika. Wir sind auch Mitglied eines Netzwerks von italienischen Herstellern f?r die Verf?gbarkeit von verschiedenen Arten von Reinigungsger?ten, die durch uns gekauft werden k?nnen, unter unserem Turbolava Markennamen oder unter anderen privaten Handelsmarken.?TURBOLAVA KART 66Turbolava Kart 66 ist eine fahrbare Scheuersaugmaschine mit Auto-Fahrantrieb; die Akku-Version ist ebenfalls verf?gbar, mit zwei B?rsten, die eine 66 cm Arbeitsbreite bieten. Es ist die richtige Alternative f?r breitere Arbeitsfl?chen.Diese Scheuersaugmaschine ist man?verf?hig in seinen Funktionen einfach zu bedienen; Auch unerfahrene Anwender k?nnen sie effizient fahren, w?hrend sie einen guten Reinigungsservice auf gro?en ?Fl?chen erf?llen - bis zu 3000-qm / h.Mit je 70l Kapazit?t f?r beide Tanks, umfasst die Maschine schnell den Boden und beseitigt die Verschmutzungen und die 2 x 120 V 140 Ah-Batterien erlauben eine 3-Stunden-Arbeit bevor sie wieder aufgeladen werden m?ssen.?TECHNISCHE SPEZIFIKATIONEN:Arbeitsf?higkeit: 3000 qm / hReinigungsbreite: 660 mmRakelbreite: 950 mmB?rsten: 2 x ? 330 mm 180 r.p.m.Vakuum-Motor: 1 x 550 W 1500 mm H2O 24V S3Gewicht auf B?rsten: 50 kgAntriebsmotor f?r B?rsten: 2 x 375W 24VTraktion vorw?rts und r?ckw?rts: 5 km / h 1 x 200W 24VTanks: 2x 70 lGewicht ohne Batterien: 160 kgAbmessungen: 1320 x 700 x 1350 mmAutonomie: 3 h (140 Ah)Batterien: 2 x 12V 140Ah?? ? ?

          Aerospace Program Manager and Supply Chain   
P3-Group - Montreal, QC - QUALIFICATIONS Bachelor in Mechanical or Aerospace engineering 5-10 years experience in the aerospace industry within Project Management and Supply... working autonomously and can be the face of the company to the customer; You have aerospace industry experience and knowledge ideally...
          DE ... SHOJANDO LA MARGARITA.   
CLINICA DENTAL GALVEZ MOLINA BASKET: 50
CLUB BASKET CARTAGENA: 88


Por fin se deshojó la margarita. La emoción nos acompañó hasta el último día de la competición regular, lo cual no es otra cosa que el indicativo de que todo se ha desarrollado con absoluta normalidad. Así debería ser siempre, pero desgraciadamente es la primera vez que ocurre en muchos años.
Por fin conocemos quién se queda fuera y no es otro que el guerrillero equipo templario de Caravaca. Se dejó la piel en las pistas, venció a los mejores y ha estado ahí hasta el último momento. Es curioso que el sábado a las 10 de la mañana muchos éramos los que pensábamos que tenían muchas posibilidades de ser primeros. Sólo tenían que ganar su partido ante Maristas, al que ya habían ganado con solvencia en el partido de ida (80-61). No era tan difícil, no perder ante quien habías ganado de 19, aunque ya se sabe, esto no es como empieza sino como acaba, y ganar en el feudo de Caravaca nunca es fácil. Allí se dan unos condicionantes especiales que hacen que el equipo se crezca y se sienta "como en casa". De haberlo hecho, Infante habría jugado su partido contra el CB Murcia 96 con la presión de conocer que alguien podría haberle arrebatado la "pole position" y quizás otro gallo habría cantado. En cualquier caso solo nos queda felicitar al equipo caravaqueño por todo lo bueno que ha sido capaz de hacer esta temporada, y seguro que aprenderán de sus errores, que para mí no han sido otros que sus derrotas ante Capuchinos en casa y ante Archena, equipo éste último teóricamente inferior y que ha tenido un extraordinario  final de temporada.
Al margen de estas culpas y cualquier otra cábala, lo cierto y verdad es que el equipo Caravaqueño ha quedado fuera de las semifinales y enviado a tomar... fanta como ellos mismos afirman en su web, pero su rendición ha sido muy cara e indiscutiblemente con la satisfacción del deber cumplido.

Y al hilo de estas primeras reflexiones, dejarme entonar el "mea culpa" por haber pensado mal, tal vez empujado por las habladurías o los chismes de portería. Tenemos todos que hacerlo, todos los que de alguna manera hemos pensado que Infante había puesto su partido el domingo para conocer resultados del resto de los equipos y decidir qué hacer. La verdad es que yo lo he pensado poco, es una culpa pequeñita, como diría el chiste "solo la puntita", pero no han sido pocos los comentarios que me han llegado, algunos de personas muy sabias en este mundo de la competición, en  los que se especulaba con la posibilidad de que Infante podría dejarse perder ante Murcia-96 caso de ganar Caravaca, con el fin de tener un cruce en semifinales más asequible que el cuarto del grupo A. Infante ha ganado su partido con solvencia ante el que pudiera calificarse como el equipo llave de esta competición, ya que todos los que hemos sido capaces de vencerle estamos en semifinales. Por otro lado nos quedamos sin saber qué habría pasado de vencer Caravaca a Maristas.
 Expresar también mi sorpresa ya que yo pensaba que el Murcia-96 tenía posibilidades de estar ahí hasta el final ya que es un equipo fuerte, aunque cuando vino a jugar contra el CBC me dio la impresión de que su staff técnico tiraba el partido con los absurdos cambios que realizaba cuando mejor le iba y los que no hizo cuando peor. El CBC se cuidó muy mucho de vigilar de cerca a Davíd Álvarez encargando su marcaje al que para mí es nuestro jugador más completo, Sergio Muñoz. Indiscutiblemente David es uno de los mejores bases de la región y en el partido de ida lideró la victoria de su equipo haciéndonos cuantos sietes estuvieron en su mano. Y así empezó en el partido de vuelta, pero como digo y tras verse obstaculizado por Sergio en sus primeras aproximaciones, incomprensiblemente ocupó su puesto en el banquillo en la segunda parte y el Basket Cartagena tuvo el terreno expedito hacia la victoria una vez solucionado el problema del cartagenero David.
David Álvarez vs. Sergio Muñoz
En cuanto a las especulaciones que he mencionado y que en este caso afectan a Infante, decir que por un lado la A.D. Infante  no ha hecho otra cosa que poner su partido el día y la hora oficial que tiene fijados desde el principio de la temporada, domingo a las 12, por lo que en ese sentido su honorabilidad está fuera de toda duda.
Si tratamos de buscar un culpable de esta situación un tanto anómala, pues como no podría ser de otra forma habría que dirigir las miradas a la Federación ya que somos muchos los que pensamos que tal y como ocurre en otras categorías, los partidos de la última jornada deberían jugarse obligatoriamente el mismo día y a la misma hora, evitando así que en los corrillos se hable mal de quien realmente no merece esos comentarios. Una vez más y no quisiera hacerme muy pesado en esto aunque a veces pienso que lo soy, dirijo mi mirada censora hacia ...

Hablábamos en la anterior entrada -sin duda una de las más populares de este blog y con mayor participación, ya que se han superado las 1000 visitas y los 40 comentarios, lo cual agradezco enormemente- de las oratorias al cielo que unos y otros haríamos durante la semana que ha terminado, ese mismo cielo donde algunos podrían "tener mano". Pues efectivamente, parece que esto de estar a bien con la iglesia da resultado, ya que la victoria de los Hermanos Maristas ante Caravaca y la propia de los Hermanos Capuchinos ha permitido la clasificación para semifinales de estos últimos, aunque sinceramente yo habría preferido que mi equipo fuera sexto que quinto, al tratarse de una clasificación virtual ya que te obliga a cruzarte con el equipo invitado estelar. Enhorabuena en cualquier caso a mis amigos de Capuchinos, y decir que al margen de  ser el equipo que se come el marrón, si alguno de los equipos que han jugado en este Grupo A de la competición Junior Masculino puede plantarle cara al UCAM Murcia 95, ese no es otro que Capuchinos, que siempre tiene ese plus de motivación cuando se enfrenta a su histórico principal esquilmador.


Ya para terminar, y antes de entrar en el breve comentario del partido que nos ha enfrentado a Molina Basket, dejar constancia de que nadie, ninguno de los equipos con posibilidades de ocupar una plaza en la final a 4 de la categoría, tiene la más mínima ilusión por hacerlo. Es algo así como cuando en otras épocas se jugaba la copa del Generalísimo, en la que todo estaba dispuesto para que en su presencia y en el escenario más propicio el Real Madrid se hiciera con el título año tras año. Ayer comentaba con algunos compañeros de viaje en esto de seguir a nuestros equipos, que para mí será justo vencedor de la categoría el equipo que logre llegar a la final, incluso antes de jugarla, todo ello sin quitarle el mérito y el respeto que merece el CB Murcia 95, ya que creo que está en otro nivel totalmente distinto al jugado en esta categoría junior, por lo que de nada le va a servir esta final a 4.

Precisamente ayer me acerqué al Pabellón de Los Dolores a verlos jugar en categoría autonómica frente a E.B. Salesianos, partido que vencieron sin despeinarse (64-112), liderando la tabla junto a MARME, por lo que podría ser un excelente candidato a llevarse el título  de esta categoría en lugar de la junior, si es que se trata de que se lleven un título, insistiendo en que nadie duda que es el equipo que debe ir a representar  a nuestra región en el campeonato de España de Clubes, jugara o no la final a 4 junior.


En cuanto al partido frente a Molina Basket decir que solo durante el primer cuarto el equipo Molinense pareció plantar cara al ya semifinalista Basket Cartagena, finalizando el cuarto con una ventaja de tan solo 3 puntos para el equipo visitante.


Pero al comienzo del segundo cuarto el CBC comenzó a asegurar y seleccionar mejor el tiro a canasta haciéndose definitivamente fuerte en defensa, por lo que el equipo molinense comenzó a desinflarse paulatinamente hasta el final del encuentro, al que a pesar del resultado no perdieron ni la cara ni el respeto, de agradecer tratándose de un equipo que no se jugaba absolutamente nada en su último partido de la temporada. Al descanso el resultado fue de 28-40.

Ya en la segunda parte las distancias en el marcador se fueron haciendo inalcanzables para los locales, encontrándose el equipo cartagenero muy cómodo en el partido, donde todos los jugadores del CBC tuvieron su protagonismo, incluídos Javi Sánchez e Iván Suárez, jugadores cadetes que debutaban en categoría junior y que tuvieron una actuación más que notable.

Fotografías del partido de Antonio Céspedes

Y la próxima semana comienzan las semifinales. Como cuarto clasificado el Basket Cartagena se enfrentará al campeón de la fase regular, el A.D. Infante. Os deseamos mucha suerte a todos y a seguir con la diversión dos semanas más.

Ya para terminar incluyo un comentario aportado por Ricard en la última entrada del blog, donde desgrana algunas "curiosidades" que se han producido en este final de competición:

Curiosidades de la clasificación FINAL:
-Cartagena hubiera quedado 4º, aunque hubiera perdido su partido.

-2º Maristas y 3º Yecla se enfrentarán a los lideres del Grupo BC : Lorca 96 y Pulso2 ...
...partidos (ojo : sólo a priori) mas fáciles que 1º Infante vs. 4ºCartagena.

-5º Capuchinos recibe el premio inesperado CBMurcia-95, que el sentido común dicta que se debía enfrentar a uno de los líderes BC

-Lo nunca visto : del grupo "Especial" realmente sólo pasan 4 (en otras categorias son 6) equipos, ya que uno de ellos ya está virtualmente eliminado (vs. CBMurcia-95), y no podrá jugar la "Final a 4".


Como continuación a las Curiosidades de la clasificación FINAL:

La injusticia de la competición Junior hace que el CBMurcia "A" ,juegue los cuartos de final de una liga en la que NO participa ,claro esto es MURCIA (Autonomia cuasi-bananera) donde los que mandan...en todos los estamentos tienen claro que las cosas se hacen Si o SI por sus "Mojones".
Me imagino lo que pensarían Estudiantes o Vitoria ...si el Barça o el RMadrid SOLO jugaran la liga de campeones y estuvieran clasificados "de facto" y sin jugar ningún partido para los play-off de la LIGA.

Por otra parte ,que el CBMurcia "A" ,además de no participar en la liga...elimine al 5º del Grupo A (especial)...es de juzgado de guardia .
En Capuchinos tienen que estar contentisimos de no haber jugado en la liga "B" ,donde seguro que hubieran conseguido un cruce mucho mas asequible...Maristas o Yecla (a ambos le ganaron uno de los dos partidos en la liga).

En fin "El sentido común" parece (en el caso de los encargados de hacer el calendario de competiciones) ...El menos común de los sentidos.


¡¡¡Qué razón tiene nuestro amigo Ricard!!!


          DE LAS QUINIELAS...   
BASKET CARTAGENA: 61
F.P. C. GALENO CB. CAPUCHINOS: 54


"Querido Señor: Los dioses han sido buenos conmigo. Por primera vez en mi vida todo es perfecto tal y como está. Así­ que éste es el trato: Tu congelas todo tal y como está y yo no te pediré nada más. Si te parece bien, por favor no me des ninguna señal." 
(Homer Simpson)

El pensamiento de Homero Simpson es tan caótico como sorprendente, y una vez más recurro a la sabiduría de este mi único consejero espiritual para expresar una sensación que creo que a todos los seguidores de esta esquizofrénica competición junior masculina nos persigue estos días, y no es otra cosa el deseo de que se pare el mundo, que se quede todo tal y como está y que continúe esta lucha sin parangón por ocupar "o no" los 5 primeros puestos de la competición, tal vez con una merecida "tercera vuelta", osea, ida, vuelta y revuelta, en lugar de entrar en vulgares finales a 4 con invitados estelares y en la que todo el mundo sabe qué va a pasar.
 
La resaca de las reflexiones que todos hemos hecho en cuanto a lo divino, por aquello del nombramiento del nuevo Papa, tal vez haya desatado una descarga tanto de rogatorias a propósito de los deseos de victoria o derrota de unos u otros equipos, según se mire, como de comentarios que han colapsado no solo este modesto blog declarado abiertamente independiente, marrajo aunque laico y por lo tanto incongruente, cartagenerista de pro y muy del Barça, sino también la sección de ruegos del mismísimo cielo, en el que algunos como todos sabemos pudieran tener mano.
 
No sé en el cielo pero en esta vuestra casa entraron ayer 425 oliscones, con la friolera de 28 comentarios y otros 6 no publicados por exceso de celo en el uso de apelativos despectivos, curoisamente no hacia mi persona ni hacia mi club u otros, sino hacia ese otro estamento tan indispensable como denostado. Y como esto de adaptarse a las nuevas tecnologías no siempre es lo mejor,  ayer mi móvil echaba humo ya que este blog es gestionado practicamente desde el móvil, a excepción claro está de la redacción de las entradas. Esto sin duda se debe al paro tal vez biológico de mis compañeros de "Cartagena Basket" y "Mi visión del Basket", que por motivos distintos me han dejado solo esta temporada en las tareas de informar y reflexionar acerca de las aventuras y desventuras de este equipo y otros chascarrillos del baloncesto murciano, por lo que no hay muchas más opciones, o entras en "El otro basket" a ver qué historias se inventa un servidor, o te deleitas con los relatos y reflexiones de "Las horas sitiadas" tan alejadas de las canchas pero no por ello menos interesantes, amén de la opción principal de "Mi baloncesto"..., bueno, mejor dicho el suyo.

Intentando hilar y dar forma a todas estas reflexiones a modo de introducción, vamos a ir desgranando la situación:
 
La tabla, una vez finalizada esta jornada llena de despropósitos para unos y de oxígeno para otros, ha quedado de la siguiente forma:

Clasificación JUNIOR MASCULINO (A 1 Jornada del final)

EquipoP.J.P.G.P.P.P.F.P.C.PTO.R.
1 AD. INFANTE CONSUEGRA PANADERIA 19 14 5 1272 1017 33 -2
2 CLINICA ORTODENT C.B. CARAVACA 19 13 6 1323 1150 32 -1
3 GRUPO GENERALA MARISTAS 19 13 6 1384 1308 32 +1
4 R.D. YECLA 95 VERDU 19 13 6 1218 1155 32 +2
5 BASKET CARTAGENA 19 13 6 1197 1071 32 +4
6 F.P. C. GALENO CB. CAPUCHINOS ´A´ 19 12 7 1373 1142 31 -2
7 UCAM MURCIA 96 19 11 8 1365 1203 30 +3
8 CLUB BALONCESTO ARCHENA 19 8 11 1145 1290 27 +4

La tan sorprendente como merecida victoria de Archena en el feudo templario caravaqueño, así como la victoria de Yecla frente al Rey Midas de Infante -que parece que ahora prefiere irse a vivir a una humilde cabaña al bosque en lugar de convertir en oro todo lo que toca, sus razones tendrá-, sin olvidarnos de la victoria del verdugo CBC frente a Capuchinos, dejan un cuadruple empate en el segundo puesto, a una victoria del primero, con el sexto clasificado con 12 partidos ganados (uno menos) y el séptimo con 11, y otro invitado a la fiesta que aunque con 8 victorias y sin posibilidades, está entrando en la juerga, aunque tarde, liquidando y aguando la fiesta a teóricos grandes.
 
Como véis esto es esquizofrenia en estado puro, jamás la competición junior se había visto tan emocionante e igualada, lo que le da ese aire de auténtica competición, a diferencia de otros años donde solo había un equipo marcando el ritmo y los demás jugando para que ellos se divirtieran, lo cual por otro lado es muy loable si eres capaz de reunir a semejante grupo de estupendos jugadores.
 
¿Qué puede pasar en la última jornada?

Próxima Jornada 22 07/04/2013

GRUPO GENERALA MARISTAS - CLINICA ORTODENT C.B. CARAVACA - 06/04/2013 19:00
CLUB BALONCESTO ARCHENA - R.D. YECLA 95 VERDU - 06/04/2013 17:00
AD. INFANTE CONSUEGRA PANADERIA - UCAM MURCIA 96 - 07/04/2013 12:00
CLINICA DENTAL GALVEZ MOLINA BASKET - BASKET CARTAGENA - 07/04/2013 12:00
F.P. C. GALENO CB. CAPUCHINOS ´A´ - ACG MOLINA BASKET - 06/04/2013 12:00

Es bien sencillo, y aquí os muestro varias combinaciones aportadas por lectores de este blog, ya que yo sería incapaz de llegar a todas estas conclusiones:

1º) Se podría dar que Caravaca ganase a Maristas y que Infante perdiera con Cb Murcia-96. Vamos a pensar que resto de resultados queden como deben. En este caso quedaría 1ºCaravaca, 2º Infante, 3º CBC, 4º Yecla y 5º Maristas, quedando fuera Capuchinos, siendo a criterio del amigo que aporta esta combinación, superior a equipos que puedan venir de otros grupos.
 
2º) Si Maristas gana a Caravaca y el resto de resultados se diera sin sorpresas, clasificación quedaría 1º Infante, 2º CBC, 3º Maristas, 4º Yecla y 5º y 6º Caravaca y Capuchinos, prácticamente fuera de juego. (Esta combinación yo no la veo).
3º) Luis García (sin duda un pseudónimo) afirma que los hermanos Capuchinos se encomiendan a los hermanos Maristas. Si Caravaca pierde con Maristas, Capuchinos se materia quinto y Caravaca sexto y a casita. Y sj también Archena ganase a Yecla, Capuchinos podría ser cuarto.
 
Como véis se pueden dar todo tipo de combinaciones y la emoción va a estar presente hasta el último momento, sin duda y como os decía mucho más interesante que la final a 4, que según donde se juegue, para algunos va a representar una absurda pérdida de tiempo.
 
Os invito a que dejéis vuestras quinielas en esta entrada, y la semana que viene vemos quién acierta, mientras tanto seguiremos "rezando", cada uno a su estilo claro está. 


En cuanto al partido del CBC frente a Capuchinos, decir que al margen de la incertidumbre por lo transcendente de este encuentro, la tónica general ha sido la de diversión y emoción a raudales, donde ambos equipos llegaron a los últimos 5 minutos con las opciones de victoria intactas.
 
Comenzaba este encuentro a mediodía de este sábado preprocesional, donde se reencontraban tal vez por última vez en las canchas cuatro viejos amigos, miembros de la selección FBRM alevín másculina del año 2007, Rodrigo y Carlos por parte de Capuchinos y Sergio y Jesús por parte del CBC.

Carlos #10, Rodrigo #6, Sergio #7 y Jesús #12

Y no tardó el equipo colegial en hacerse con el mando del partido, que mantuvo casi durante todo el primer cuarto no sin la respuesta departamental que le respiraba en la nuca continuamente, tanto que el primer cuarto finalizó con un empate técnico.
 
Mientras esto sucedía en el Cabezo Beaza mi amigo Rosqui, compañero de viaje en la dirección del Club Basket Cartagena y padre de Jorge, el jugador número 10 del CBC que también aparece en esta imagen, me mostraba vía "Guasap" su preocupación por el desarrollo del encuentro enviándome la siguiente imagen, tomada en la barra de las Bodegas Sanatorio de Chiclana, donde se encuentra acompañando a su hija Nuria la cual está disputando el Campeonato de España Infantil Femenino con la Selección FBRM.
 

Continuaba el segundo cuarto con la misma tónica que el primero, definiéndose las ventajas por pequeños detalles que solo los entrenadores son capaces de apreciar, yo desde luego no, llegando al descanso con una ligera ventaja para los cartageneros (31-24).


Y comenzaba la segunda parte con un panorama algo distinto, el Basket Cartagena se había hecho fuerte en defensa y creyéndose capaz de sacar adelante el partido, apareciendo las dudas en el equipo capitalino que no dejó de intentarlo y de trabajar duro en defensa contra la mayor altura del cuadro cartagenero. No en vano en diversos momentos de esta segunda mitad lograron igualar un marcador que llegó a estar de 12 puntos a favor del CBC, y que entraba en el último minuto con 4 puntos arriba para los locales.


Obligados a parar el encuentro y a falta de 47 segundos los colegiados, de los que hablaré en la prometida traca final prevista para cuando finalice la temporada, sancionaron con "intencionada" una falta corriente de un jugador de Capuchinos que solo pretendía ganarle al cronómetro. Dicha sanción puede que fuera el punto de inflexion definitivo, ya que a pesar de que el jugador cartagenero no obtuvo ningún rédito de los tiros libres, la posesión posterior que también tuvo premio nos llevó a los 21"  con 5 arriba, finalizando el encuentro con el consabido 61-54, y con un excelente sabor de boca para los cartageneros que pudimos disfrutar de un magnífico encuentro y una buena actuación de todos nuestros jugadores.
 
Fotografías del encuentro de Antonio Céspedes.
Un lujo poder utilizarlas en mis crónicas.
Y como queda dicho al principio de esta entrada, todavía queda la última jornada en la que algunos podrán disfrutar de la clasificación de su equipo y otros lamentarán esos puntos dejados en canchas teóricamente sencillas. No obstante os dejo con esta última reflexión de Homero, ya que todavía quedan un par de semanas de espera y duro trabajo.
 

Os deseo mucha suerte en esta última jornada a todos de corazón, ya que todos los equipos implicados se merecen estar en la pomada, y a los que se queden fuera os doy mi enhorabuena por el gran trabajo realizado.

          EXTRA OMNES...   
HERO JAIRIS vs. BASKET CARTAGENA


Todos fuera... que aquí no entre nadie porque nadie opina si no es de los nuestros. Pero por lo menos estos lo dicen abiertamente, esto es lo que hay, a cagar a la vía mientras nosotros nos lo guisamos. Y es que aunque parezca todo un atracón de autoridad, en otros estamentos teóricamente democráticos actúan de igual forma, ellos se lo guisan pero al contrario que los cardenales, el que te lo comes eres tú. Aquí fingen que te escuchan, que tu opinión cuenta y hasta te hacen perder el tiempo asistiendo a reuniones informativas, donde hay turno de palabra y hasta puedes hacer propuestas que caerán en saco roto con total seguridad. Son círculos tan cerrados donde están tan seguros de poseer la verdad absluta que el bastón de mando es su tercera extremidad, y cuando más convencido estás de que tu propuesta saldrá adelante, de pronto te das cuenta de lo poco que vales, y en tus tímpanos retumban las dos fatídicas palabras no pronunciadas... EXTRA OMNES, o lo que es lo mismo, ya te puedes ir que ahora yo decido lo que me venga en gana, no sin antes afirmar lo demodráticos que somos y lo bien que hacemos las cosas escuchando a los que en definitiva pagan todo esto, y es por ello por lo que al menos los reunimos.
 
 
   Mi propuesta como bloguero rebelde es que el que no valga para esto, el que no se comprometa y demuestre ser honrado, el que se autonomine como florero oficial del reino, que no conozca el significado de imparcialidad, y el que no esté conforme con que si mete la pata de forma descarada puede ser sancionado como cualquier jugador de campo o entrenador, en esos casos serán apartados de su oficio. Y los que los mandan también deben comprometerse a cumplir y hacer cumplir las normas de la honestidad y los comportamientos decorosos. Qué harto estoy de observar altivez y descaro en personajillos que andan por las pistas como si de municipales se tratara. Qué fácil sería contestar con amabilidad a una reclamación de un entrenador o jugador, explicar la decisión en breves segundos, en lugar de amenazar e incluso sancionar en exceso. Pero claro, eso es otra novela distinta a esta, esa que yo digo se titula Un Mundo Feliz con otro escritor y otros protagonistas.
 

Magníficas instalaciones deportivas las de Alcantarilla, cuidadas y conservadas con absoluta pulcritud, donde se dieron cita dos equipos con motivaciones absolutamente distintas, pero ambos con la necesidad de sacar adelante la contienda. Por un lado el Basket Cartagena, con la necesidad imperiosa de ganar para seguir vivo, dentro del grupo de los elegidos para la gloria. Por otro la escuadra de Jairis, que supongo que no se explicarán por qué siguen en lo más profundo de la clasificación con 18 derrotas y 0 victorias. Y para ser sinceros he de decir que yo tampoco me lo explico. No falto a la verdad si afirmo que de los 11 equipos que compiten en este grupo A, al menos 3 ó 4 hacen un baloncesto mucho menos comprometido que el que desarrolla este equipo, que si algo no le falta es  compromiso y deportividad. Se trata de un equipo ordenado, luchador y respetuoso que sin duda merece mucho más de lo que hasta ahora ha conseguido.


De hecho el pírrico resultado de este partido no solo se debe a la por otro lado ya tradicional empanada mental del equipo departamental, también al buen trabajo defensivo de los de Alcantarilla. El Basket Cartagena ha endosado aun perdiendo algunos encuentros muchos más puntos a equipos que andan por la cabeza de la clasificación, y sin embargo no fue capaz de pasar de los 46, si bien es cierto que recibió 5 menos por lo que ganó el partido, pero no quiere decir esto que por juego lo ganara. Jairis mereció llevarse el punto tanto como el CBC, ya que durante todo el partido las diferencias fueron mínimas no pasando en ningún caso de los 6 u 8 puntos.

Fotografías de Antonio Céspedes
Buscando en el baúl de las excusas se me ocurriría sacar la de acudir al partido con ciertos aires de superioridad, al pensar que van a enfrentarse contra un equipo que todavía no ha ganado ningún partido, y se jugaran el mus a la chica a modo de farol, aunque conociendo a los nuestros como los conozco dudo mucho que esto fuera así, ya que es un grupo extremadamente humilde y respetuoso con el contrario. Esperemos que en los tres partidos restantes seamos capaces de jugar a la grande y que al terminar la ronda podamos ver la tan ansiada fumata blanca.
 
 
Contar como anécdota que uno de los colegiados, o mejor dicho el único que pitaba (el otro solo acompañaba), en un lance del encuentro y tras una actuación de la mesa se dirigió a uno de los auxiliares de mesa y le infligió tal bronca con aspavientos incluidos que yo creí que nadie le libraría de que le pitara una descalificante. Al final todo quedó en amonestación verbal y no hubo necesidad de decidir quién tiraría los tiros libres y para quién sería la posesión. Haciendo uso del refranero y dichos españoles, yo le recordaría a este chico que entre bomberos no debemos pisarnos la manguera, y que bien podría haberle hecho las aclaraciones pertinentes a puerta cerrada en el vestuario, más bien a modo de enseñanza más que de racha, una vez declarado el EXTRA OMNES... principalmente por educación y compañerismo.
 
Y si alguien pensaba que iba a terminar esta entrada sin mencionar la gesta de mi Barça ante el Milan por supuesto se equivoca. Aquí os dejo unas imágenes que hablan por sí solas de lo que es capaz de hacer el mejor equipo del mundo.
 

Más información | Uber ATG
En Xataka | La primera entrega de un camión de cerveza autónomo ha terminado con éxito: ya no hay vuelta atrás

También te recomendamos

Waymo (Google) demanda a Uber por robo de información secreta para el desarrollo de coches autónomos

Ni Twitter ni Facebook ni Google, ¿cómo se lo montan los chinos en Internet?

Los camiones autónomos están aquí, pero aseguran que éste no busca sustituir al conductor

-
La noticia Uber nos muestra en vídeo su nuevo y flamante camión autónomo, adelantándose a Google y Tesla fue publicada originalmente en Xataka por Raúl Álvarez .


          Personal Support Worker - Personal Choice Independent Living/Choix personnel vie autonome - Ottawa, ON   
Up to date certification in emergency First Aid and CPR. Valid Police Check. PSW or equivalent certificate. Are you looking for a work place that puts quality... $17.95 an hour
From Indeed - Wed, 03 May 2017 13:55:22 GMT - View all Ottawa, ON jobs
          ReGen: il primo ecovillaggio completamente autosufficiente   
Un antico borgo olandese trasformato in un villaggio sostenibile di oltre 15.500 mq

30/06/2017 - Si trova in Olanda – più precisamente ad Almere, una cittadina alle porte di Amsterdam – quello che sarà il primo villaggio al mondo 100% autosufficiente: in grado di riciclare i propri rifiuti e di generare autonomamente energia. Le stime prevedono che l’ambizioso progetto sarà ultimato quest’anno: così, dunque, un antico borgo olandese sarà trasformato in un villaggio sostenibile di oltre 15.500 mq. Si chiamerà “ReGen” e sarà un modello di comunità autosufficiente sia dal punto di vista energetico che alimentare, dove “riciclo” sarà la parola chiave. Un modello innovativo che punta alla totale autonomia: l’energia elettrica sarà prodotta in loco da fonti rinnovabili, il cibo $Leggi l'articolo
          Arizona getting ahead of autonomous vehicle industry by stepping aside   

Location

United States
Date published: 
June 23, 2017

"“Arizona is in a nice spot because of the combination of weather, generally good roads and appropriate density,” said Bryant Walker Smith, an assistant law professor at the University of South Carolina who has taken up autonomous vehicles as a specialty.


          The Latest: Syrian fire hits Golan during Netanyahu visit   

This frame grab from video released Wednesday June 28, 2017, by ANHA news agency for the semi-autonomous Kurdish areas in Syria, that is consistent with independent AP reporting, shows Brett McGurk, left, the top U.S. envoy for the international coalition combatting the Islamic State group, leaving after a visit to Ayn Issa, Syria. McGurk met with members of a local council expected to administer the city of Raqqa in Syria following its capture from the militants.


          Une école pour le toit du monde, une initiative d'une étudiante de la maîtrise en études internationales   
Raphaëlle Prince, étudiante à la maîtrise des HEI, a co-fondé l'association d'aide humanitaire Emaho, entraide et développement dans le but de soutenir un projet d'initiative locale dans la région autonome du Gannan, au Tibet. Le projet concerne les habitants de deux villages isolés, de culture tibétaine semi-nomade, pour la majorité analphabètes dans leur langue maternelle. À plusieurs reprises, ces villageois ont manifesté aux autorités locales leur souhait de voir l'accès et la qualité de l'éducation améliorés, mais leurs initiatives sont restées sans succès.
          La paradiplomatie dans le projet marocain d'autonomie pour le Sahara occidental, un article de Brahim Saidy   
«Le 11 avril 2007, le Maroc a présenté au Secrétaire général de l’ONU une ''initiative pour la négociation d’un statut d’autonomie de la région du Sahara occidental'' visant à trouver une solution négociée à la situation conflictuelle qui règne depuis plus de 36 ans entre l’État marocain et le Front Polisario, qui revendique l’indépendance de ce territoire. Cette initiative, connue sous le nom de ''Projet marocain d’autonomie'' (PMA) confère, excepté dans les domaines régaliens, à la population de ce territoire des compétences élargies dans la gestion des affaires locales, ainsi que l’édification d’institutions propres, législatives, exécutives et judiciaires.» L'article de Brahim Saidy, publié dans la revue Défense nationale,démontre la pertinence d’inclure dans les plateformes de négociation et les accords de paix le principe de paradiplomatie dans la résolution des conflits via l’autonomie régionale.Brahim Saidy est chargé de cours aux HEI, professeur à l’Université d’Ottawa au Programme « Études de conflits et droits humains », titulaire d’un PhD en relations internationales de l’UQAM et d'une maîtrise dans le même domaine obtenue aux HEI.Accédez à l’article en ligne  sur le site de Défense nationale
          Israel pursuing a strategy that is placing its long-term future at risk   
I came across the following article, written by the Israeli Ambassador to Singapore, in today's edition of TODAY.

Following the Israeli Ambassador's article is an essay by John J. Mearsheimer, professor of political science at the University of Chicago and co-author of The Israel Lobby and U.S. Foreign Policy. I've read the book which he co-authored with Stephen M. Walt, professor of international affairs at JFK School of Government at Harvard University. The controversial book, published in 2007, started out as a controversial essay in 2006 published in the London Review of Books. (At the end of this post is a video of a 2007 documentary on the Israel Lobby in America)

Read also Stephen M. Walt's essay The myth of Israel's strategic genius and Avi Shlaim's essay How Israel brought Gaza to the brink of humanitarian catastrophe.
Lasting peace in the Middle East...

Accepting the existenceof a Jewish state there, and abandoning the dream of destroying it, is the answer

Thursday • January 22, 2009

Ilan Ben-Dov
Israeli Ambassador to Singapore

THREE weeks of fighting in Gaza have once again put the Middle East at the focal point of the international media.

Now, after another round of violence has ended, we have to ask ourselves again, what is the real root of the problem? What is the key which will lead us to peace in the Middle East?

The basic Arab argument is that the root of the problem is occupation. The Arab world accuses Israel of controlling occupied Arab territories and claims that this is the main issue which prevents peace in the Middle East.

This argument is utterly baseless. The Israelis believe that the root of the problem is the very fact that a large fraction of the Arab-Islamic world still rejects Israel’s right to exist, and rejects the basic right of Jews to live in their independent state of Israel.

Israel has shown in the past that in order to achieve peace, it is ready for territorial concessions, exactly as it did when it signed a peace treaty with its neighbour in the south, Egypt, and its neighbour in the east, Jordan. In both these cases, the dispute over territory was not an obstacle to peace.

Moreover, Israel endorses the establishment of a Palestinian independent state that will live in peace next to it.

In the last two military confrontations in the Middle East — the one with the Hezbollah in Lebanon, and the one with Hamas in Gaza — Israel had to defend itself from radical Muslim terrorist organisations which are motivated by extreme religious, Jihadistic ideology that calls for the destruction of Israel.

It is time to reveal these facts loud and clear: Both Hamas and Hezbollah are heavily and directly influenced by Iran. It is the same Iran whose President is calling for the annihilation of Israel, the same Iran which does everything possible to sabotage and to harm any attempt of a dialogue and reconciliation between the Palestinians and Israel.

Iran does not only supply the ideological basis for Hezbollah and Hamas, it supplies them with huge amounts of weapons, ammunition and money.

It is also important to answer the question of what exactly do Hamas and Hezbollah mean by speaking about “occupied territories”? For them, the whole of Israel is considered a so-called “occupied territory”. They do not distinguish between Gaza and Tel-Aviv, between the West Bank and the city of Haifa. For the Iranian President who supports them, Israel must be “wiped out of the map”.

Should this lead us to despair? Of course not.

The Middle East is nowadays divided into two parts. The first is the radical, fundamentalistic-jihadistic part that dreams of the disappearance of Israel from the region. Whoever dreams these dreams is doomed to lead the Palestinians to a deadlock and to many more years of wars, suffering, poverty and hopelessness.

On the other hand, we find the moderate and pragmatic Arab world which aspires to find a peaceful solution based on mutual recognition, justice for both sides and a territorial compromise. Such a solution will pave the way for all people in this region — and especially for the Palestinian people, who have suffered so much in recent years — to a better future.

The key to a lasting solution of the Middle Eastern conflict is therefore not a question of occupied territories. For this question, we can find a compromise.

The real key to a solution is the willingness of the Arab and the Muslim countries to recognise the existence of a Jewish state in the Middle East and to abandon the dream of destroying it.
Another War, Another Defeat
by John J. Mearsheimer
Published in the Jan 26, 2009 edition of The American Conservative


The Gaza offensive has succeeded in punishing the Palestinians but not in making Israel more secure.

Israelis and their American supporters claim that Israel learned its lessons well from the disastrous 2006 Lebanon war and has devised a winning strategy for the present war against Hamas. Of course, when a ceasefire comes, Israel will declare victory. Don’t believe it. Israel has foolishly started another war it cannot win.

The campaign in Gaza is said to have two objectives: 1) to put an end to the rockets and mortars that Palestinians have been firing into southern Israel since it withdrew from Gaza in August 2005; 2) to restore Israel’s deterrent, which was said to be diminished by the Lebanon fiasco, by Israel’s withdrawal from Gaza, and by its inability to halt Iran’s nuclear program.

But these are not the real goals of Operation Cast Lead. The actual purpose is connected to Israel’s long-term vision of how it intends to live with millions of Palestinians in its midst. It is part of a broader strategic goal: the creation of a “Greater Israel.” Specifically, Israel’s leaders remain determined to control all of what used to be known as Mandate Palestine, which includes Gaza and the West Bank. The Palestinians would have limited autonomy in a handful of disconnected and economically crippled enclaves, one of which is Gaza. Israel would control the borders around them, movement between them, the air above and the water below them.

The key to achieving this is to inflict massive pain on the Palestinians so that they come to accept the fact that they are a defeated people and that Israel will be largely responsible for controlling their future. This strategy, which was first articulated by Ze’ev Jabotinsky in the 1920s and has heavily influenced Israeli policy since 1948, is commonly referred to as the “Iron Wall.”

What has been happening in Gaza is fully consistent with this strategy.

Let’s begin with Israel’s decision to withdraw from Gaza in 2005. The conventional wisdom is that Israel was serious about making peace with the Palestinians and that its leaders hoped the exit from Gaza would be a major step toward creating a viable Palestinian state. According to the New York Times’ Thomas L. Friedman, Israel was giving the Palestinians an opportunity to “build a decent mini-state there—a Dubai on the Mediterranean,” and if they did so, it would “fundamentally reshape the Israeli debate about whether the Palestinians can be handed most of the West Bank.”

This is pure fiction. Even before Hamas came to power, the Israelis intended to create an open-air prison for the Palestinians in Gaza and inflict great pain on them until they complied with Israel’s wishes. Dov Weisglass, Ariel Sharon’s closest adviser at the time, candidly stated that the disengagement from Gaza was aimed at halting the peace process, not encouraging it. He described the disengagement as “formaldehyde that’s necessary so that there will not be a political process with the Palestinians.” Moreover, he emphasized that the withdrawal “places the Palestinians under tremendous pressure. It forces them into a corner where they hate to be.”

Arnon Soffer, a prominent Israeli demographer who also advised Sharon, elaborated on what that pressure would look like. “When 2.5 million people live in a closed-off Gaza, it’s going to be a human catastrophe. Those people will become even bigger animals than they are today, with the aid of an insane fundamentalist Islam. The pressure at the border will be awful. It’s going to be a terrible war. So, if we want to remain alive, we will have to kill and kill and kill. All day, every day.”

In January 2006, five months after the Israelis pulled their settlers out of Gaza, Hamas won a decisive victory over Fatah in the Palestinian legislative elections. This meant trouble for Israel’s strategy because Hamas was democratically elected, well organized, not corrupt like Fatah, and unwilling to accept Israel’s existence. Israel responded by ratcheting up economic pressure on the Palestinians, but it did not work. In fact, the situation took another turn for the worse in March 2007, when Fatah and Hamas came together to form a national unity government. Hamas’s stature and political power were growing, and Israel’s divide-and-conquer strategy was unraveling.

To make matters worse, the national unity government began pushing for a long-term ceasefire. The Palestinians would end all missile attacks on Israel if the Israelis would stop arresting and assassinating Palestinians and end their economic stranglehold, opening the border crossings into Gaza.

Israel rejected that offer and with American backing set out to foment a civil war between Fatah and Hamas that would wreck the national unity government and put Fatah in charge. The plan backfired when Hamas drove Fatah out of Gaza, leaving Hamas in charge there and the more pliant Fatah in control of the West Bank. Israel then tightened the screws on the blockade around Gaza, causing even greater hardship and suffering among the Palestinians living there.

Hamas responded by continuing to fire rockets and mortars into Israel, while emphasizing that they still sought a long-term ceasefire, perhaps lasting ten years or more. This was not a noble gesture on Hamas’s part: they sought a ceasefire because the balance of power heavily favored Israel. The Israelis had no interest in a ceasefire and merely intensified the economic pressure on Gaza. But in the late spring of 2008, pressure from Israelis living under the rocket attacks led the government to agree to a six-month ceasefire starting on June 19. That agreement, which formally ended on Dec. 19, immediately preceded the present war, which began on Dec. 27.

The official Israeli position blames Hamas for undermining the ceasefire. This view is widely accepted in the United States, but it is not true. Israeli leaders disliked the ceasefire from the start, and Defense Minister Ehud Barak instructed the IDF to begin preparing for the present war while the ceasefire was being negotiated in June 2008. Furthermore, Dan Gillerman, Israel’s former ambassador to the UN, reports that Jerusalem began to prepare the propaganda campaign to sell the present war months before the conflict began. For its part, Hamas drastically reduced the number of missile attacks during the first five months of the ceasefire. A total of two rockets were fired into Israel during September and October, none by Hamas.

How did Israel behave during this same period? It continued arresting and assassinating Palestinians on the West Bank, and it continued the deadly blockade that was slowly strangling Gaza. Then on Nov. 4, as Americans voted for a new president, Israel attacked a tunnel inside Gaza and killed six Palestinians. It was the first major violation of the ceasefire, and the Palestinians—who had been “careful to maintain the ceasefire,” according to Israel’s Intelligence and Terrorism Information Center—responded by resuming rocket attacks. The calm that had prevailed since June vanished as Israel ratcheted up the blockade and its attacks into Gaza and the Palestinians hurled more rockets at Israel. It is worth noting that not a single Israeli was killed by Palestinian missiles between Nov. 4 and the launching of the war on Dec. 27.

As the violence increased, Hamas made clear that it had no interest in extending the ceasefire beyond Dec. 19, which is hardly surprising, since it had not worked as intended. In mid-December, however, Hamas informed Israel that it was still willing to negotiate a long-term ceasefire if it included an end to the arrests and assassinations as well as the lifting of the blockade. But the Israelis, having used the ceasefire to prepare for war against Hamas, rejected this overture. The bombing of Gaza commenced eight days after the failed ceasefire formally ended.

If Israel wanted to stop missile attacks from Gaza, it could have done so by arranging a long-term ceasefire with Hamas. And if Israel were genuinely interested in creating a viable Palestinian state, it could have worked with the national unity government to implement a meaningful ceasefire and change Hamas’s thinking about a two-state solution. But Israel has a different agenda: it is determined to employ the Iron Wall strategy to get the Palestinians in Gaza to accept their fate as hapless subjects of a Greater Israel.

This brutal policy is clearly reflected in Israel’s conduct of the Gaza War. Israel and its supporters claim that the IDF is going to great lengths to avoid civilian casualties, in some cases taking risks that put Israeli soldiers in jeopardy. Hardly. One reason to doubt these claims is that Israel refuses to allow reporters into the war zone: it does not want the world to see what its soldiers and bombs are doing inside Gaza. At the same time, Israel has launched a massive propaganda campaign to put a positive spin on the horror stories that do emerge.

The best evidence, however, that Israel is deliberately seeking to punish the broader population in Gaza is the death and destruction the IDF has wrought on that small piece of real estate. Israel has killed over 1,000 Palestinians and wounded more than 4,000. Over half of the casualties are civilians, and many are children. The IDF’s opening salvo on Dec. 27 took place as children were leaving school, and one of its primary targets that day was a large group of graduating police cadets, who hardly qualified as terrorists. In what Ehud Barak called “an all-out war against Hamas,” Israel has targeted a university, schools, mosques, homes, apartment buildings, government offices, and even ambulances. A senior Israeli military official, speaking on the condition of anonymity, explained the logic behind Israel’s expansive target set: “There are many aspects of Hamas, and we are trying to hit the whole spectrum, because everything is connected and everything supports terrorism against Israel.” In other words, everyone is a terrorist and everything is a legitimate target.

Israelis tend to be blunt, and they occasionally say what they are really doing. After the IDF killed 40 Palestinian civilians in a UN school on Jan. 6, Ha’aretz reported that “senior officers admit that the IDF has been using enormous firepower.” One officer explained, “For us, being cautious means being aggressive. From the minute we entered, we’ve acted like we’re at war. That creates enormous damage on the ground … I just hope those who have fled the area of Gaza City in which we are operating will describe the shock.”

One might accept that Israel is waging “a cruel, all-out war against 1.5 million Palestinian civilians,” as Ha’aretz put it in an editorial, but argue that it will eventually achieve its war aims and the rest of the world will quickly forget the horrors inflicted on the people of Gaza.

This is wishful thinking. For starters, Israel is unlikely to stop the rocket fire for any appreciable period of time unless it agrees to open Gaza’s borders and stop arresting and killing Palestinians. Israelis talk about cutting off the supply of rockets and mortars into Gaza, but weapons will continue to come in via secret tunnels and ships that sneak through Israel’s naval blockade. It will also be impossible to police all of the goods sent into Gaza through legitimate channels.

Israel could try to conquer all of Gaza and lock the place down. That would probably stop the rocket attacks if Israel deployed a large enough force. But then the IDF would be bogged down in a costly occupation against a deeply hostile population. They would eventually have to leave, and the rocket fire would resume. And if Israel fails to stop the rocket fire and keep it stopped, as seems likely, its deterrent will be diminished, not strengthened.

More importantly, there is little reason to think that the Israelis can beat Hamas into submission and get the Palestinians to live quietly in a handful of Bantustans inside Greater Israel. Israel has been humiliating, torturing, and killing Palestinians in the Occupied Territories since 1967 and has not come close to cowing them. Indeed, Hamas’s reaction to Israel’s brutality seems to lend credence to Nietzsche’s remark that what does not kill you makes you stronger.

But even if the unexpected happens and the Palestinians cave, Israel would still lose because it will become an apartheid state. As Prime Minister Ehud Olmert recently said, Israel will “face a South African-style struggle” if the Palestinians do not get a viable state of their own. “As soon as that happens,” he argued, “the state of Israel is finished.” Yet Olmert has done nothing to stop settlement expansion and create a viable Palestinian state, relying instead on the Iron Wall strategy to deal with the Palestinians.

There is also little chance that people around the world who follow the Israeli-Palestinian conflict will soon forget the appalling punishment that Israel is meting out in Gaza. The destruction is just too obvious to miss, and too many people—especially in the Arab and Islamic world—care about the Palestinians’ fate. Moreover, discourse about this longstanding conflict has undergone a sea change in the West in recent years, and many of us who were once wholly sympathetic to Israel now see that the Israelis are the victimizers and the Palestinians are the victims. What is happening in Gaza will accelerate that changing picture of the conflict and long be seen as a dark stain on Israel’s reputation.

The bottom line is that no matter what happens on the battlefield, Israel cannot win its war in Gaza. In fact, it is pursuing a strategy—with lots of help from its so-called friends in the Diaspora—that is placing its long-term future at risk.



          Le retour du latino-américanisme   
«L’Amérique latine est entrée dans une phase d’affirmation d’autonomie qui n’est pas sans rappeler le latino-américanisme des années 1960» explique Olivier Dabène, professeur invité à l'école d'été sur les Amériques qui se tient cette semaine (13-18 mai), dans un article paru hier dansLe Devoir. Olivier Dabène, professeur à l’Institut d’études politiques de Paris et président de l’Observatoire politique de l’Amérique latine et des Caraïbes (OPALC), explique ce phénomène et souligne le rôle de l’Union des nations sud-américaines (UNASUR) créée en 2008 à Brasilia, aboutissement de plusieurs initiatives régionales. La 9e édition de l’École internationale d’été sur les Amériques est organisée par le Centre d’études interaméricaines, affilié aux HEI.
          Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation   

We are closer to having autonomous homes, with advances in video, compute, and data processing capabilities being added to consumer products. This week marks the general availability of the Amazon Echo Show, which is notable not only for its popularity but … Read more >

The post Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation appeared first on IoT@Intel.

Read more >

The post Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation appeared first on Blogs@Intel.


          ORGANISMOS AUTONOMOS BANCO DE MEXICO   
Tipo de cambio para solventar obligaciones denominadas en moneda extranjera pagaderas en la República Mexicana.
          ORGANISMOS AUTONOMOS BANCO DE MEXICO   
Tasas de interés interbancarias de equilibrio.
          Comptable adjoint (e) - Chantal Royer CPA inc. - Saint-sauveur, QC   
Travailleurs autonomes / Revenus locatifs. Notre cabinet comptable est à la recherche d’un ou d’une candidate pour combler un poste à temps plein....
From Indeed - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 22:07:56 GMT - View all Saint-sauveur, QC jobs
          Podologue ou Infirmière/infirmière auxiliaire en soins podologiques - Soins des pieds Kathy Ouellet - Terrebonne, QC   
À titre de travailleur autonome, vous serez responsable :. Vous êtes *travailleur autonome*....
From Indeed - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 20:13:29 GMT - View all Terrebonne, QC jobs
          Développeur de Marché à DOMICILE - Rapidesoumissions.com - Saguenay, QC   
A titre de développeur d'un nouveau marché, vous serez travailleur autonomes. Rapidesoumissions.com est en pleine expension,....
From Indeed - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 18:48:13 GMT - View all Saguenay, QC jobs
          Développeur de marché à DOMICILE - Rapidesoumissions.com - Gatineau, QC   
A titre de développeur d'un nouveau marché, vous serez travailleur autonomes. Rapidesoumissions.com est en pleine expension,....
From Indeed - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 18:36:59 GMT - View all Gatineau, QC jobs
          Livreur de Colis (Sous-Traitant) classe 5 - Transport RH - Lachine, QC   
Être à l'aise avec la notion de travailleur autonome. Vous avez de l’expérience en livraison de courrier....
From Indeed - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 18:35:46 GMT - View all Lachine, QC jobs
          Gestionnaire de Performance - site Minier - Hewitt Équipement Limitée - Montréal, QC   
Autonome et flexible - Travailleur d'équipe; Le titulaire du poste est le contact principal pour tout ce qui a rapport à la performance des équipements de...
From Jobboom - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 14:31:11 GMT - View all Montréal, QC jobs
          Carrière en assurance - SSQ, SOCIETE D'ASSURANCE-VIE INC - Canal de la Rive Sud, QC   
LES AVANTAGES D'ÊTRE TRAVAILLEUR AUTONOME « J'ai enfin l'impression d'être à ma place professionnellement....
From Jobboom - Fri, 30 Jun 2017 14:30:47 GMT - View all Canal de la Rive Sud, QC jobs
          Carnagiu… Patru bărbați au murit într-un teribil accident care a avut loc azi-noapte (FOTO)   
Patru persoane și-au pierdut viața și patru au fost grav rănite într-un accident care a avut loc joi noaptea pe raza unei localități din apropiere de Toledo (comunitatea autonomă Castilia-La...
          AL VIA LE PRESELEZIONI PER MISS DEGRADE’ 2017   

 Il concorso Miss Degradè è stato creato per scoprire le16 clienti dei nostri saloni presenti in tutta Italia, che più rappresentano l’eleganza e l’innovatività  della tecnica CDJ sviluppata nei primi anni ’80 da Claudio Mengoni. Molte sono le concorrenti che partecipano all’evento tramite autonoma iscrizione o su invito diretto dell’hairstylist di fiducia. Tra i saloni […]

L'articolo AL VIA LE PRESELEZIONI PER MISS DEGRADE’ 2017 sembra essere il primo su Blog Capelli, Forum parrucchieri.


          CERCASI PARRUCCHIERE a Mendrisio   

Salone unisex situato a Mendrisio (Svizzera)ricerca PARRUCCHIERA/Econ esperienza e capace di lavorare in completa autonomia.Si prediligono frontalieri con residenza a Como o Varese. Se interessati inviare CV con Aut. Tratt. Dati (Dlgs 196/03) a:edoardo.bovati@gmail.com ALLEGA IMMAGINE:

L'articolo CERCASI PARRUCCHIERE a Mendrisio sembra essere il primo su Blog Capelli, Forum parrucchieri.


          Uber shows off its upgraded fleet of autonomous trucks   
Uber's interest in self-driving vehicles doesn't begin or end at taxis, which is why it's developing a platform for autonomous trucks, too. A year on from the company's, er, controversial purchase of Otto, and Uber has unveiled its second-generation...
          Les communes de Mayotte peinent à trouver leur autonomie financière - Mayotte 1ère   

Mayotte 1ère

Les communes de Mayotte peinent à trouver leur autonomie financière
Mayotte 1ère
A Mayotte, l'Etat finance 55% des recettes de fonctionnement des communes contre 21% en moyenne en métropole, a indiqué le directeur adjoint de l'Agence française de développement (AFD) lors de la présentation du premier « Observatoire des ...


          Laveur de vitre - SOS vitres - Sainte-Catherine, QC   
Laveur de vitres, un emploi motivant ! Travailleur autonome, nettoyeur de vitres.... $13 - $15 an hour
From Indeed - Sun, 07 May 2017 18:21:34 GMT - View all Sainte-Catherine, QC jobs
          Uber ATG upgrades its self-driving truck fleet with new tech   

Filed under: ,,,,

Continue reading Uber ATG upgrades its self-driving truck fleet with new tech

Uber ATG upgrades its self-driving truck fleet with new tech originally appeared on Autoblog on Fri, 30 Jun 2017 09:30:00 EDT. Please see our terms for use of feeds.

Permalink |  Email this |  Comments
          Baidu, 30 other Chinese companies working on self-driving in Silicon Valley   

Filed under: ,,,,,,,

Their goal: Get those vehicles on the roads in China, the world's biggest auto market - then conquer the United States.

Continue reading Baidu, 30 other Chinese companies working on self-driving in Silicon Valley

Baidu, 30 other Chinese companies working on self-driving in Silicon Valley originally appeared on Autoblog on Fri, 30 Jun 2017 08:15:00 EDT. Please see our terms for use of feeds.

Permalink |  Email this |  Comments
          Dubai deploying RoboCop autonomous car that will scan 'undesirables'   

Filed under:

What is it with Dubai, anyway ...

Continue reading Dubai deploying RoboCop autonomous car that will scan 'undesirables'

Dubai deploying RoboCop autonomous car that will scan 'undesirables' originally appeared on Autoblog on Thu, 29 Jun 2017 14:00:00 EDT. Please see our terms for use of feeds.

Permalink |  Email this |  Comments
          Would-be Tesla rival LeEco's billion-dollar troubles 'far worse than expected'   

Filed under: ,,,,,,,,,

It may not pose a threat to Tesla anytime soon.

Continue reading Would-be Tesla rival LeEco's billion-dollar troubles 'far worse than expected'

Would-be Tesla rival LeEco's billion-dollar troubles 'far worse than expected' originally appeared on Autoblog on Thu, 29 Jun 2017 13:00:00 EDT. Please see our terms for use of feeds.

Permalink |  Email this |  Comments
          BMW quiere ir a por Tesla: Un Serie 3 eléctrico podría ver la luz en Septiembre… ¡con 400 km de autonomía!   

Todavía no ha llegado el Model 3 al mercado y ya está suponiendo una seria amenaza para muchos fabricantes debido a que empieza a jugar en ligas de precios mucho más accesibles que el Model S o X, y tan sólo hay que ver su éxito rompedor en las reservas para darse cuenta de ello. […]

BMW quiere ir a por Tesla: Un Serie 3 eléctrico podría ver la luz en Septiembre… ¡con 400 km de autonomía!


          Agustín Luengo, el gegant del museu del Doctor Velasco   
Agustín Luengo, a Puebla de Alcocer,
amb la seva mare i un veí


L'any 2013 s'editava el llibre El hombre que compraba gigantes, de Luis C. Folgado de Torres (1), i el 2015, Luis Ángel Sánchez Gómez publicava l'article "Una momia en el salón. Los museos anatómicos doméstico del Doctor Velasco (1854-1874)" (2). El primer, a mig camí entre la ficció i la biografia novel·lada, narra la vida d’Agustín Luengo Capilla (Puebla de Alcocer, 1849-Madrid, 1875), personatge real que patia acromegàlia i que amb 2’35 metres d’alçada va ser un dels homes més alts del món. Agustín va ser comprat als seus pares pel propietari del Circo Luso i va ser passejat per tota Espanya com a atracció de fira. La primera part de la novel·la és un recorregut per la seva vida i l’adaptació al món del circ, on es barregen tant artistes amb d’altres anomalies físiques com personatges fronterers que troben en el món tancat i íntim del circ una forma de viure una vida que seria impossible a l’Espanya de “cerrado y sacristía” del XIX.

Agustín Luengo viu, amb mancances i desitjos, una vida més o menys feliç fora de l’Extremadura natal. Un dia actua a palau davant del rei Alfons XII, i serà allà on coneixerà el personatge central d’aquesta història: el doctor Pedro González de Velasco (1815-1892), fundador, l’any 1875, del Museo Nacional de Antropología, de Madrid. L’edifici del museu va ser prèviament casa seva i el material exposat prové de la seva pròpia col·lecció anatòmica.

La relació entre Agustín Luengo i González de Velasco va ser contractual. Velasco vivia la seva relació amb la medicina patològica amb el mateix entusiasme que un meteoròleg viu l’arribada d’un huracà. Una de les especialitats de Velasco era l’embalsamament, tècnica que feia servir per preservar qualsevol meravella mèdica. Sense voler desvetllar una història que de fet no és cap misteri ni cap enigma, el doctor s’interessa en les peculiaritats físiques d’Agustín i signa un contracte amb ell.

Però si per alguna cosa va ser conegut González de Velasco és pel trasbals que li va representar la mort de la seva filla, Concha, a l'edat de 15 anys, fet que també surt relatat a la novel·la. La nena patia un cas greu de tifus que va ser tractat pel doctor Benavente, pare de l’escriptor Jacinto Benavente. Veient que el tractament dispensat no donava cap resultat, va decidir actuar pel seu compte i li subministrà un purgant que va acabar causant la mort de la seva filla.


Esquela mortuòria de la filla de González de Velasco
Diario Oficial de Avisos de Madrid, 14 de maig de 1864


Desesperat per la pèrdua, de la qual no es recuperà mai més, Velasco va embalsamar la nena abans d’enterrar-la. Però un cop instal·lat a la casa-museu va decidir portar les restes mortals de Concha al seu domicili, exhumant-les del cementiri de San Isidro gairebé en perfecte estat. El cos va ser instal·lat en una de les estances de la casa amb un vestit de núvia, succés que va donar lloc a nombroses llegendes com les que es relaten a la novel·la, entre elles que el doctor i el seu ajudant i promès de la filla asseien el cadàver a la taula i la tractaven com si fos viva. L'escriptor aragonès Ramón J. Sender va escriure el conte La hija del doctor Velasco (3), sobre la seva vida. Què se’n va fer de la mòmia forma part de la llegenda de González de Velasco. Hi ha qui diu que és al Museo Nacional de Antropología; hi ha qui diu que és enterrada en el cementiri de San Isidro (4).

Amb un material com aquest i en un context tan ric com el dels circ i les fires ambulants, en una Espanya enterrada en l’obscurantisme i la negror de Goya i Gutiérrez Solana, i en el Madrid decimonònic, les possibilitats de la novel·la eren immenses, però ha faltat destresa narrativa i, sobretot, habilitat lingüística. No n’hi ha prou amb una bona història i un diccionari de castellà castís. Malgrat les intencions de l’autor, el relat es pla i sona fals per un excés d’artifici lèxic i per manca d’ofici. Malgrat tot, la novel·la es deixa llegir i és una bona introducció en un món que, com la sorra, se’ns escapa entre els dits. Posats a triar entre viure amb els monstres contemporanis de la cultura de masses televisiva i el lirisme trist de Freaks o del museu de González de Velasco, quedem-nos amb els horrors i les tenebres de l’imaginari secular.


Esquelet del gegant extremeny a la sala del Doctor Velasco
del Museo Nacional de Antrpología de Madrid


Per la seva banda, l'article "Una momia en el salón. Los museos anatómicos doméstico del Doctor Velasco (1854-1874)", de Luis Ángel Sánchez Gómez aprofundeix en la figura de Pedro González Velasco i estudia els museus anatòmics organitzats pel doctor en dos dels seus domicilis particulars del Madrid vuitcentista, projectes en els quals pren sentit la figura del gegant Agustín Luengo. El text revisa les circumstàncies que fan possible la creació d'aquests museus, vinculats tant amb l'estudi i la docència de l'anatomia com amb els projectes polítics de regeneració i modernització de la medicina espanyola que tracta de posar en marxa el seu propietari. Es comenten les seves singulars col·leccions (d'anatomia, teratologia, zoologia, etnografia i curiositats diverses) i s'analitza la projecció docent i sociopolítica d'ambdós centres, sense l'existència dels quals no hagués estat possible que Velasco construís poc després el seu gran Museu Antropològic, seu de l'actual Museo Nacional de Antropología de Madrid.

Amb posterioritat a aquest apunt,  Luis Ángel Sánchez Gómez publicava l'article "Anatomías míticas: el caso de Agustín Luengo Capilla, 'El Gigante Extremeño'" (5), el propòsit del qual és revisar la història vital i sobretot la història post mortem d'Agustín Luengo Capella. Estudia les circumstàncies que el vinculen amb el doctor Velasco i la conseqüència última d'aquesta relació: que el seu cos passi a formar part del Museu Antropològic fundat pel metge segovià en 1875, actual seu del Museu Nacional d'Antropologia a Madrid. Seguidament, l'article analitza el procés de formació de la llegenda creada al voltant de Luengo i Velasco.

També de Luis Ángel Sánchez Gómez és l'assaig La niña. Tragedia y leyenda de la hija del doctor Velasco (6), que narra la mort de Conchita, la filla del doctor Velasco, l'exhumació, la momificació, per acabar vestint-la i maquillant-a per dipositar-la en una urna a casa seva. Temps després, la llegenda comença a caminar, i creix, i es transforma, incorporant elements purament ficticis, cada cop més extravagants i macabres. L'autor revisa amb rigor el que esdevingué realment i les diferents versions de la llegenda, i compara el «cas de Conchita» amb altres impactants exemples de preservació de cossos documentats durant el segle XIX i començaments del XX. El llibre acaba amb una suggerent proposta que ens permetrà comprendre, i fins i tot explicar, la singular conducta del pare.

Si no en la seva totalitat, el Museo Nacional de Antropología de Madrid mostra en una petita sala part de la col·lecció del Doctor Velasco, que ens permet acostar-nos a com eren aquells museus decimonònics. Barcelona, com hem explicat diverses vegades, va gaudir del pas de més d'una vintena de museus anatòmics entre els anys 1848 i 1938. D'aquelles col·leccions, que es mostraven en la frontera de la ciència i de l'espectacle, la del Museu Roca va sobreviure tancada en uns magatzems del Paral·lel fins 1987, però quan va aparèixer ningú la va voler i va acabar a mans d'un col·leccionista a Bèlgica. D'altra banda, la col·lecció del Museu de la Història de la Medicina de Catalunya continua tancada, com la resta del fons del museu, per manca d'espai. Un ric patrimoni que no es pot mostrar al públic per manca d'interès de les institucions polítiques, com passa amb altres fons com el del Museu de les arts escèniques o el de farmàcia, entre d'altres.


*
  
Fragment de diari amb la crònica de la presentació del cos
d'Agustín Luengo a l'Exposició Universal de París de 1878




Motllo del cos d'Agustín Luengo
Museo Nacional de Antropología



*


Notes i bibliografia:

(1) Sánchez Gómez, Luis Ángel. "Una momia en el salón. Los museos anatómicos doméstico del Doctor Velasco (1854-1874)" [en línia]. Asclepio. Revista de Historia de la Medicina y de la Ciencia, vol 67, nº 2 (2015). Madrid: Instituto de Historia del CSIC.

(2) Folgado de Torres, Luis C. El hombre que compraba gigantes. Madrid: Áltera, 2013.

(3) Sender, Raúl J. La llave y otras narraciones. Madrid: Emesa, 1969.

(4) Dorado Fernández, Enrique, et al. “La momia de la hija del doctor Velasco. Disección de una leyenda” [en línia]. Revista de la Escuela de Medicina Legal. Febrero de 2010. [PDF]

(5)  Sánchez Gómez, Luis Ángel. "Anatomías míticas: el caso de Agustín Luengo Capilla, 'El Gigante Extremeño'" [en línia]. Revista Historia Autónoma, núm. 10 (2017). Universitat Autónoma de Madrid.

(6) Sánchez Gómez, Luis Ángel. La niña. Tragedia y leyenda de la hija del doctor Velasco. Sevilla: Editorial Renacimiento, 2017.



Sala del Doctor Velasco del Museo Nacional
de Antropología de Madrid
Foto: Enric H. March


          The Future Of Health Care Could Be Humans, Robots — Or Both   

Minerva Studio / Getty Images

At the well-funded startup Omada Health, coaches teach patients to prevent diabetes by eating better and exercising. They don’t meet face-to-face, but communicate over the internet — and the coaches are increasingly aided by a machine-learning-powered software that provides cues for interacting with the patients.

Since the San Francisco company was founded in 2011, these coaches were a mix of full- and part-time staffers. But in November, Omada let go of all the part-timers and instructed the remaining coaches to rely more on the software, the company told BuzzFeed News.

CEO Sean Duffy insists that his long-term goal isn’t to replace people with software. “The thesis is that we don’t think we’ll ever be at a point in Omada’s trajectory where we’ll ever take people or coaches out of the equation,” he told BuzzFeed News. “But they’ve got really smart systems to help them.”

Like many other tech-enabled health care services that connect patients with experts — coaches, therapists, nurses, doctors — over video chat, email, and text, Omada is trying to navigate a fundamental shift in labor. People are expensive — at least compared to automated, data-driven chatbots that could give advice and diagnose diseases without needing a salary or a college degree. But bots aren’t nearly as good at holding conversations, perceiving emotions and subtext, and delivering sensitive information like, say, a cancer diagnosis. If they want to grow, startups will have to figure out whether their patients and businesses alike will be best served by man, machine, or some blend of the two.

“There’s a spectrum of totally autonomous machine learning and the other side is totally human-driven,” said Mike McCormick, principal at Comet Labs, a venture capital firm that invests in artificial intelligence startups. “And then there’s every shade of gray in the middle of that.”

The previously unreported cuts at Omada last fall were small, and affected 10 to 12 part-time coaches, according to a spokesperson. It has about 60 to 70 full-time coaches and 250 employees overall. In another set of layoffs that Duffy said were unrelated, the startup also laid off roughly 20 workers last week, saying it “had to focus on Omada’s core business and expertise, while orienting the company for long-term success.” Omada has raised $125 million in venture capital, including $50 million this month in a round led by the health insurer Cigna.

“There’s a spectrum of totally autonomous machine learning and the other side is totally human-driven.”

Duffy said that as Omada has treated more patients and collected more of their data, it’s trained an algorithm to detect important behavioral changes. For example, if a person weighed in on a digital scale every day consistently, then stopped weighing in for three days, the system would flag the coach. It’d then “suggest messages they might send to a participant that might result in an outcome” — in this case, to find out how a person is doing and why they’re skipping weigh-ins, Duffy said.

The CEO was quick to note that the machine isn’t prewriting messages down to the word, but rather suggesting a gist to convey. He said that users could tell when a nominally human-written message is computer-generated, and that this makes them lose trust in the system.

Coaches can also say no. “If we get enough coaches declining these suggestions and saying, ‘That violated my intuition as a human being,’ it trains the system to get better and better and give better and better suggestions,” he said.

The part-timers had access to this technology, but Duffy said that the company benefited more from having full-timers who are constantly involved and invested in improving it.

Omada isn’t the only company exploring how to use AI to improve health care. Startups like Babylon Health, HealthTap, and Remedy are developing chatbots to assess patients’ symptoms. Big Health has an entirely automated program called Sleepio, which stars a cartoon professor and is designed to help people with severe insomnia. But these nascent technologies are too new to definitively prove that machines can improve health more than humans can.

To survive, any kind of virtual health service will have to prove that it can get people to sign up, stay involved, and actually improve their health, said Liz Rockett, director of Kaiser Permanente Ventures, which has invested in both Omada and Big Health. “Doing the work of proving efficacy and reach is the best way to define that line of what works and what doesn’t – including on the question of using coaches in the delivery or having an all-virtual offering,” she wrote in an email to BuzzFeed News.

For now, there are way more people-to-people telemedicine services. Ginger.io initially tried to infer behavioral patterns and mental health problems from passively tracked smartphone data, but switched to a text and video-chat model with human therapists.

So in 5 to 10 years, will patients be more likely to interact with a human or a chatbot when they open up a health app? It’ll largely depend on how high stakes the situation is, McCormick said. You’d want to hear that you have cancer from a trained expert with an extremely high degree of accuracy and emotional sensitivity. But for, say, nutrition coaching, he said, “maybe people are ready now ... It has to be nuanced.”


          Ancient viral 'fossils' reveal evolutionary mechanisms   
(Hokkaido University) Studying DNA fragments left by ancient viruses in their host's genome has shown even non-autonomous viruses could prosper by helping each other.
          Horóscopo de julho: Tensão, conflitos e oportunidades vêm aí!   
Horóscopo da semana! (Foto: Mike Lowery - Reprodução/Instagram)

 

Julho chegou! O sétimo mês do ano se divide entre os signos de Câncer e Leão  -- água e fogo, respectivamente -- e vem cheio de oportunidades de mudança e também alguns conflitos. Confira as previsões do nosso astrólogo Julio Grobel para ficar por dentro do seu!

 


Áries
Até meados do mês, a situação pode ficar cada vez mais tensa no ambiente familiar, como um panela de pressão no seu máximo. O começo do mês pode ser um período bem complicado, em que implicará uma situação sem controle que vai exigir algumas escolhas, e a Lua Cheia do dia 9 marca o ápice destes acontecimentos. Tome cuidado pra o estresse não se converter em ansiedade e sofrer no físico com alergias e inflamações ou se acidentar. Certamente não é um período favorável para mudanças e investimento em imóveis, e você pode ter muita dor de cabeça por conta disso. Mas alegre-se, pois, a partir do dia 20, as coisas melhoram com seu regente ingressando em Leão e toda energia, antes muito contida, pode ser extravasada. O final do mês será a melhor fase para aproveitar a vida. Caso tenha filhos,  eles podem pedir mais sua atenção. Curta esse momento com eles.

Amor
Vênus ingressa em Gêmeos a partir do dia 5, o que facilita o contato e a comunicação entre o casal ou, se não estiver em um relacionamento, a busca pelo amor no seu entorno. Será importante proporcionar um estímulo mental, não apenas físico e emocional. Já a partir do dia 23, será a melhor fase pra romances. A libido estará em alta, por isso vale curtir mais os momentos de prazer, viver mais o presente e ativar seu lado mais criativo. Período também muito fértil, bom para caso pense em ter filhos.

Trabalho
Boas oportunidades para ganhos, mas é necessário que você saiba vender a ideia, tenha lábia e estimule a troca. A partir do dia 6, pode sentir o trabalho cada vez mais agradável e isso alimenta sua confiança e chance de sucesso. É um momento bem criativo da sua parte, por isso confie em seus talentos e coloque aquilo que sabe de fazer de melhor. E, a partir do dia 26, deverá saber se organizar mais e prestar atenção aos detalhes. No geral, passará por um ótimo mês neste setor, por isso aproveite para crescer profissionalmente. Preste atenção por volta do dia 14, quando uma boa oportunidade pode aparecer.


Touro
Seu regente ingressa em Gêmeos a partir do dia 5 e é a melhor fase para trabalhar a comunicação e as ideias e buscar mais conhecimento. Como é um período bom para cursos, envolva-se com algo interessante agora. Se estiver com alguma ação na justiça, pode não ter o resultado esperado por volta do dia 9, mas não é motivo para desistir. A partir do dia 20, problemas com a família ou com seu passado podem surgir. Será uma fase de lidar mais com questões íntimas e você poderá sentir uma ansiedade maior -- qualquer coisa dita ou feita em casa pode apertar seu botão do nervosismo. Tome cuidado com acidentes em casa neste período e, caso se envolva com alguma reforma, poderá enfrentar alguns atrasos.

Amor
Bons ventos sopram a seu favor caso não esteja em um relacionamento. Se estiver e viver um casamento (em que mora com o outro), pode enfrentar alguns conflitos agora no início do mês. Para você, tudo pode estar muito seguro e confortável, mas, para o outro, tal comodismo pode incomodar. Na primeira metade do mês, procure curtir mais a dois com coisas mais intimistas. Fiquem mais em casa, assistindo a um filme juntinhos ou façam um jantar romântico. Ao longo de todo mês resgate, atitudes românticas e, a partir do dia 26, trabalhe mais a comunicação e, se não estiver em um relacionamento, envolva-se com atividades e pessoas diferentes, pois alguém legal pode surgir disso.

Trabalho
Bom mês pra ganhos e oportunidades aparecerão pra isso, principalmente por volta do dia 14. Poderá sentir uma ansiedade maior a partir do dia 20 e mais pressa para resolver as coisas, o que pode lhe causar problemas, principalmente caso responda a alguém. Por isso, acalme-se um pouco e faça aquilo que sabe fazer de melhor. A partir do dia 25, trabalhe mais seus contatos e não tenha medo de inovar.

Gêmeos
Será um mês bem agitado no nível pessoal, pois seu regente ingressa em Leão a partir do dia 6 e depois em Virgem a partir do dia 25. Nesses primeiros 20 dias do mês, você estará com tudo, buscará se envolver em mais conhecimento e também expressar mais suas ideias. Nos últimos dias do mês, pode começar a ouvir mais do que fala, interiorizar mais as questões e trabalhar melhor as informações que adquire.

Amor
Vênus ingressa em seu signo, então é a chance do amor aparecer neste momento. Vale também cuidar mais de você, da aparência e, talvez, mudar o visual. Naturalmente atrairá olhares e, com essa mudança, a chance de sucesso é certa. Se estiver em um relacionamento, aproveite a fase mais romântica e receba mimos do outro. Caso não esteja, nada impede este mês de conseguir. Apenas não vá com muita expectativa, curta mais o momento e, quando se der conta, já estará com alguém interessante. Mesmo que não resulte em um namoro ou romance mais intenso, isso não a impede de curtir e viver aquela paixão mais leve.

Trabalho
Atenção à Lua Cheia do dia 9, pois poderá passar por alguma dificuldade financeira por volta desse dia. O quanto investe em seu patrimônio? Esse pode ser um momento de despertar para tal questão financeira e ter que controlar mais os gastos a partir de então. Também não será uma boa fase para ganhos. O que deve fazer, principalmente a partir do dia 23, é vender mais seu produto através da lábia. Para isso, troque bastante ideias ao longo do mês e saiba absorver críticas construtivas e aprimore sua ideia, especialmente no fim do mês.

Câncer
Os nascidos no segundo e terceiro decanato iniciam um novo ciclo pessoal e devem sentir aquele chamado de que precisam fazer algo para mudar a vida de alguma maneira.  Agora no início do mês, a ansiedade e a pressão podem ser maiores, o que pode causar algumas reações destrutivas, principalmente para o próprio físico, por conta do acúmulo de estresse e energia. Família e lar são temas que caminharão bem este mês, bem como as amizades. Trabalhe a comunicação e a troca neste setores, especialmente no final do mês.

Amor
Será difícil manifestar o amor neste momento. Na verdade, você poderá afastar pessoas por conta da irritação que estiver sentindo, principalmente na primeira metade do mês. A dica é você trabalhar mais o autoconhecimento e buscar o amor que existe dentro de si em vez de suprir uma carência buscando no outro o que julga faltar em você. Trabalhe isso e poderá ver pessoas aparecendo sem que você espere.

Trabalho
O trabalho pode ser bem estressante na primeira metade do mês. Irá testar sua resistência, capacidade de fazer boas escolhas e também sua habilidade de inovar e sair de zona de conforto. Preste atenção no dia 9, que é quando poderá sentir maior dificuldade neste sentido, inclusive havendo risco de perder algo importante neste setor. Para quem gosta de se sentir seguro sempre, certamente será um desafio. A partir do dia 23, tem mais chances de obter ganhos. Sua vida financeira entrará em pauta e você deve colocar em prática tudo o que aprendeu com os desafios do começo do mês.


Leão
A comunicação estará a seu favor, pois Mercúrio ingressa em seu signo no dia 6. Boa fase para aprender mais, por isso pode ser interessante buscar algum curso rápido ou se envolver com palestras ou rodas de discussões, e também falar mais, expor suas ideias criativas. O momento com os amigos será bem proveitoso. Você pode ainda se isolar mais na primeira metade do mês e ter algumas crenças confrontadas. Ja a segunda metade do mês quando Sol e Marte ingressam em seu signo é o momento de brilhar e demonstrar todo seu potencial. Coloque ao mundo aquilo que sabe fazer de melhor e vá atrás do que deseja.

Amor
Se envolverá mais com os amigos neste momento e, se não estiver em um relacionamento, pode sair algum romance daquele grupo de amizades. Se estiver em uma relação é importante trazer à tona os ideais que possuem em comum. Pense mais no futuro e façam planos. Por volta do dia 17 pode ter alguns confrontos com o outro. É a oportunidade de enxergar a situação por um ângulo pessoal e tomar alguma atitude no sentindo de mudança. O que no outro lhe incomoda mas que tem medo de expressar? Não se preocupe, pois será mais fácil de fazer isso a partir do dia 23.

Trabalho
Pode passar por dificuldades por volta do dia 9, sentir uma limitação e cobrança e se deparar com difíceis escolha. Por mais limitadora que seja a situação tome cuidado com os exageros e a dramaticidade. No geral é um bom mês para ganhos e avanço na carreira mas dependerá da sua capacidade de expor ideias e se comunicar. Trabalhe isso ao longo do mês e para ir ocupando seu espaço e certamente na segunda metade do mês estará com confiança total para avançar neste setor. A partir do dia 25 há uma abertura maior para fechar bons negócios. Trabalhe as ideias criativas ao longo de todo mês e saiba vendê-las ao final.


Virgem
Com seu regente Mercúrio ingressando em Leão a partir do dia 6 talvez seja melhor você entrar em um processo de autoconhecimento, em que será mais fácil de racionalizar questões inconscientes. O dia 9 pode marcar um momento em que sua expressão fica limitada e podada e tenha que lidar com esse seu lado mais sombrio. Talvez se preocupe tanto com o coletivo e o futuro que esqueceu de focar nas necessidades pessoais e no presente. Se tiver filhos tal condição pode se refletir neles, pois envolvem sua criação e expressão. Por volta do dia 23 pode sentir a necessidade de se recolher mais e junto vem acompanhado um sentimento de ansiedade, agitação e nervosismo. Por isso vale dar atenção ao longo do mês inteiro aos processos do inconsciente, através das “coincidências” ou também dos sonhos. Perceba os sinais que o universo lhe envia, que na verdade você atrai. Será que isso que o que atrai é bom ou ruim? E se for ruim, que comportamento não está tão consciente assim que precisa ser analisado de forma mais racional?

Amor
O dia 9 se mostrará especialmente complicado para romances. Será que não nutre um apego a alguém? O quanto a carência faz que se submeta a situações que não gostaria de fato?  É um momento de maior reflexão em que o outro lhe apresentará de com coisas que talvez não queira ouvir ou enxergar, mas será necessário fazer esse processo de interiorização agora para resgatar uma autoconfiança e aí a capacidade e fazer boas escolhas e atrair pessoas e situações boas também.

Trabalho
Felizmente neste setor tudo caminhará bem, mas deve saber trabalhar melhor as relações o que pode então se deparar com todas as questões ditas anteriormente. Mas é uma boa fase pra estabelecer parcerias e sociedades, apenas saiba ouvir e se comunicar, estabeleça uma troca saudável. Isso ficará mais fácil a partir do dia 25, em que você chegará a conclusões mais pragmáticas e objetivas e será capaz de se expressar mais efetivamente. Atenção por volta do dia 14, que será um período de sorte a você e aí podem aparecer oportunidades.


Libra
Vênus, seu regente, ingressa em Gêmeos no dia 5, um signo que ressoa bem com o seu e é a chance que tem para adquirir mais conhecimento, seja através de estudos ou mesmo viagens. O estrangeiro pode aparecer mais a você de alguma maneira. Trabalhe seus ideias e metas, mas tome cuidado com as expectativas que nutre. Se estiver com alguma ação na justiça poderá obter um resultado positivo. Por volta do dia 9 alguma situação familiar ou relacionada à casa pode se complicar. Se investiu em um imóvel pode aparecer de fato algo que atrapalhe, ou viva uma situação tão limitadora e sob tanta pressão que será a gota d’água para proporcionar alguma mudança na vida. Esteja bem consciente de seus objetivos para não ter uma atitude drástica apenas pelo calor do momento. Por volta do dia 23 você estará mais sociável e conviver com amigos lhe apetecerá mais. É interessante também se envolver mais com a comunidade, como por exemplo realizar algum trabalho social.

Amor
Você pode ter dificuldades em seu relacionamento agora no início do mês e, se não estiver em um, pode ser melhor estar só que em má companhia. Pode passar por um joguinho de poder que reflete um medo de perder e com isso vem a possessividade e o ciúme. Mas a partir do dia 11 o outro pode se fazer mais presente em vários setores de sua vida, como por exemplo no trabalho e no grupo de amigos. O quanto você está com essa pessoa fixa em sua mente e acaba levando-a para todos esses ambientes? De qualquer maneira é interessante trabalhar uma relação de amizade ali, em que há mais uma troca mental e convergência de ideias do que um vínculo emocional propriamente dito. Se estiver em um relacionamento poderá, mais para o fim do mês, se envolver com o futuro do casal com mais ações de fato, saindo um pouco do plano das ideias somente.

Trabalho
Até meados do mês sua carreira precisará ainda de atenção, especialmente por volta do dia 9 a 11. Será que constrói o ideal e o futuro que sempre quis? Quando algo não dá certo deve encarar o desafio como uma oportunidade de mudança e crescimento. Na verdade é sua alma que pede tal mudança, mas como é muito difícil tomar a decisão passa a ser necessário forçar tal escolha. A partir do dia 23 seus objetivos podem ficar mais claros e você vislumbrar melhor o que vem pela frente e quais os próximos passos.


Escorpião
A comunicação, o conhecimento e entendimento serão essenciais. O quanto questões ficam mais complicadas do que realmente são porque se insere em um mar de ideias e crenças que acarretam em conclusões erradas? Suas ideologias serão confrontadas, principalmente por volta do dia 9. Se estiver com algum curso em andamento pode passar, também por volta deste dia, por um desafio, uma limitação que talvez resulte até em sua interrupção. As coisas têm seu tempo certo para acontecer, não adianta, por exemplo, colher um fruto sem que este tenha amadurecido. Talvez seja de fato encarar que não está em condições maduras o suficientes ainda para determinadas situações, mas nada impede de trabalhar isso ao longo do mês. Por isso tente entender o que deu de errado e como pode melhorar.

Amor
No início do mês poderá sofrer um confronto, sentir-se sob domínio ou controle do outro, o que pode levar a uma postura mais reativa, mas também se mostra um momento oportuno para trabalhar algumas crenças pessoais. No decorrer, será muito mais fácil observar saídas racionais para qualquer crise afetiva que estiver passando. A melhor terapia, no caso, é a conversa e saber também escutar o que o outro tem para lhe dizer. Não será um mês de conflitos e sim de resoluções, de deixar os conflitos no passado e seguir adiante com uma nova ideia e postura.

Trabalho
Marte, um de seus regentes, ingressa em seu setor de carreira a partir do dia 20. O final do mês se mostrará de fato mais estressante a você, mas com oportunidade de assumir as rédeas da situação, ter atitude e liderança para construir melhor seu espaço profissional e atender suas metas financeiras. Você vai fugir da guerra ou vai à luta? Para isso será importante desenvolver o auto-valor, característica que será muito ativada na segunda metade do mês, mas que para você já começa a valer a partir do dia 6 através de ideias mais criativas, mais envolvimento e participação no trabalho.


Sagitário
Que tal fazer aquilo que mais gosta? Viajar. O mês inteiro está favorável a isso, sendo que também é válido viajar mentalmente, através de um novo conhecimento. Expanda suas ideias e forma de pensar. A necessidade de ampliar seus horizontes pode aparecer mais forte por volta do dia 23. É um período bom para viagens, mas tome cuidado com a ansiedade. Pode sentir essa necessidade e fechar uma viagem de uma hora para outra, sem planejar direito e aí sofrer imprevistos ou até se colocar em situações perigosas. Atenção ao dia 9 em que seu dinheiro pode estar em risco. Procure trabalhar ainda na primeira metade do mês sentimentos que não costuma dar atenção.

Amor
Logo no início do mês pode ter dificuldades de expressão neste setor. Talvez vá com muita sede ao pote por alguém que não está interessado. Mas anime-se, pois Vênus ingressa em Gêmeos, seu signo oposto a partir do dia 5 e vem abençoar sua vida afetiva. Com ou sem alguém irá olhar para o outro com mais atenção e interesse. Demonstrar tal interesse pode ser positivo para iniciar uma relação ou, se estiver em uma, viver uma fase mais romântica, valorizando o outro. Por volta do dia 18 terá a maior oportunidade, mas pode vir acompanhada também de muitas expectativas. Já as proximidades do dia 24 pode se mostrar especialmente difícil, em que sentirá uma cobrança e responsabilidade maior e talvez estar em um relacionamento não faça com que se sinta tão bem. Tenha bem consciente quais são suas metas afetivas e de que nem sempre tudo será flores.

Trabalho
Preste atenção no dia 9, em que poderá passar por alguma perda financeira. Vale você fazer um trabalho de ressignificar a forma como investe. Para isso é muito válido trabalhar seus contatos com o intuito de formar uma parceria ou sociedade. É o momento de ampliar seus negócios e pode se aliar a outra pessoa que sirva como combustível para suas ideias criativas. Claro que toda parceria vem com desafios e dificuldades, que podem acontecer ainda este mês por volta do dia 24. Mas encarando e assumindo responsabilidade por seus ideais não tem porquê não supera-las.


Capricórnio
Prepare-se para importantes mudanças que podem vir por volta do dia 9 e que podem estar relacionados ao afetivo, mas também envolver seus projetos pessoais. Qual sua disposição para correr riscos? Poderá viver uma situação limite neste momento em que a escolha que ali fizer será crucial. A partir do dia 23 pode se envolver mais com estudos, o meio acadêmico, conhecimento, ou mesmo viagens.

Amor
Os relacionamentos, de qualquer natureza, serão ainda muito trabalhados e podem te colocar em situação de pressão. O que no outro lhe incomoda mais? Na verdade é uma característica que você reconhece em si, mas talvez não aceite. Ao longo de todo o mês irá racionalizar mais essa questão para lidar com os próprios demônios internos e resgatar sua confiança afetiva. Enquanto não a tiver irá atrair pessoas ou situações complicadas em seu relacionamento. Em resumo, é sua oportunidade de se renovar e reciclar. O dia 9 pode se mostrar interessante neste sentido. O quanto o outro exerce poder sobre você? O quanto por carência você assume uma identidade que não é a sua e só gera perdas? A partir deste dia de Lua Cheia pode ser comum se envolver em mais brigas e dramas. Deve eliminar tudo aquilo que não lhe pertence e só atrasa neste setor. Mas para isso é preciso, primeiro, saber reconhecer.

Trabalho
Com Vênus ingressando em seu setor de trabalho e rotina serão muito mais prazerosas as atividades este mês. Pode inclusive se beneficiar com contatos e também estabelecer algumas parcerias. Meados do mês, por volta do dia 14 a 18 pode surgir uma oportunidade bem interessante. Controle as expectativas e aceite o que vier sem julgamentos. Você poderá também receber apoios e patrocínios na segunda metade do mês. Seu sucesso financeiro estará muito atrelado à confiança que sente. Para isso será importante trabalhar questões pessoais, aquelas que costuma guardar a sete chaves.


Aquário
Sua saúde precisa de uma atenção ainda na primeira metade do mês, especialmente por volta do dia 9. Pode passar por uma situação de risco sem se dar conta ou mesmo aparecer algum sintoma que não deve negligenciar. Cuide também de sua saúde psíquica que pode, inclusive, ser a origem de sintomas físicos.

Amor
Este será um mês muito favorável neste setor, pois Vênus abençoa sua casa de prazeres e romances a partir do dia 5. Pode ser um período em que comece a pensar mais em filhos também. O outro se fará mais presente, principalmente na segunda metade do mês. Com isso pode vir aborrecimentos sim, mas também virá momentos de prazer. A ideia é você manifestar aquilo que gosta e a pessoa que é, e quem se aproximar e gostar de você por conta disso representa um alvo certeiro. Por volta do dia 14 você tem grandes chances de aproveitar mais esse lado bom da vida.

Trabalho
A rotina pode ser bem estressante na primeira metade do mês, o que pode agravar em problemas de saúde que talvez não dê tanta importância assim. Este início de mês é marcado por confrontos, em que deverá perceber até que ponto você tem autonomia e controle da situação. Se não sabe a resposta talvez não tenha encontrado ainda seu verdadeiro potencial naquele serviço ou talvez nem seja aquilo que queira fazer de fato. Tal incômodo vem para despertar em você esse potencial, mesmo que acompanhado por difíceis escolhas.


Peixes
A primeira metade do mês será ainda um momento oportuno para romances, curtir e aproveitar mais a vida. Mas o quanto sua expressão é notada? Você tem voz própria ou se deixa mesclar com um grupo e adquire um falso sentimento de pertencimento. Por volta do dia 9 pode perceber que determinados grupos ou mesmo amigos não têm a ver com seu momento. Fazer a escolha de se distanciar deles pode ser difícil e um possível conflito neste setor pode fazer com que tome atitudes drásticas. Mas o quanto isso realmente te impulsiona ou lhe prende? Vênus ingressa em seu setor familiar e doméstico, indicando um bom período para investir em imóveis, fazer coisas em casa ou trabalhar as relações familiares.

Amor
A fase é muito favorável a romances, principalmente por volta do dia 7. Se estiver em um relacionamento é a oportunidade de curtir mais e se estiver pensando em filhos também pode cogitar melhor a ideia. A libido estará em alta ainda, por isso se não estiver em um relacionamento expresse-se de forma criativa, vivendo os romances que aparecerem, mas não necessariamente pensando em algo sério ainda. Pode refletir mais a respeito no final do mês, por volta do dia 25. Preste atenção por volta do dia 14 em que há chances de aparecer alguém interessante.

Trabalho
A rotina pode apertar e você deve ainda assim desenvolver mais ideias criativas e mostrar seu talento. Certamente terá energia, mas que também pode se converter em ansiedade e pressa. Confie aquilo que faz de melhor e não tem como errar, mas saiba também inovar quando for solicitado. Por volta do dia 23 que pode sentir mais o cansaço físico e deve ter atenção com a saúde.


          Presentatrice Avon   
Avon Cosmetics - Bergamo - Siamo alla ricerca, su tutto il territorio italiano, di persone che abbiamo voglia di un'attività da gestire in totale autonomia, in un ambiente giovane e dinamico. Un'occasione di realizzazione e crescita professionale, oltre che una fonte di guadagno per te e la tua famiglia. P...
          El Fisker EMotion de producción ya se deja ver a plena luz del día   
Fisker EMotion

Así luce el nuevo Fisker EMotion en su versión de producción.

Hace apenas unos días nos hicimos eco de la primera imagen de la versión de producción del Fisker EMotion que el propio Henrik Fisker había publicado a través de sus perfiles oficiales en las redes sociales. Ahora, te mostramos cómo luce este nuevo coche eléctrico al desnudo y a plena luz del día. También ha sido Henrik quien ha compartido con sus seguidores en las redes sociales una imagen referente a un evento organizado en la ciudad de San Francisco, en California (Estados Unidos).

Es la primera vez que lo vemos en vivo y la verdad es que luce igual de bien que en el resto de imágenes hechas públicas hasta la fecha. Por otra parte, el popular diseñador de coches ha anunciado que la página web de Fisker Inc., compañía que está detrás del proyecto EMotion, ha sido rediseñada con nuevas fotos e información de este nuevo modelo que pronto iniciará su producción.

Pero todavía hay más, ya que además del nuevo diseño de la página web, y es que se ha abierto el plazo de reservas del nuevo Fisker EMotion. Para hacernos con una unidad del nuevo eléctrico deberemos de rellenar un simple formulario y dar una señal de 2.000 dólares (1.750 euros). Otro aspecto a tener en cuenta es que solamente se pueden reservar tres unidades por persona.

Fisker EMotion - posterior

Al detalle la zaga del nuevo Fisker EMotion.

La verdad es que me parece bastante curioso que limiten el número de reservas por persona a tres unidades cuando el precio de la versión básica del Fisker EMotion será de 129.900 dólares (113.860 euros). Se espera que las primeras unidades sean entregadas a sus respectivos dueños a partir del segundo semestre del próximo año.

Recordemos que el Fisker EMotion es un vehículo eléctrico de batería que ofrece una autonomía aproximada de 640 kilómetros con una sola carga y su velocidad máxima supera los 250 km/h. En su construcción se han empleado materiales ligeros a la par que resistentes como el aluminio o la fibra de carbono. Dispondrá de un paquete de baterías de última generación de Litio con cátodo de NMC y contará con un sistema de carga rápida que nos permitirá obtener 200 kilómetros de autonomía en solo 9 minutos.

El evento de presentación al público de la versión de producción del Fisker EMotion tendrá lugar en algún momento del segundo semestre de este año. Todavía no hay una fecha concreta para el mismo.

-

La noticia El Fisker EMotion de producción ya se deja ver a plena luz del día fue publicada originalmente en @motorpuntoes por Antonio Fernández.


          El nuevo Nissan Leaf 2018 ya tiene fecha de presentación   
Nissan Leaf 2018 - foto espía

Prototipo de la nueva generación del Nissan Leaf en una sesión de pruebas en carretera.

6 de Septiembre de 2017. Esta es la fecha que debes marcar en tu calendario si no quieres perderte la presentación del nuevo Nissan Leaf 2018. La nueva generación del popular coche eléctrico japonés ya se enfrenta a la fase final de su desarrollo y en cuestión de unos meses debutará en sociedad. Además, tras esta puesta de largo en un evento organizado por la propia Nissan, podremos verlo en vivo en el Salón del Automóvil de Frankfurt 2017 que tendrá lugar una semana más tarde.

La segunda generación del Nissan Leaf llegará cargada de novedades. Estamos muy cerca de ser testigos de una auténtica revolución ya que el coche eléctrico de Nissan se renovará por completo tanto a nivel estético, tecnológico, mecánico y técnico. Será un modelo más avanzado y cargado de soluciones innovadoras con las que mantener la senda del éxito comercial cosechado hasta la fecha.

Estéticamente, el Nissan Leaf 2018 dispondrá de una imagen más sofisticada y elegante. Muchos de los rasgos característicos del modelo actual como los faros, serán racionalizados. Además, se añadirán algunos de los detalles propios de la filosofía de diseño que está usando la compañía japonesa en la actualidad.

Nissan Leaf 2018 - foto espía interior

Foto espía del interior del Nissan Leaf 2018.

Dejando a un lado el exterior y echando un vistazo a la foto espía del interior que acompaña este artículo, nos damos cuenta de los importantes cambios que han realizado los diseñadores de Nissan. El nuevo Nissan Leaf estrenará un cuadro de instrumentos totalmente digital, una nueva pantalla táctil de grandes dimensiones para usar la última versión del sistema de info-entretenimiento así como unos nuevos controles para manejar sistemas como la calefacción.

También es interesante señalar el volante multifunción. Por otra parte, y a modo de curiosidad, la “palanca” de cambios tan peculiar y poco convencional de la que dispone el Leaf actual seguirá estando presente en la nueva generación. Un detalle menor pero que ratifica la apuesta de la marca por este sistema con el que cambiar de marchas. El habitáculo ofrecerá un ambiente más conectado gracias al nuevo centro multimedia mientras que las nuevas ayudas y sistemas de asistencia a la conducción ofrecerán una sensación de seguridad y confort a conductor y pasajeros.

Mecánicamente habrá novedades muy importantes. Especialmente a nivel de autonomía ya que la capacidad de su paquete de baterías de iones de litio se aumentará hasta los 60 kWh. En condiciones reales, contará con una autonomía superior a los 300 kilómetros. Inicialmente la gama estará compuesta por dos tipos de baterías: 40 y 60 kWh. Al contar con una versión de menor capacidad, se podrá reducir de manera relevante el precio de partida.

-

La noticia El nuevo Nissan Leaf 2018 ya tiene fecha de presentación fue publicada originalmente en @motorpuntoes por Antonio Fernández.


          Paralyzed by anxiety at work - how can I resolve this?   
I'm a senior manager at a small IT company. My boss and I have major clashes, which is inhibiting our ability to work together, and causing stress to dominate my life. How can I handle this professionally without unduly avoiding him or simply shutting down?

Background - I work as a manager at a small company in a big city. The company owner and I clash extensively over project details and his behavior, which is causing me a tremendous amount of personal stress and anxiety about even being in the room with him. Here's an example of a diary note that I drafted this morning, to give you a sense of where I'm at before I've had my coffee wrt to this job:

Not going into work because I woke up to an email from my boss, which immediately induced stress-related tinnitus. I took half a Klonopin with breakfast and will double that if he says one mean thing to me in email this morning. If he is profane in any way, I will resign.

N.B. I am working from home, which is an acceptable practice - not actually skipping work. But the important bit is my motivation for doing so.

I realize that at my age and career level, this is not a normal way to feel before you've gotten out of bed! A couple of important points:

* My boss is given to profanity-filled rants about problems and concerns, which are usually one's first introduction to the problem at hand. I've endured these since I began, initially tolerating them as he is so involved in various minutiae of company operations that I just accepted that he was stressed out and forgetful, but now I see it as possibly inappropriate. The most frequent outburst was extremely profane and in front of the entire office, and involved a work direction that he had previously approved and signed off on - but he was unhappy with the way it turned out. So I feel humiliated and like my authority has been undercut with other employees who witnessed or heard about this. I used to be able to bounce back from these encounters, but now I want to go hide in a hole for weeks!

* For various personal reasons, I tend to retreat when yelled at in a imbalanced power situation where I'm on the weak end. Conflict with a friend or someone at a equal professional level is manageable, and of course I don't believe it's acceptable to yell at or harangue people I perceive to be my professional junior in some way.

Yelled at by someone I have uneven negotiating power with, however, = emotional breakdown, and I am less interested in fixing what they yelled about than withdrawing from conflict and making sure I don't get yelled at again. It takes a long, long time for me to get over incidents like that.

This isn't the first instance, but it was the worst. This is on top of lingering upset from verbal treatment by him and a previous colleague during my first year of employment here. I thought it was normal for "crazy digital agency life", but I think I might have given them too much slack.

* We had a meeting earlier in the year about my career and goals here, and boss stated plainly that he isn't interested in any career progression or track for me, or opportunities for a raise, just an intent for me to continue in the same capacity as I have since I started. I haven't received a formal performance review in years, which is why I had to press for that meeting in the first place. So I admit to feeling discouraged in part because this feels like a dead-end job. I liked being a generalist in a high-stress and varied work environment initially, but now this role (without any progression or focus) feels like a liability. There is zero job training, and no clear or documented performance standards, so I do a lot of improvisation to try to suss out what my strategic direction should be.

* I'm doing my best to basically limit our interactions to email and project management tools as much as possible, because I don't want to talk to him in person. I think this is clearly unsustainable, both in terms of being able to do my work effectively and because it's not a professional response to a difficult problem. Unfortunately, I think that this might snowball into a real confrontation, which is going to lead to either him firing me or me quitting on the spot. I would probably be OK with either of those outcomes, although I'd rather exit this job on an at least neutral note.

* I have anxiety issues to start with, and sure, I've had colleagues and employers that have stressed me out before - but nothing like this! My anxiety is generally managed with mild medication and coping strategies that are non-disruptive. I do have a chronic, physiological health condition that causes some inattentiveness and depression (now very effectively treated and controlled - was undiagnosed for a few years), which I have not disclosed to my boss as I'm not sure how to safely or professionally share that detail with him. However, I've managed all of that since I began this role, and before that at other jobs which worked out fine, and honestly, I still have a job with considerable responsibility and a very public sales/marketing role (I am a "face of the company") so I assume I'm still creating value in spite of any mild handicaps. I'm not in therapy or anything like that, although I've considered that there might be merit in the idea.

* I don't feel like I have anyone at work I can talk to about this (we have no HR department). I trust my coworkers and get along with them personally and professionally, but I'm not sure it's professional or advisable to try to share my concerns with them or seek their advice. I have not asked or speculated on whether they are experiencing similar levels of concern.

* My work output seems to be pretty good. I'm trusted to manage and expand my own accounts and sales (which are healthy and growing!). So I do feel that ongoing level of autonomy is a sign that I'm habitually doing things right, and my success in numerical terms demonstrates an ability to generally get along with people both within and outside the team. However, I do feel like I'm not doing my best work here on account of the anxiety thing, and I'm not sure that I want to work harder if it means putting myself in emotional harms' way without the promise of career advancement.

* In fairness, my boss is extremely smart, great for offering practical advice when focused on a problem, and I believe he genuinely values me as an employee and wants me to succeed, according to his vision of things. It's the inconsistency of our encounters and my consequent job and emotional malaise that is making it hard to respond productively to that.

So, here are some of the ideas I've had (or been counseled to try) to resolve this:

* Just acknowledge that this gig isn't working out and that the situation probably can't be repaired, and then leave, now, for the sake of my health, sanity, and professional pride, and probably for the benefit of my employer (as they can then seek someone who will meet their needs more gladly). Part of me has decided that I'm simply not able to give my best at this workplace anymore, because of these issues, and it's unfair to everyone to continue if that's the case. I really don't like walking away from something and feeling like a failure, which has discouraged me from this idea.

* Acknowledge that I could be working harder at this, accept that my boss is a deeply unsettling, angry human being, and just make myself talk to him every day to make sure I understand what his immediate concerns or upsets are are and not rely on email or established project management systems to relay updates and requirements back and forth. This is probably the best choice from a practical standpoint, and our work would improve, but frankly I'm not sure I have the fortitude for daily face-to-face interaction when there is always a risk he'll be upset about something and I'll have to sit there feeling and looking like an ass.

* Try to find another job and move on. I'm working on this, although for reasons stated above, I'm having a really hard time pinning down what I want to do or how to frame my work experience here in a way that is compelling outside of this company. Actually, I'm probably just excuse-making here - I'm just discouraged and naturally lazy.

* Try to talk to my boss about this. I don't know how this would go, but my gut feeling is that he would look at me like a child throwing a tantrum and then laugh. Which is kind of appropriate, since I get that I am a ball of inchoate discomfort right now, and it's not like in the past I've been able to tell him, "Hey, you make me physically uncomfortable and filled with doubt, and I think it would be best if we communicate through email/etc only if we can't improve that. Or you can give me a job with much less ambiguity about standards for success". On the other hand, I've never had an employer, colleague, or client that I've felt like I've needed to address this with! This job is so much shoutier.

Apologies for the long post, but I'm just confused and feeling unmanned by where I'm at right now, and I don't know how much I should be blaming myself or acknowledging that this is a weird situation with at least some causes that are outside of my personal zone of control. For what it's worth, I've never been scared in a job before, or had this kind of difficulty in communicating my needs or what's not working! I'm open to any advice or safe steps I can take to try to untangle this.

          Book Review: Digital Apollo   

We love David Mindell's Digital Apollo: Human and Machine in Spaceflight. Mindell's book tells the story of "human pilots, of automated systems, and of the two working together to achieve the ultimate in flight." From our perspective, the book explains the link between what rocket scientists in the 1950s called "systems engineering" and what the cool kids in skinny jeans now call "design thinking."

Whether we're designing the first spacecraft to land on the moon, or the first phototherapy device intended for use in a low-resource hospital, the key is to start with a very clear idea of success. In the case of a rocket, the system is only successful if it brings the astronauts all the way home. In the case of a medical device, the system on works if people are willing to use it and able to successfully treat patients with it. There is no partial credit!

Another similarity is the role that we as designers imagine for the users. In the Apollo program, the two primary metaphors for the astronauts were "cowboys or cargo." Would astronauts serve as the pilots of "dumb rockets" or as passengers in an autonomous vehicle?

As pilots, the early astronauts expected to have lots of instrument data and full control of the vehicle. Rocket engineers, on the other hand, were more comfortable developing fully autonomous systems. They realized that rockets could develop problems too quickly for the human response time.

Initially, [software engineer Alex] Kosmala pictured the spacecraft with one button: "The astronaut goes in, turns the computer on and says 'Go to moon' and then sits back and watches while we did everything." Another version has the computer running two programs—"P00" to go to the moon, and "P01" to return home. [David Mindell, Digital Apollo, p. 161]
MIT Instrumentation Laboratory cartoon showing the extremes of automation. Too much automation leaves the astronauts bored, awaiting an abort, while too little overwhelms them with work. (Draper Laboratories/MIT Museum)

The Apollo system was ultimately a synthesis that combined autonomous systems with human inputs. It serves as an excellent metaphor for healthcare. Do we imagine caregivers in low-resource hospitals as "cowboys" who need lots of options and the ability to override medical device settings, or do we imagine them as "cargo," overloaded with too many patients and not enough training and grateful for machines that can reduce their workload?

As designer thinkers, we see two options for guaranteeing our desired social impact outcomes with a given medical device: provide lots of training and incentives for appropriate behavior, or create product features that make a device intuitive and easy to use.

One framework for evaluating our choices in achieving design outcomes. 

DtM's overall philosophy of making medical devices "hard to use wrong" is really a statement about our expectations for users. In the same way Apollo rocket scientists realized that too little automation would place unrealistic demands on the astronauts, we see how medical systems that expect significant amounts of prior training and user expertise are poorly suited to the needs of rural hospitals in developing countries. 

Mindell's book includes loads of other ideas that have applications in social impact design. One is Apollo's approach of "all-up testing": only investing in tests of complete systems, rather than individually testing subsystems that might not work as well together.

Another is what the Apollo team called "configuration discipline": the rigorous documentation of system changes. The logic of any given design modification has a very short half-life. What seemed like an obvious improvement on Monday can be a total mystery by Wednesday. We want to manage the product development process like a disciplined experiment. To quote Adam Savage, "Remember kids, the only difference between Science and screwing around is writing it down!"

Fantastic book, check it out! And if you buy the book through the links in this email, Amazon will send part of the proceeds to DtM! [Digital Apollo]

_____________________________________

This "Design Experience that Matters" series is provided courtesy of Timothy Prestero and the team at Design that Matters (DtM). As a nonprofit, DtM collaborates with leading social entrepreneurs and hundreds of volunteers to design new medical technologies for the poor in developing countries. DtM's Firefly infant phototherapy device is treating thousands of newborns in 21 counties from Afghanistan to Zimbabwe. In 2012, DtM was named the winner of the National Design Award.



          Top 10 environmentally friendly products   
Top 10 environmentally friendly products

1. Most Eco Friendly Toilet in the World

Saniflo Sanicompact toilet was awarded a 6 Star Wels Rating making it the most environmentally friendly toilet currently on the market today.  It has been praised for it’s amazing economical water consumption.

This particular toilet is capable of using 1.8 litres of water per dual flush compared to a standard toilet which uses 4 litres per 6 litres of dual flush.

The toilet itself does not have a cistern to flush itself so it is a great choice where space is at a premium.

 cross section image of Saniflo eco toilet

The system is really easy to install as it comes as one unit.  There is no cutting into wooden floor boards, having to cut through concrete blocks or digging up the ground to get to the sewer pipes.

The Sanicompact toilet uses macerator technology which means it uses a pumping system that reduces solids into small pieces and then forces the liquid and small pieces through a small diameter one way pipe.  The pipe includes a non return valve that ensures any macerated waste from returning back to the system.

The toilet is mounted to the floor using a 40mm pipe, you can also connect your basin to an inlet at the rear of the unit which means you only need one product to create a second toilet anywhere in the home for a fraction of the cost.

You get to choose between 1.8 Litre or 3 litre flush so in other words the most environmentally toilet currently available on the market.

Learn more about it here http://www.saniflo.com.au/

 2.Worms farms 

 

In the last few years worm farms have picked up in popularity as a home composting solution.

A worm farm can help minimise food waste by transforming it into liquid fertiliser.  The worms eat all the organic food waste and expel nutrient rich matter and worm castings which are organic material that has been previously digested by worms.

person shows dirt and worms in his hand for eco worm far,

Worm liquid can be used to completely replace your normal fertiliser. This liquid requires dilution with water before you can apply it to your garden and indoor plants.  Once the liquid is the colour of a mild tea it is ready to use on your plants.  This solution will not burn your plants at all.

Worm farms are relatively low maintenance once you have completed the initial set up process.

In order to thrive worms need a moist environment. You can create this using old newspaper and keeping it wet.  You will need to create a moist paper or hessian base layer and also a moist paper or hessian cover layer.

Organic food waste suitable for a worm farm

Most scraps can go into your worm farm including egg shells, coffee grinds and tea leaves.  Beware of too much acidic scraps such as citrus fruits and onions as the worms aren’t too keen on them so keep these scraps to a minimum - no more than few pieces is enough.

Other things to avoid include tough heavy garden clippings as it will take the worms ages to get through them  Believe it or not dog hairs and cauum ckleaner bags are ideal for your worm farm.

After setting up your worm farm you can expect to harvesting fertiliser from the bottom after approx. four or five months.

 

Close up picture of worm used in eco worm farm

Worms are very clean creatures.  They don’t have any diseases and their digestive system is capable of destroying pathogens.

An interesting fact: If everyone had a worm farm then our compostable waste would be reduced by 1 tonne per person per year.

Bunnings have a whole range of worm farm products available to get you started. Learn more here:

https://www.bunnings.com.au/our-range/garden/gardening/maintenance/worm-farms.

 

3. Rheem Air and Water

 

The Rheem air and water integrated EcoNet system is an Australian product and the first integrated system that is capable of handling your homes heating, cooling and water heating all in one.  

\\One of the great features of this products is the ease of changing temperature.  There is an easy to read and operate large digital screen which allows you to control everything via a touchscreen.

 

A Rheem Eco water heater

 

You can also set up, monitor and change everything via an app for your phone.  So if you are taking a holiday and you forgot to turn off your heater you can do so via an app on your phone whilst you lay on the beach.

http://www.rheem.com/EcoNet/Home

 

3. Water Sprinkler System

 

Following on from the Australian water conservation theme we move onto a product that can help save outdoor water consumption.

Rachio allows you to have full control over the watering of your garden by using an app.

 

screen shot of Rachio app

 

One of the clever features is how the system utilises a network of thousands of local weather stations.   Once it checks whether or not it is raining it  automatically adjusts the settings accordingly.

The phone app is available for Android and ios and is also compatible with the majority of home connected devices such as Amazon Echo, Google Assistant, Alarm.com and Nest.

Another great feature is how you can customise your watering to suit your lawn type. For example by type of grass and plant, amount of sun exposure, angles of the landscape etc.

This allows you to optimise your outdoor watering to be as efficient as possible which is not available with traditional water sprinkler systems.

http://rachio.com/

4.Lamps To Grow Plants In Windowless Spaces

 

More and more people are living in apartment buildings these days.  There are various benefits for living in apartments including less maintenance, financial benefits, shared amenities, proximity to shops and services, safer and better sense of community.

 

Clear eco lamp with plant

 

There are some drawbacks when it comes apartment living - often you won’t have your own outdoor space, possibly more noise and often a lack of sunlight which can make growing plants difficult.

Over 80% of all Australians reside in urban areas, they also spend 90% of their time indoors either at home or work.  NSW health has estimated that urban air pollution causes up to 2000 deaths per year in the Sydney metropolitan area alone.

Another surprising fact is indoor air pollution is between 2 to 10 times more higher than the outdoors.  Pollutants expelled from man made materials used in furniture, fixtures and electrical equipment can cause loss of concentration, headaches, sore, itchy red eyes. Indoor plants have been proven to have various health benefits some of which include  reducing stress and tiredness which in turn can lead to improved productivity.

 

A large lamp containing a house plant by Nui Studios

 

If you are not inclined to put in the effort required to having house plants or you simply do not have enough light to successfully grow indoor plants you may want to consider the Lamp Mygdal from Nui.

It utilises intelligent design that allows plants to flourish in rooms without windows.  The lamp allows a completely autonomous ecosystem which allows plants to photosynthesise in the harshest of environments.
 

Glass eco lamp with plant by Nui Studio

The clever design incorporates electrically conductive glass coating which creates an invisible connection between the power source and the LED.

Nui Studio prides itself on preserving and retaining long forgotten crafts these lamps are created with mouth blown and hand finished glass.

5. Spiky Shower Curtain

 

Being the driest continent on the planet Australia has understandably always had issues with water conservation.

There are a few things people can do at home to help the water conservation effort, for example using bore water for gardening,  water saving shower heads and storm rain water tanks.

Elisabeth Buecher has created a concept for the shower that might be able to prevent people taking longer than the recommended 4 minutes to shower.

It is a shower curtain that has a  series of inflatable spikes that stand to attention and force the person in the shower to get out as soon as the four minutes are up.

It uses a small air inflator which starts up using a sensor once your four minutes are up.

It is currently just a concept but may be available to the public who want a cheap novel way of reducing water consumption in their bathrooms.

http://www.elisabethbuecher.com/

Eco shower curtain saves water by using inflatable spikes to push you out of the shower

6. Tiles for growing mini gardens

 

Urban living has exploded in  recent years.  A problem of this growth has been a loss of green space and trees.  

Grey to Green tries to reduce some of the negative impact of this loss of greenery while combining the added benefits of recycling.

Grey to Green creates paving stones that have small spaces within them where you can grow plants and herbs.

Eco tiles  with holes to grow vegetation

They have four paving stone designs available ranging from one to eight holes to grow the plants and herbs from.

 

Close up of an eco green tile by Caroline Brahme

The could be used in backyards or integrated into our towns and cities as part of the normal urban landscape allowing the introduction of a greener and more natural urban environment without compromising on space.

The tiles were designed by Swedish designer Caroline Brahme who has other interesting designs you can learn about here.

http://cargocollective.com/carolinebrahme/

7. Tiny Homes

The tiny homes movement refers to the social and architectural movement that encourages and promotes living in small houses.    There is a distinction between small and tiny.  Dwellings considered small are between 37m2 and 93m2.  To qualify as a tiny house the building should be less than 37m2.

Tiny eco house on wheels

Due to the space restrictions of smaller homes the design has to be clever and well thought out

The movement is gaining popularity as people are priced out of the traditional housing markets, more people are interested in simpler, more sustainable living.

It really started to take off due to the global financial crisis of 2007. As well as financial reasons other factors that seem to be fuelling this boom include environmental concerns and the desire for a freer, healthier lifestyle that allows for more outdoor leisure time.

In some parts of the world such as Europe the tiny house trend has had a positive impact on homeless people as they are used as shelters.  In 2005 following Hurricane Katrina a designer set up a initiative to re home people affected by the disaster using 28 m2 hurricane proof houses which went on to win awards.  These can be purchased in the U.S in kit form.

 

Inside an eco tiny house

Small and tiny homes have the advantage over their counterparts as being cheaper to build, cheaper heating repairs and maintenance.

Other benefits could also be that living in a smaller area allows for a much less cluttered lifestyle. With only the essentials required to live, the smaller space discourages hoarding.

 

kitchen and stairs of a tiny house

Small and tiny houses also appeal to those people who want a cheap holiday home or retirement house.

Here are some of the top  tiny house companies in Australia

http://designerecohomes.com.au/

http://www.tinyhousecompany.com.au/ 

http://fredstinyhouses.com.au/

8.Environmentally friendly and socially conscious toilet paper: Who Gives a Crap

 

Who Gives a Crap toilet paper was started when the three founders learnt that 2.4 billion people from around the worlds do not have access to a toilet, this means that diarrhoea related diseases cause sub saharan hospital beds to eb over half full and over 500 children undere th age of five die every day.

eco-design19.png

Who Gives a Crap does not use trees to produce the paper just 100% recycled paper fibres, sugar cane or bamboo. In  addition they do not have any dyes or added scents either.

The great thing about this company is that they donate 50% of all their profits to help build toilets where they are badly needed. This is a good enough reason on it’s own to  switch to this brand let alone the added environmental plus points.

Eco toilet paper Who Gives a Crap

https://au.whogivesacrap.org/pages/our-impact

9.Water Pebble

The Water Pebble is small, simple and effective.  You place it in your shower and it memorises your standard amount of water used.  After that it will indicate using a traffic light system if you are exceeding the water consumption during your shower.

The Water Pebble effectively trains you to spend less time in the shower.

http://waterpebbleus.com/

water-pebble

10. RavenWindow

Raven windows can help with savings on ventilation, air-con and heating.  They do this by using a patented themochronic filter in the space between the double glazed glass of the window.  This allows for control the amount of heat and light you allow into your home.

Raven Windows claim you can save up to 30 % annually on your heating  and cooling costs.  They work a bit like transition glasses where they will automatically transition from clear to dark but they use heat to action the change, filtering out strong light but keeping your visibility in tact.

http://www.raven.com.au/domino/raven/ravenweb.nsf

Eco double glazed windows that transition darker when sunny


           Brasile: proteste contro riforme lavoro    
RIO DE JANEIRO - Proteste, scontri e violenze contro le riforme del lavoro e della previdenza volute dal governo sono in corso stamane in città di 21 stati del Brasile, oltre che nel distretto federale. Quello che era annunciato come un nuovo sciopero generale contro l'esecutivo del presidente Michel Temer ha perso forza negli ultimi giorni, tanto che i sindacati confederali hanno deciso di ritirare la loro adesione, lasciando autonomia ad altre sigle. Il servizio di metropolitana risulta sospeso a Belo Horizonte e Brasilia, mentre funziona normalmente nella megalopoli di San Paolo. In altre regioni, come Rio de Janeiro, si registrano ingorghi per il blocco di alcune importanti strade di grande comunicazione come l'Avenida Brasil.
          Как похудеть за месяц на 3 кг в домашних условиях диета   
Insulin glargine binds to the insulin receptor IRa heterotetrameric protein consisting of two extracellular alpha units and two transmembrane beta units. Because of the modifications to the A and B chain, the isoelectric point shifts towards a neutral pH and insulin glargine is more stable in acidic conditions than regular insulin. Partly metabolized to two active metabolites with similar in vitro activity to insulin: A21-Gly-insulin and A21-Gly-des-B30-Thr-insulin. Neurogenic autonomic signs and symptoms of hypoglycemia include trembling, palpitations, sweating, anxiety, hunger, nausea and tingling.
          Excerptien aus Richard Tarnas: »Idee und Leidenschaft«   

Eintrag No. 21 — Zusammenfasungen der Zusammenfassungen des Buches »Idee und Leidenschaft — Die Wege des Westlichen Denkens« von Richard Tarnas (›The Passion of the Western Mind‹; HC zuerst bei Roger & Bernhard; als TB bei DTV; dann unter dem Titel »Das Wissen des Abendlandes« bei Patmos). 1991 auf Englisch, 1997 auf Deutsch erschienen, bietet einen guten groben Überblick über viele Themen/Spannungen die in Sachen Weltenbau, Magietheorie usw von Bedeutung sind. — Tarnas möchte ich mal als Steinbruch vorstellen, denn sein Buch ist mir mittlerweile als nützlich aufgefallen. Da bemüht sich einer, möglichst umfassend eine Kultur- und vor allem Ideengeschichte zu beschreiben, und legt dabei (soweit ich das abschätzen kann) wert darauf, nüchtern und objektiv zu bleiben. Meistens kann ich seinen Vereinfachungen und Aussagen zustimmen. Er versucht nicht polemisch zu sein, trübt aber damit auch den Blick auf heikle und exotischen Aspekte.

Aus sieben Teilen setzt sich Tarnas Buch zusammen:

I. Griechisches Weltbild / II. Transformation der klassischen Ära / III. Christliches Weltbild / IV. Transformation des Mittelalters / V. Modernes Weltbild / VI. Transformation der Moderne / VII. Epilog.

Die erste Zusammenfassung findet sich im ersten Teil und umreißt das duale Vermächtnis des Weltbildes der Antike. Zwei Fünfheiten stehen sich umkreisend gegenüber.

ERSTE FÜNFHEIT: Griechischer Rationalismus und griechische Religion wie vor allem durch Platon geprägt (S. 83f):

  1. Die Welt ist ein geordneter Kosmos, dessen Ordnung mit der des menschlichen Geistes verwandt ist. Eine rationale Analyse der empirischen Welt ist deshalb möglich.
  2. Der Kosmos als Ganzes ist Ausdruck einer planvollen Intelligenz, die der Natur Sinn und Zweck verleiht, und diese Intelligenz ist dem geschulten und gereiftem menschlichen Bewußtsein direkt zugänglich, wenn es sich ganz auf diese Intelligenz ausrichtet und konzentriert.
  3. Eine durchdringende geistige Analyse offenbart auf ihrem Höhepunkt eine zeitlose, ihre temporären und konkreten Manifestationen übersteigende Ordnung. Die sichtbare Welt trägt eine tiefere, sowohl rationale als auch mythische Bedeutung in sich, die von der empirischen Ordnung widergespiegelt wird, aber aus einer ewigen Dimension stammt, die Quelle und Ziel aller Existenz ist.

    Zum Begriff ›mythisch‹ und ›Mythos‹: ist für mich zuvörderst die Geschichte, wie sie von den Gewinnern (fast immer Aggressoren und Betrüger) geschrieben wurde. Mythen dienen also zur Propaganda, bzw. dem Vertuschen von (Betriebs-)Geheimnisen, sowie dem Überhöhen der eigenen und dem Herabsetzten der anderen Seite. — Verständigungsproblem beim Bau von Fantasy-Welten und Kulturen. Soll ein Mythos den man sich ausdenkt als ›Wahrheit‹ im Sinne des antiken Weltbildes verstanden werden, oder, wie durch moderne Augen gesehen, als pathetische Verklärung, Über-Untertreibung?
  4. Die Erkenntnis der grundlegenden Struktur und Bedeutung der Welt erfordert Übung und den Einsatz einer Vielzahl von kognitiven Fähigkeiten — rationalen, empirischen, intuitiven, imaginativen und moralischen.
  5. Die unmittelbare Verstehen der tieferen Wirklichkeit der Welt befriedigt nicht nur den Geist, sondern auch die Seele: es ist seinem Wesen nach eine erlösende Vision, ein dauerhafter Einblick in die wahre Natur der Dinge, intellektuell entscheident wichtig und zugleich spirituell befreiend.

    Zumindest ich bin ein bischen baff, wie sehr diese ersten 5 Positionen noch virulent sind; in meinen misanthropischen Stimmungen nehm ich an, daß ›die Masse‹, das Gemensche sich kaum von diesen Ansichten gelößt hat.

ZWEITE FÜNFHEIT: Kritische Antipoden zu diesem idealistischen Realismus stellen folgende geistigen Annahmen und Tendenzen der griechischen Welt-Denkerei dar (S. 84f):

  1. Wahres Wissen ist nur durch die strikte Anwendung von menschlicher Vernunft und empirischer Beobachtung erreichbar.
  2. Die Basis wahren Wissens liegt in der gegebenen Erfahrungswelt, nicht in einer unbeweisbaren jenseitigen Wirklichkeit. Die einzige Wahrheit, die dem Menschen zugänglich und nützlich ist, ist immanent, nicht transzendent.
  3. Die Ursachen natürlicher Phänomene sind unpersönlicher und physikalischer Art und sollten innerhalb des Bereichs der Naturbeobachtung gesucht werden. Mythologische und übernatürliche Elemente sind als anthropomorphe Projektionen aus kausalen Erklärungen herauszuhalten.

    Tja, in Fantasy-Welten ist nun z.B. genau das die Spielwiese :-)
  4. Jeder Anspruch auf ein ganzheitliches theoretisches Verstehen muß sich an der empirischen Wirklichkeit des konkreten Einzelnen in all seiner Verschiedenheit, Veränderbarkeit und Einzigartigkeit messen lassen.

    Auch irdische Weisheit kennt den kontinuierlich gemahnenden Basslauf, daß der Mensch sich besser nicht selbstverständlich auf die Wiederholbarkeit von etwas verlassen kann und soll.
  5. Kein Denksystem ist endgültig, und die Suche nach Wahrheit muß sowohl kritisch als auch selbstkritisch sein. Menschliches Wissen ist relativ und fehlbar und muß im Licht neuer Befunde und weiterer Analysen immer wieder revidiert werden.

Die nächste Zusammenfassung widmet sich der christlichen Transformation des klassischen Denkens, und stellt eine Sechsheit an Differenzen zum griechisch-römischen Denken vor. Tarnas weißt darauf hin, daß solche Zusammenfassungen immer ungenau sind. (S. 206f)

  1. Durch die Anerkennung eines höchsten Gottes, dem dreieinigen Schöpfer und Herrscher über die Geschichte, hat das Christentum eine monotheistische Hierarchie im Kosmos geschaffen, die den Polytheismus der heidnischen Religionen überwand …

    {naja, man könnte auch ›verdrängt‹ sagen}
    … und in sich aufnahm, während sie der Metaphysik der archetypischen Formen ihren Vorrang nahm, sie aber nicht eliminierte.

    Monos gegen Pluris. Darf ich das so platt gegenüberstellen?
  2. Der platonische Dualismus von Geist und Materie wurde verstärkt durch seine Verschmelzung mit der Lehre von der Erbsünde, dem Fall des Menschen und der Natur, der kollektiven menschlichen Schuld. Eine weitere Zuspitzung kam dadurch, daß die Natur jede immanente Göttlichkeit, ob poly- oder pantheistisch, weitgehend abgesprochen wurde, ohne ihr aber dabei die Aura übernatürlicher Bedeutung zu entziehen — sei sie göttlich oder satanisch; sowie durch die radikale Polarisierug von Gut und Böse.
  3. Die Beziehung des Transzendenten zum Menschen wurde dramatisiert als Gottes Herrschaft über die Geschichte, als die Erzählung vom auserwählten Volk, als historisches Erscheinen Christi auf Erden und als seine letztliche Wiederkehr, um die Menschheit in einem künftigen apokalyptischen Zeitalter zu erlösen. So entstand ein neuer Sinn für historische Dynamik, für die göttliche Logik der Erlösung innerhalb einer linear, nicht zyklisch verlaufenden Geschichte, der jedoch durch die schrittweise Verlagerung dieser erlösenden Kraft in die institutionelle Kirche implizit wieder zugunsten der Restauration eines statischeren Geschichtsverhältnisses zurückgenommen wurde.
  4. Den heidnischen Mythos von der großen Mutter-Gottheit verwandelte das Christentum in eine historisierte Theologie mit der Jungfrau Maria als menschlicher Mutter Gottes und in die beständige historische und soziale Wirklichkeit Kirche als Mutter.
  5. Das Beobachten, Analysieren und Verstehen der natürlichen Welt wurde abgewertet und damit die rationalen und empirischen Fähigkeiten gegenüber den emotionalen, moralischen und spirituellen vernächlässigt oder negiert, wobei alle menschlichen Fähigkeiten den Anforderungen des christlichen Glaubens und dem Willen Gottes untergeordnet waren.
  6. Das Christentum verzichtete auf die Fähigkeit des Menschen, die Bedeutung der Welt selbstständig intellektuell oder spirituell zu durchdringen, aus Ehrfurcht vor der absoluten Autorität der Kriche und der Heiligen Schrift, denen die endgültige Bestimmung der Wahrheit überlassen bleibt.

Nun die Achtheit an Grundlagen des modernen Weltbildes. Versimpelt umreißt Tarnas folgenden Bogen: Die Antike war Bunt, das Christentum ist ‘ne Art von strenger Auskristallisierung bestimmter Aspekte und nun schwingt das Pendel wieder in die andere Richtung. Tarnas konzentriert sich auf die Aspekte des modernen Weltbildes, durch die es sich am stärksten von den Vorgängern abhebt (S. 359ff — Ich zitiere nur die ersten, bzw. markantesten Sätze der einzelnen Punkte):

  1. Im Gegensatz zum mittelalterlich-christlichen Kosmos, den ein persönlicher und allmächtiger Gott nicht nur geschaffen, sondern auch stets und unmittelbar regiert hatte, war das moderne Universum ein unpersönliches Phänomen. {…} Er war nun weniger ein Gott der Liebe, des Wunders, der Erlösung und der historischen Intervention als eine höchste Intelligenz und erste Ursache, die das materielle Universum und seine unveränderbaren Gesetzte zwar geschaffen, sich dann aber jeder weiteren direkten Einflußnahme enthalten hatte. {…} Während in der mittelalterlich-christlichen Auffassung der menschliche Geist die im Grunde übernatürliche Ordnung des Universums nicht ohne die Hilfe der göttlichen Offenbarung verstehen konnte, war der menschliche Geist nach moderner Auffassung kraft seiner eigenen rationalen Fähigkeiten dazu in der Lage, die Ordnung des Universums zu verstehen; und diese Ordnung war ganz und gar natürlich.

    Markant an der Zeichendeuterei der Vormoderne ist für mich, daß sie oft bis zur Lächerlichkeit naiv, hysterisch und paranoid war. Man muß nur mal bei den zivilierten Heiden (z.B. Griechen) gucken, was denen alles als Orakelmaterial diente. Zukunft vorhersagen anhand der Art wie Käse gerinnt, wie jemand lacht, anhand der Asche eines abgebrannten Feuers, anhand der Art wie eine Spinne ihr Netz gebaut hat. Immerhin glaubte man, dass Gott (oder Götter) noch dauernd in der Schöpfung rumfummelte und versuchte mit Zaunpfahlwinkerei die Schäfchen ins Trockene zu lotsen.
  2. Die christlich-dualistische Betonung der Vorrangstellung des Spirituellen und Transzendenten vor dem Materiellen und Konkreten wurde jetzt weitgehend umgekehrt und die physische Wirklichkeit zum zentralen Bereich des menschlichen Interesses. {…} Der christliche Dualismus von Geist und Materie, Gott und Welt wurde allmählich in den modernen Dualismus eines subjektiven und persönlichen menschlichen Bewußtseins und einer objektiven und unpersönlichen materiellen Welt verwandelt.

    Schönes Beispiel von extremistischen Pendelbewegungen in Sachen Ideologie. Wo der Verstand (weil zu bedrohlich kritisch) hinantgestellt wurde, zerrt man ihn in der Reaktion überprominent in den Vordergrund. Entsprechend kommt es in der Postmoderne (Stichwort: Negative Dialektik) zu einem scheinbar anti-rationalen Umkehrbild einer Kritik des Aufklärungsprozesses.
  3. Die Wissenschaft ersetzt die Religion als überragende, das kulturelle Weltbild definierende, beurteilende und überwachsende geistige Autorität. {…} Mit einer transzendenten Wirklichkeit assoziierte Vorstellungen … galten als nützliche Beruhigungsmittel für den emotionellen Anteil des Menschen; als ästhetisch befriedigende Schöpfungen der Phantasie; als potentiell brauchbare heuristische Annahmen; als notwendige Bollwerke für Moral und gesellschaftlichen Zusammenhalt; als politisch-ökonomische Propaganda; als psychologisch motivierte Projektion; als die Lebendigkeit unterdrückende Illusionen; als abergläibisch, irrelevant oder sinnlos.

    Dieser Punkt umreißt knapp die Funktionen und Restrinnsale des Religiösen (im europ.-westlichen Kerngebiet der Säkularisierung). Die nun entmonopolisierte Spiritualität wird zunehmend kommerzialisiert und privatisiert, von Freimaurei, Magierkreisen, über Popkultur & Rock'n Roll & Fandoms, bis hin zur Kunst, auspendelnden Körnerfresserei usw.
  4. Ähnlich wie in der klassischen griechischen Anschauung besaß das moderne Universum eine immanente Ordnung. {…} Die moderne Weltordnung war keine transzendente, alles beherrschende Einheitsordnung, die sich im Inneren des Verstandes genauso wie in der äußeren Welt widerspiegelte und in der die Erkenntnis des einen zwangsläufig das Wissen des anderen nach sich zog. {…} Das Universum an sich war nicht mit bewußter Intelligenz oder Zwecken ausgestattet; allein der Mensch besaß solche Eigenschaften.

    Hier bröckelts ja auch seit einiger Zeit (siehe ›Kultur bei Tieren‹). Aber ich behalte den Punkt ›bewußte Intelligenz‹ im Augenwinkel.
  5. Im Gegensatz zu der integierten Vielfalt von Erkenntnismethoden der klassischen Antike war die Ordnung des modernen Kosmos prinzipiell allein den rationalen und empirischen Fähigkeiten des Menschen zugänglich. {…} Die Erkenntnis des Universums war jetzt in erster Linie eine Angelegenheit nüchterner, unpersönlicher wissenschaftlicher Forschung. War sie erfolgreich, so endete sie nicht so sehr mit Erfahrung spiritueller Befreiung … sondern mit der intellektuellen Beherrschung der Natur und der materiellen Verbesserung des Lebens.

    Hier sind wir wieder beim Flackerbegriff der Magie bzw. Technik. Ich finde, man kann beides zusammenhaun und diesen Audruck ›intellektuelle Beherrschung der Natur‹ als Kernpunkt beider Disziplinen nehmen. Magie ist Technik, von der so getan wird, als wäre sie etwas Übernatürliches, Wundersames (siehe Hüten von Betriebsgeheimnissen).
  6. Die Kosmologie des klassischen Zeitalters war geozentrisch, endlich und hierarchisch; sie nahm die Himmelskörper als Orte transzendenter archetypischer Kräfte wahr; deren Bewegung bestimmten und beeinflußten die menschlicher Existenz. {…} Anders als im antiken und mittelalterlichen Weltbild besaßen die himmlichen Körtper des modernen Universums keinerlei geistige oder symbolische Bedeutung; sie waren nicht dazu da, dem Menschen sein Schicksal zu zeigen oder seinem Leben Sinn zu verleihen. {…} Ähnlich wurden auch alle Zeichen des Göttlichen in der Natur als Symptome eines primitiven Aberglaubens und wunschgeleiteten Denkens bewertet und aus dem ernsthaften wissenschaftlichen Diskrus entfernt.

    Vieles, vor allem praktisches Wissen ging verlohren, einzelne Wissenschaften machen sich nun wieder auf, die brauchbaren Aspekte dieses alten ›Wunderglauben-Wissens‹ zu suchen und zu sammeln. Meiner Einschätzung nach, war aber vieles was im Fortlauf der Moderne als Aberglaube verunglimpft wurde, wirklich kaum der Erkenntnis wert.
  7. Dank der Integration der Evolutionstheorie und ihrer vielfältigen Auswirkungen auf andere Gebiete ließen sich das Wesen und der Ursprung des Menschen sowie die Dynamik des Wandels in der Natur jetzt ausschließlich natürlichen Ursachen und empirisch beobachtbaren Prozessen zuschreiben. {…} Die Struktur und Entwicklung der Natur war kein Ergebnis eines wohlmeinenden göttlichen Plans und Zwecks, sondern eines amoralischen, zufälligen und brutalen Kampfes ums Dasein, in dem nicht der Tugendhafte, sondern der Taugliche Erfolg hatte. {…} Das moderne Universum war jetzt ein ausschließlich säkulares Phänomen, das immer weiter fortfuhr, sich selbst zu verändern und zu erzeugen. Es besaß keine göttlich konstruierte Finalität mit einer ewigen und statischen Struktur, sondern war ein sich entfaltender Prozess ohne absolutes Ziel und ohne absolute Grundlage, außer Materie und ihren Verwandlungen.
  8. Anders als das mittelalterlich-christliche Weltbild bestätigte das moderne radikal die Unabhängigkeit des Menschen — ob geistig, psychisch oder spirituell. {…} Das klassische griechische Weltbild hatte die Vereinigung — oder Wiedervereinigung — des Menschen mit dem Kosmos und dessen göttlicher Intelligenz als Ziel der intellektuellen und spirituellen Tätigkeit des Menschen hervorgehoben. Das christliche Ziel war es, den Menschen und die Welt wieder mit Gott zu vereinigen. {…} Im Vertrauen auf die Kraft seines autonomen Intellekts ließ der moderne Mensch die Tradition weitgehend hinter sich und machte sich alleine auf den Weg, entschlossen, die Prinzipien seines neuen Universums zu entdecken, dessen neue Dimensionen zu erforschen und zu erweitern sowie seine Erfüllung hier und jetzt zu finden.

    Oder anders betrachtet: Die Menschheitsgeschichte ist die der zunehemend enger werdenden Nachbarschaft; die Kulturgeschichte ist die Geschichte des von Menschen umzingelt werdenden Menschen. Die älteste Lösung dieses Engeproblens ist die Flucht nach Außen (territoriale Flucht), die Flucht nach Innen (mystisch-asketisch-ekstatische-usw Flucht) und die Flucht in die Zukunft (bzw. Schuldenabschieben auf Nachfahren).

Als hier vorläufig letzte Zusammenfassung folgt ein Sprung über Jahrhunderte, ins kalte Wasser Bucheepilogs, wenn Tarnas eine postmoderne Theorie zum Mutter-Kind ›Double-bind‹ — also über wechselseitig sich widersprechende Forderungen die dazu führen, das Menschen schizophren werden — auf das Verhältnis Welt-Mensch umformuliert (S. 526f):

  1. Die Beziehung des Kindes (Menschen) zur Mutter (Welt) zeichnet sich durch vitale Abhängigkeiten aus (ist durch vitale Abhängigkeiten geprägt), was es für das Kind schwierig macht, Mitteilungen der Mutter richtig einzuschätzen (was es schwierig für den Menschen macht, die Beschaffenheit dieser Welt richtig einzuschätzen).
  2. Das Kind empfängt auf verschiedenen Ebenen widersprüchliche oder unvereinbare Informationen von der Mutter, indem beispielsweise eine explizite verbale Botchaft durch einen nonverbalen Kontext zugleich wieder dementiert wird — etwa wenn eine Mutter ihrem Kind mit feindseligen Augen und verspanntem Körper sagt, »Schatz, du weißt, daß ich dich sehr lieb habe«. Beide Signale lassen sich nicht in Übereinstimmung bringen. (Der menschliche Geist empfängt in sich widersprüchliche oder anderweitig unvermeidbare Informationen über seine Situatiuon in bezug zur Welt. Unter anderem stimmt seine innere psychologische und spirituelle Wahrnehmung der Dinge nicht mit der allgemeinen — auch von ihm selbst anerkannten — wissenschaftlichen Sicht der Dinge überein.)
  3. Das Kind wird keinerlei Gelegenheit gegeben, der Mutter Fragen zu stellen, die die Kommunikation klären oder den Widerspruch auflösen kann. (Erkenntnistheoretisch ist es dem menschlichen Geist unmöglich, in eine direkte Kommunikation mit der Welt zu treten.)
  4. Das Kind kann das Feld, das heißt die Beziehung nicht verlassen. (Existentiell ist es dem Menschen unmöglich, das Feld zu verlassen.)

          Jaguar Land Rover confirma E-Pace para o Brasil   
Jaguar E-Pace (Foto: Divulgação)

O Jaguar E-Pace, que será apresentado pela primeira vez no dia 13 de julho, já está confirmado para o Brasil. Quem revelou a informação foi o gerente de produto da Jaguar Land Rover, Vinícius Frata. O mais novo membro da família PACE deverá se tornar o carro mais vendido da fabricante britânica.

De acordo com a Jaguar, o novo SUV terá sistema de tração integral e opções de motores a diesel e a gasolina. A montadora ainda promete “recursos altamente tecnológicos e de segurança” para o modelo, que será feito sobre a plataforma do sedã de entrada, o XE. O novo SUV será menor que o F-Pace, que mede 4,73 metros de comprimento.

A família de SUVS não vai parar por aí. A Jaguar ainda anunciou que vai apostar em um modelo elétrico para o segmento: o I-Pace. A novidade será o primeiro SUV 100% elétrico da fabricante, que será lançada no ano que vem.

 


          Volvo Cars, Autoliv e NVIDIA formam parceria para desenvolver tecnologias autônomas   
Volvo XC90 Drive Me (Foto: Divulgação)

A Volvo Cars, a Autoliv, líder global em segurança automotiva, e a NVIDIA, empresa de computação visual e inteligência artificial (AI), se juntaram para desenvolver softwares e sistemas avançados para veículos autônomos. As três marcas vão trabalhar com a Zenuity, empresa criada este ano pela Volvo e pela Autoliv, com foco na criação de de softwares de condução autônoma e sistemas de assistência ao motorista.

O objetivo da parceria é desenvolver tecnologias que serão utilizadas na próxima geração de carros autônomos. A Volvo traçou a meta de comercializar veículos com autonomia nível quatro - que dispensam a necessidade de um motorista humano - até 2021. A montadora pretende ser mais rápida do que a Honda, que planeja introduzir o nível 4 em sua frota de carros apenas em 2025

"Cérebro" autônomo do Volvo XC90 Drive Me (Foto: Divulgação)

A plataforma de computação de carros com inteligência artificial da NVIDIA será usada como base para os novos sistemas. A tecnologia AI pode ajudar o veículo a reconhecer objetos ao seu redor, antecipar ameaças potenciais e rodar com mais segurança segurança.

“A inteligência artificial é uma ferramenta essencial para resolver os desafios dos carros autônomos. Usamos como base nossa colaboração anterior com a Volvo Cars para criar veículos prontos que tornarão a condução mais segura, deixando as cidades mais verdes e reduzindo o congestionamento nas vias”, disse Jensen Huang, CEO da NVIDIA. 

As tecnologias que serão desenvolvidas pela parceria podem comparar a situação em tempo real com um mapa em alta definição. Isso permite que o carro planeje uma rota segura e dirija precisamente por esse percurso, se ajustando às circunstâncias que podem mudar. O sistema autônomo também é capaz de reunir imagens de câmeras instaladas no veículo para criar uma visualização completa em volta do carro.

 

 


          Novo Audi A8: o que esperar da nova geração do sedã   
Protótipo Audi Prologue (Foto: Divulgação)

 

A Audi já começou a soltar informações de seu próximo lançamento de peso: a nova geração do A8, seu sedã mais luxuoso. A "premiere" será no dia 9 de julho, na Espanha, onde Autoesporte terá a chance de conhecer a novidade em primeira mão. Mas o modelo, ainda camuflado, já deu o ar da graça no lançamento do filme "Spider-Man:Homecoming" em Hollywood, ontem(28). Por aqui, o filme estreia no dia 5 de julho.

Audi A8 aparece na premiere do novo filme do Spider Man (Foto: Audi)

 

Mas o novo Audi A8 não quer ser apenas um carro de cinema. Ele quer ser referência em  autonomia. A Audi vai equipar o modelo com as tecnologias mais modernas já desenvolvidas pela marca. Isso inclui motorização híbrida e sistemas que tornarão o sedã praticamente um carro autônomo. Isso sem deixar de lado toda a elegância e o refinamento que o tornam uma páreo duro para os rivais Mercedes Classe S e BMW Série 7. O visual final deverá seguir as linhas antecipadas pelo conceito Audi Prologue.

Além dos mais avançados recursos de segurança, a Audi promete equipar o novo sedã com um sistema de suspensão totalmente ativa. Ele usa sensores e câmeras para ler a superfície e até  "prever" as falhas no asfalto para se ajustar a tempo de evitar qualquer solavanco a bordo. Isso será possível  graças a um sistema eletromecânico que permite a cada uma das rodas do carro se adaptar às condições da estrada, graças a um tipo de motor elétrico individual alimentado pelo sistema elétrico principal de 48 volts.

 

 


          Personal Support Worker - Personal Choice Independent Living/Choix personnel vie autonome - Ottawa, ON   
Up to date certification in emergency First Aid and CPR. Valid Police Check. PSW or equivalent certificate. Are you looking for a work place that puts quality... $17.95 an hour
From Indeed - Wed, 03 May 2017 13:55:22 GMT - View all Ottawa, ON jobs
          Pema Khandu Resolves to Restructure Sports Authority of Arunachal   

SSA

Arunachal Pradesh Chief Minister Pema Khandu on Friday resolved to restructure the Sports Authority of Arunachal (SAA), which is a registered body functioning under a Memorandum of Association since 2005, by an Act to be passed by the state legislative assembly.

Chairing a meeting of the SAA Governing Body in Itanagar on Friday, Khandu directed the sitting Chairman of SAA, Bamang Tago, in consultation with the department of Sports and Youth Affairs, to frame a blueprint of the Act and place it before the government for further perusal. This he said is required to give a distinct shape, role and responsibility to the autonomous body so that it can work constructively in the field of promoting sports and nurturing sportspersons from across the state.

Going through the roles and functions of the existing SAA set-up, Khandu lamented that the sports body has not been able to live up to expectations because of various flaws in guidelines under which it was constituted.

He lauded Tago for bringing it to the notice of the Governing Body, which incidentally met today after a gap of 5 years, and admitted the need to give greater autonomy to SAA. He also appreciated Tago for referring the Mizoram State Sports Council Act 2002 as an example that could be replicated in Arunachal Pradesh.

“If Mizoram can bring an Act to successfully run an autonomous sports body, we can too. Hence, I request SAA and the department of Sports and Youth Affairs to properly study the Mizoram Act and frame one keeping in consideration the requirements of Arunachal Pradesh for placing it in the Assembly as a bill,” Khandu advised.

Khandu observed that with an Act in place the autonomous sports authority will have its role, responsibility and power in clear terms and all confusions with its relation vis a vis the department of Sports and Youths Affairs and state level sports associations will be cleared.

The Chief Minister also appreciated the initiatives taken up by the Sports Authority of India (SAI) for promotion of games and sports in the state. While thanking SAI Regional Director from Guwahati, Dr Subhash Basumatary for his presence in the meeting as a co-opted member, Khandu assured state government’s support in his endeavours in the state.

He expressed happiness that SAI has agreed in principle to establish SAG centers at Roing, Aalo and Miao besides the ones at Itanagar and Rupa. Further, he accepted the proposal put in by Dr Basumatary to utilize existing badminton infrastructure in the state capital to temporarily run the Dorjee Khandu Badminton Academy till the time its permanent infrastructure comes up near Naharlagun.

When informed that sportspersons after getting employed in government departments under sports quota are forced to leave their playing profession, Khandu viewed that they should be allowed to practice and participate in competitions as they used to before employment till their age permits. He asked the department to come up with a guideline to ensure it.

Sports and Youth Affairs Parliamentary Secretary Nyamar Karbak informed that a state sports policy is in the making and after its finalization and implementation the road ahead will be crystal clear. He however emphasized on starting from ground zero and move upward instead of planning from the top. Legal Metrology & Consumer Affairs Parliamentary Secretary Laisam Simai, a co-opted member of the Governing Body, suggested that impartiality of the highest level should be maintained in giving opportunities to budding sports talents so that only the best of the best can go ahead to represent the state and the country in competitions.

Other issues like requirement of coaches, physiotherapists, instructors, administrators as well as budgetary allocation were discussed in the meeting.

The 2nd Governing Body meeting of SAA was also attended by the SAA Vice Chairman, Secretary Sports and Youth Affairs, Secretary APP Sports Board, Directors of Sports, Youth Affairs and State Plan, Member Secretary SAA, representatives of SBI, NEEPCO and NHPC and distinguished sportspersons Gumpe Rime, TadangMinu and TamatGamo.

The post Pema Khandu Resolves to Restructure Sports Authority of Arunachal appeared first on Northeast Today.


          Journeys toward Sustainable Development: Policy Entrepreneurs and the Rise of the Green State in Chile and Peru   

Project by Jose Carlos Orihuela (completed thesis):

Journeys inquire why and how mineral-rich Chile and Peru joined in the international trend of good green governance. Behind formal governance convergence hides effective institutional divergence: a relatively strong and autonomous green state in Chile and a relatively weak and captured green state in Peru. The “green state” [...]

          Abstraction in reverse: how Latin American Modernists changed how we see   
Hélio Oiticica with Nucleo 6 (1960-63, left) and Nildo of Mangueira wearing Oiticica's P15 Parangolé Cape 11, I Embody Revolt (around 1968) (© César and Claudio Oiticica)
The art historian Alexander Alberros new book, Abstraction in Reverse, which has just been published by the University of Chicago Press, offers a fresh perspective on how Latin American artists have altered our perceptions of Modern art. The central argument of the book is that abstract artists like Julio Le Parc, Toms Maldonado and Jess Rafael Soto, among others, made works that granted viewers a fuller stake in interpretation, which was no longer a matter of passive reception.


These artists "get rid of the 're-' in representation," Alberro says. "The dynamic of connection is between the spectator and the object, who now takes a greater role." Importantly, Alberro says, the artwork was no longer made in advance and then exhibited; rather, it was produced at the very site where the art object and spectator meet, where object and subject come together.



Latin American artists did not always have direct access to works by painters like Piet Mondrian and Kazimir Malevich, whom they admired. Often, works by artists like these were only available in black-and-white reproductions, which led to productive misreadings. In the first issue of the short-lived journal Arturo, which was founded in Buenos Aires in 1944, the artist Lidy Prati manually coloured in the reproductions of Mondrian's work. "When Soto finally saw a Mondrian, he realised he had it all wrong," Alberro says. "He thought Mondrian's work was completely smooth, with no visible brushstrokes and all straight lines meeting the edge of the canvas."



One of the keys to Alberro's book is that he takes a comparative approach to artists from various Latin American countries, which is a shift from the traditional narrative. "Artists like Le Parc in Argentina and Soto in Venezuela were dismissed or couldn't find a place in their national context," he says. "So Modernism, rather than an imposition, gave these artists the ability to speak and be heard in their own national contexts."



The below excerpt is taken from Alberro's introduction to the book.



During the mid-20th century, Latin American artists working in several different cities altered the nature of Modern art in ways that have never been fully appreciated. In this critical transformation, arts relation to its public was reimagined, and the spectator was granted a more significant role than ever before in the realization of the artwork. These developments unfolded in the context of a complicated mediation of the particular form of abstract art that European Modernist artists Theo van Doesburg, Max Bill, and others referred to as Concrete art. This type of abstraction resonated in Latin America not only as a result of European Modernisms hegemony but also because it articulated an experience of Modernity that, despite all cultural differentiation, was becoming increasingly global. Initially, in the 1940s, Latin American artists with Modernist ambitions faithfully adopted Concretism, following their European predecessors in banishing all categories of description and imitation in favor of an emphasis on the sheer inventiveness of a simple operation generated entirely from the mind of the artist and communicated lucidly to the spectator. The task of the spectator in turn was to avoid any particularities that might obstruct her deindividualized gaze and to subordinate herself entirely and without interference to the logic of the art object, enabling the artworks import, its meaning, to be comprehended fully. Vision was the primary means for this model of spectatorship, and any phenomenological aspect of the experience was to be avoided.

But Latin American artists would soon push Concrete art considerably beyond its established boundaries. Indeed, most of the artists whose work is central to Abstraction in Reverse created their distinctive identity by rejecting the a priori generalizations of pictorial or sculptural Concretism and offering an alternative to it. In their effort to imagine art as an integral aspect of an intellectual life that responded to their own particular concerns, they put aside the Concretist notion that the meaning of an artwork is established prior to its experience by the spectator in favor of a concept of artistic signification (as much as of consciousness and subjectivity) that assumes that meaning can be produced only in the site where the art object and spectator meet, where subject and object come together. I call the site of this intersection the aesthetic field of the artwork, defining it first and foremost as an area of possibility through which the spectator constructs meaning, and I focus this study on the structuring of artistic signification according to the interrelationship of subject and object within this aesthetic field. Consistent with their negation of idealist aesthetics, Latin American post-Concrete artists interwove the specificities of the material object and the context of its exhibition and display with the spectators subjective experience within the aesthetic field in ways that thread the work of art back into the fabric of the world.

By reshaping the aesthetic field to posit the spectator not as a disembodied receptor of optical stimuli but as an active subject engaged in a new kind of attentiveness and tactile encounter, post-Concrete artists opened the way for new modes of consciousness and experience, as well as new models of subject-object relations. My thesis, in brief, is that in breaking in various ways with the core dictums of Concrete art, Latin American artists in the mid-twentieth century reimagined the relationship of art to its public and produced artworks to challenge prevailing notions of the interconnection between subject and world, perceiver and perceived, objective reality and subjective experience. In this new con-ceptualization, art was no longer considered entirely autonomous and internally coherent but relationally dynamic, prompting the imaginative engagement of the spectator and producing meaning through this very relationality. The rationales underlying the generation of this art varied, as did the degrees and conditions of subjective agency it actualized, but the new post-Concrete art in Latin America fundamentally reconfigured the aesthetic field and Modernist spectatorship more generally, and the particular forms these new modes of sensibility took are the primary concern of this book.

Along with a realignment of the aesthetic field and the development of new conventions of spectatorship, ambitious mid-20th-century Latin American art manifested a new type of artistic subjectivity. For reasons that are as much political and cultural as they are aesthetic, these artists discarded the traditional, artisan-like exercise of manufacturing the artwork in favor of presenting catalytic objects or ensembles that encompass, and in fact require, the spectator for their completion. If, as noted a moment ago, Concrete arts form of spectatorship closed the art object in upon itself, conveying an idea or act carried out by the artist at an earlier moment, then the importance of the new post-Concrete work lies in the context of spectatorship. Henceforth the artist performs no longer as a creator for contemplation, but as an instigator for creation, as Brazilian artist Hlio Oiticica put it. In this new condition, the function of the artist is limited to the presentation of formal elements or situations to be constructed into artworks in the context of the aesthetic field. This process of configuration and the link between forms of artistic signification and forms of spectatorship are central theoretical concerns of this book. My argument is that meaning does not reside in the intent of the artist, nor in the essence of the art object, nor in its site of display, nor even in the consciousness of the spectator engaging with the work. Meaning is constructed in the aesthetic field, a space that includes all of these elements as well as writings and statements made by the artists and others about the work. In this respect, the aesthetic field differs from the logic of what philosopher Jacques Rancire refers to as an emancipatory practice of art in which the centered subject is fully capable of seizing hold of aesthetic experiences, and constitutes instead something similar to what philosopher Michel Foucault describes as an apparatus of a system of relations that is established among a set of components. My goal in what follows is to study what Foucault called the interplay of shifts of position and modifications of function among the elements that structure the work of mid-20th-century Latin American artists, keeping in mind that with each shift or modification the hierarchy of these constituent parts is readjusted or reworked. Moreover, insofar as the aesthetic field as an apparatus is always inscribed in what Foucault refers to as a play of power, it will be important to comprehend some of the reasons that led to this reconfiguration in the mid-20th century.

Then, too, the aesthetic field as an apparatus implies a process of sub-jectification; that is to say, it produces its subject, it orients the gestures, behaviors, opinions, or discourses of living beings into subject positions. This is what separates it from sociologist Pierre Bourdieus framework of a field of cultural production. Although both concepts theorize a field as hierarchical, the goal of Bourdieus analysis is to understand the ways in which the subjects and institutions that specialize in creating, displaying, distributing, and evaluating art interact, and in particular how the fully formed subject negotiates the social and economic context of art at a given time and in a particular place. The ensemble of relations that structure the aesthetic field that I propose includes the context singled out by Bourdieu. But I understand the spectatorial subject as a position that is itself formed in the aesthetic field. This approach requires paying greater attention than does Bourdieu to the way the dynamic system of relations established among the elements of the aesthetic field are configured, as well as to the spectators interaction with the formal or material techniques that actually make art.

The turn to action and participation in the context of spectatorship in Latin American art also marks a shift to an entirely different mode of social engagement of the artwork. The model of spectatorship that develops as artists attempt to reintegrate art into the social realm by asserting its relationship with the viewing subject turns outward into the third and fourth dimensions. This, in essence, is at the core of what I refer to as abstraction in reverse. To quote a 1960 text by Ferreira Gullar, a Brazilian critic whose early writings are important to my investigation, post-Concrete artists, in their attempt to reconnect the picture plane with paintings need for spatialization, invert traditional perspective and create an outward three-dimensional virtual space powerful enough to break away from (even abstract) representation. The gap between the ostensible permanence of the art object and the ephemerality of the spectators interaction with it accordingly narrows and in some cases collapses altogether. The artwork ceases to be a stationary object accessible to immediate and exhaustive viewing (that is, seen in its entirety) and invites an embodied reception located in space and time. The artistic experience becomes a transitional phenomenon, prompting the spectator to relate with others and with an environment that surrounds and envelops her. But rather than rest in the moment of desublimation, the spectator is induced by some of the artworks produced in this manner to see herself both as an integral subject and as an object of the perception of others, creating new, liberating spaces of sociability. Gone is the myth of the singular artist in absolute control of her creative production. Gone too is the traditional understanding of the ontology of art in which the artwork and its conceptualized essence stand apart from the world and unchanging for all time. In place of these singularities, these artworks posit a relational identity and set of processual operations that are not atavistic but disjointed, having multiple roots, facets, and directions. The subjective agency and creativity of the spectator become paramount in the realization of the artwork.

Alexander Alberro is the Virginia Bloedel Wright Professor of Art History and Department Chair at Barnard College
          Portatori sani   
[Questi inediti di Flavio Almerighi fanno parte di un più ampio lavoro antologico che sarà pubblicato prossimamente nei “Quaderni di RebStein“. Siamo lieti di ospitare un autore che ha saputo costruire negli anni un suo autonomo e riconoscibile percorso di scrittura, viaggiando sempre “in direzione ostinata e contraria” rispetto alle mode estetiche, alle etichette critiche, … Continua a leggere Portatori sani
          Chef de Rang - Cavallino Bianco - Ortisei - St. Ulrich, Trentino-Alto Adige   
Ristorante Chef de Rang Cerchiamo un Chef de Rang da Maggio 2017! Compiti Chef de Rang Direzione autonoma di un rango della sala ristorante Coordinamento...
Da Cavallino Bianco - Wed, 28 Jun 2017 07:30:30 GMT - Visualizza tutte le offerte di lavoro a Ortisei - St. Ulrich, Trentino-Alto Adige
          What are we defending?   
The Western political class is still responding dismally to terror attacks, such as the one perpetrated on young people in Manchester.

I want to focus on one response in particular, by Sarah Vine in the Daily Mail. Sarah Vine is the wife of a leading Conservative Party politician, Michael Gove. They both support Brexit and might be thought of as "establishment conservative" types.

Sarah Vine reacted to the terror attack this way:



So what we are defending, against the terrorists, is Western girls' freedom to be whoever they want to be. That is how Sarah Vine sees things.

She writes:
...this was not just a cowardly attack on innocent civilians by a blackened heart, this was specifically an attack on our girls — all of them.

Our young, beautiful, free, crazy girls — and their right to live life as they choose.

...Young women enjoying themselves, expressing themselves, being free to be whoever they want to be. Indulgent mums accompanying them, willing to endure an evening of pop hell in the interests of family harmony.

All this is anathema to Islamist fanatics, for whom notions such as sexual equality and female emancipation are an offence.

Sarah Vine is giving us a choice here between Islamic terrorists or "liberated" Western women who are free to do whatever they want. To put this another way, she is defining the West in terms of the liberal value of individual autonomy - a freedom of the individual to self-define or self-determine or self-constitute.

The problems with this approach leap out at you. First, if the great thing is to be whoever you want to be, then the value of a stable, given identity, such as being English, falls in significance. Therefore, the path is made clear for an open-bordered, diverse society in which the population no longer has a shared, long-standing common identity and loyalty to each other. And so you end up living amongst people who hate you and your way of life and wish violence upon you. Being whoever you want to be as an atomised individual leaves you vulnerable to attack - in the long run the terrorists win.

The "be whoever" attitude also fails the girls themselves. Sarah Vine describes quite well the behaviour of young teenage girls:
Girls this age are a special kind of crazy — a wonderful, maddening, mystifying mix of emotions.

One minute they’re trying to persuade you that wearing fishnet tights under a pair of ripped jeans is a perfectly acceptable ensemble for a trip to church, the next they’re in floods of tears because they’ve lost their hamster.

They are a mass of contradictions: monosyllabic, moody and manipulative, but also gentle and loving, as capable of throwing their arms around you in a heart-stopping embrace as they are of telling you they hate you.

If you leave these 14-year-olds to be whoever they want to be you are going to end up with dysfunctional adult women. These girls need their parents to raise them within a strong moral framework which will help to form a good character and encourage wise life choices.

What you don't want is 20-something women who are still a mass of contradictions and a special kind of crazy. Women like this tear apart men and tear down a culture of family life. And they don't inspire young men to want to defend them or, for that matter, the larger society. So, again, in the long run the terrorists win.

Saying "be whoever you want to be" implies that there is nothing strong or wise or virtuous or true that people can aspire to be. It implies that there is no natural telos to being a man or a woman. It suggests that there is no higher character type that we can lift ourselves toward as Englishmen or Australians or Canadians.

A liberal "freedom as radical individual autonomy" just doesn't work as the basis for a civilisation. Sarah Vine believes that we are defending it against the terrorists, but the urgent need is to return to the higher values that existed before liberalism became so dominant in the West.
          Curso de Educación Emocional   
http://divulgaciondinamica.info/promos/curso-de-educacion-emocional-cp/ 

 

Temario:

1. INTELIGENCIA EMOCIONAL
1.1 Conceptualización
1.2 Inteligencia emocional
1.3 Educación emocional
2. LAS EMOCIONES. DESARROLLO Y SOCIALIZACIÓN
2.1 Conceptualización de las emociones
2.2 Tipos de emociones
2.3 Descripción de algunas emociones
2.4 El desarrollo emocional a lo largo de la infancia y la adolescencia
3. INTERVENCIÓN EDUCATIVA EN INTELIGENCIA EMOCIONAL I
3.1 Importancia y necesidad de la intervención educativa en inteligencia emocional
3.2 Métodos de evaluación de la Inteligencia Emocional
3.3 Intervención en educación emocional
3.4 Conciencia Emocional
3.5 Regulación emocional
4. INTERVENCIÓN EDUCATIVA EN INTELIGENCIA EMOCIONAL II
4.1 Autonomía emocional
4.2 Competencia social
4.3 Competencias para la vida y el bienestar



Enlace


          Informe: Tecnologías orientadas a la movilidad: orientación y tendencias   
El Ministerio de Industria, Energía y Turismo, a través del Observatorio Nacional de Telecomunicaciones y de la Sociedad de la Información (ONTSI), y la Fundación Vodafone España han realizado este  informe, que analiza el grado de implantación de las TIC orientadas a la movilidad en hogares y empresas. El estudio se ha basado en una encuesta a 600 compañías representativas del tejido empresarial español de cara a  valorar el grado de implantación de las TIC móviles, las ventajas percibidas y las principales barreras. Además, se ha realizado una consulta a un grupo de expertos vinculados a las tecnologías orientadas a la movilidad desde diferentes perspectivas para analizar el impacto económico y social de estas tecnologías. También se han analizado los trabajos previos más relevantes como punto de partida o de profundización. El concepto de movilidad estudiado ha sido amplio, no sólo referido a dispositivos “ubicuos, transportables y con autonomía suficiente” como ordenadores portátiles, smartphones, tabletas, phablets o wearables, sino a tecnologías que facilitan la movilidad como cloud computing, redes sociales, códigos QR, comunicación M2M o BYOD.

          Where motive is profit, education takes a back seat   

Hema Ramanathan, Parvathy P. B.

Section 12 of the Right to Education Act, 2009, which enforces a private-public partnership by reserving 25 per cent seats for the economically backward living in the vicinity of a private school, is a major source of anxiety for these institutions. Private trusts and managements fret about eroding autonomy, while parents in elite schools question the high fees in institutions that have lost the right to exclude. This opposition, driven by the middle class, seeks to defend its privileged and rarefied education system from encroachments, which were the initial trigger for the private school movement in India.
Modelled on the British public schools, the early private schools of the pre-independence era, such as Bishop Cotton School and the Lawrence Schools, educated children of English officers and scions of the most privileged Indian families. Schools aided by the government were intended to produce lettered civil servants. In the decades preceding independence, prominent Indian institutions such as the Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan and the Delhi Public School Society focussed on developing leaders with an Indian ethos. Over the decades, these schools provided free India with its first bureaucrats and administrators.
Post-independence, democracy universalised education, which until then had been a privilege, signalled by increased enrolments across all demographic profiles. The exodus of the middle class from government to private schools that flourished through the 1960s and 1970s was an acknowledgement of a middle class elitism that was clearly discomfited by the blurring class and caste lines in the classroom. Largely controlled by the upper castes, these private schools were avowedly secular but reinforced caste divisions. Established by non-profit organisations mostly in metropolitan areas, they further distanced the rural-urban educational experience. The mushrooming of lower-end “budget” schools in the last two decades, accounting for 60 per cent of urban enrolment growth in primary education between 1986 and 1993, was a market response to the rising clamour for English education from an aspiring, upwardly mobile lower middle class which did not have the means to send its children to more exclusive private schools.
By default, government schools became synonymous with mass education and were increasingly apportioned to the lower castes and Dalits who aspired to be educated. By the 1980s, because of defunding and slackening civic pressure, the system had collapsed and was marked by low teacher morale, high dropout rates, and rampant absenteeism among both students and teachers.
Over the past 30 years, this deep divide between the two systems has fostered two distinctive streams of education and thereby two exclusive educational and life experiences. The alternative private schooling system has contributed to a social transformation by creating an educated middle class that values economic growth but not social cohesion; that acknowledges education as a critical resource but endorses the marginalisation of groups based on financial status; and that has a sense of entitlement but does not actively advocate universalisation of education.
While the continued existence of private schools is an indictment of the government, in that it has failed to respond to the educational needs of its children, it has also legitimated an attitude that allows the privileged to dissociate themselves from the educational needs of the larger society. With all its shortcomings, which have been extensively documented, the RtE should be commended for trying to bridge the chasm by building on the bedrock of inclusion.
The push by the RtE to re-engage with private schools and re-integrate them into the Indian educational mainstream is an acknowledgement that the market cannot be trusted to deliver education with any degree of equity. To bring in additional resources, the 2010-11 Mid-Year Plan Review advocates deletion of the crucial stipulation that only non-profit educational trusts and charities may operate private schools. More recently, some educational trusts are alleged to be fronts for ‘for-profit' organisations that siphon off the profits, ploughing back little into improving infrastructure and teacher expertise. Formally allowing ‘for-profit' institutions to operate schools, even as they enjoy land, tax and infrastructure concessions, will merely legitimise this profiteering and deepen the systemic inequity along economic fault lines. If taken to its logical end, this could well kill the spirit of the RtE and the Directive Principles enshrined in our Constitution. Experience, national and international, tells us that private players in elementary education foster neither inclusiveness nor equity.
Education is a legal, collective and moral entitlement. When the middle class undertakes to share in this responsibility and ends its apathy to mass education, it may have earned the privilege of a private schooling system. In the process, government schools, responding to a more demanding constituency, are more likely to effectively meet the needs of not just the poor and the marginalised but of society at large.
(Hema Ramanathan is Fulbright-Nehru Senior Research Scholar, 2011-12, and Associate Professor, University of West Georgia. Her email ID is:hramanat@gmail.com and Parvathy's ID is: parvathy_pb@ hotmail.com)

          The future of 200 million Children: Right to Education   
Dear All,

India has around 230 million children currently in age group 6-16. In the next decade, all these would cross 16 years of age, and reach a stage where more formal education is practically impossible.

Of these, around 30 million would get a chance to study in reasonable to good to excellent quality schools, some in a few good Govt. schools, but mostly private fee charging schools, including those for upper income and elite groups.

Remaining 200 odd million, if ASER and other such official and non-official reports are correct, would receive very poor quality education in the bulk of average government schools or low cost private schools. With RTE provisions and criterion coming in force, it would not be legally feasible for low cost private schools to exist as recognized schools, so the bulk of responsibility of educating these 200 million children will be of Government Schools.

Most of us know, and agree, that average quality of education in most Government Schools is very bad, which means that 200 million of today's children will become adult without receiving a minimum quality school education, which will not only keep them poor and under-developed, but also lead to poor development of the country.

The only solution is to significantly improve the quality of Government schools, with 3-5 years.

I request and invite forum readers to give no more than 5 suggestions that would improve the quality of education in a time bound 3-5 years, so the improvements in learning levels of children can be measured in concrete manner, by ASER or NCERT studies.

I hope this exercise of sifting through various actionable ideas would not only show a way to move forward, it will also make "Improvements in Govt. Schools within 3-5 years', a declared and formal policy agenda of the Government.

Pankaj Jain
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/message/8163

Response to this mail (Right To Education):
1. All kids in a particular locality must attend the public school in that locality [Like you collect your ration from a PDS outlet in your area].

2. This will ensure children of MLA, MP, Collector and every other influential person enroll in the neighbourhood school only.

3. Standard of this school will improve overnight.

4. Last but not least.

What type of education we are imparting in the so called best schools?

Glorified Macaulay's clerks and herd to work as coolies and slaves to monied masters in alien lands and in Indian cities.

The whole system of education is irrelevent to the people at large.

Can a civil engg graduate from the IIT lay a single brick?

Can the agri graduate from any best agri college produce one grain of paddy?

Proof of the pudding is in the eating.

Sankara Narayanan

Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/message/8167

Sir,

none of your suggestions/ ideas is implementable in 3-5 years time.

it may be an ideal worth pursuing, but does not outline an agenda for action that will produce results in 3-5 years time, so the life of 200 million children of today will not be affected by this.

kindly address the specific problem of CURRENT CHILDREN.
Pankaj Jain
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

i view that we should think more seriously about the education our children
==================

Compulsory Character Building- Right To Education (RTE)

Right To Education (RTE) ensures compulsory and free education? Does it also ensure quality education? If yes does quality would mean to give first importance to bookish knowledge or first priority to character development?

In Hind Swaraj, Mahatma Gandhi categorically prescribed that character building is of utmost importance for a meaningful process of education. He quotes Professor Huxley who asserts that a man is an educated man whose body is the ready servant of his will and does with ease and pleasure all the work that as a mechanism it is capable of; whose intellect is a clear, cold, logic engine with all its parts of equal strength and in smooth working order...whose mind is stored with a knowledge of the fundamental truths of nature . . . whose passions are trained to come to heel by a vigorous will, the servant of a tender conscience, who has learnt to hate all vileness and to respect others as himself. Such a one and no other, I conceive, has had a liberal education, for he is in harmony with nature.

From the above we do infer that body, mind and character building are the primary goals of education. Bookish knowledge could be a mere tool. In a further deterioration some of us are satisfied by mere literacy. Some others say that the development of 3Rs is enough. Some parents get satisfaction from the achievement of admission of their children into desired courses. Some teachers are just contented with the achieving of required criterion of pass percentages of their students. Some managements are proud of the academic results of their students in their schools in the Board examinations. Many employers look for those candidates who are skilled in their work areas. It is all painful. In this neo-liberal environment, some of these stakeholders give token importance to character building of their students. To put it strongly our nation is being cheated by these so-called well wishers.

There is no need to tell you the current stories of malpractices, cheating, deceptions, and frauds played by these so-called educated employees. We must create a new kind of man by seeking directions from our cultural roots where character building was given the most important component of life and hence, that of education too. Accordingly, we need not give importance to mere knowledge scores aiming for a knowledge society but rather we must give importance to the development of character aiming to develop a humane society. We must be careful to recognise that mere literacy skills and pure knowledge marks are harmful for the development of a humane society.

For the process of building a humane society, give importance to all the four pillars of education as enunciated by the Education Reform Commission chaired by Jacques Delors. The four pillars are: learning to know, learning to do, learning to live together and learning to be. We wish to reiterate that all four pillars are important otherwise the structure will surely fall. It is like taking a jump with full set of needed requirements to cross a stream; half-step jump over the stream is surely going to be disastrous. Let us understand the message from a letter[1] sent by an American Principal to his teaching staff on the first day of every academic year which illustrates this point.
Dear Teachers, “I am a survivor of a concentration camp. My eyes saw what no man should witness: Gas chambers built by learned engineers. Children poisoned by educated physicians. Infants killed by trained nurses. Women and babies shot and burned by high school and college graduates. So, I am suspicious of education. My request is that teachers help students become human. Your efforts must never produce learned monsters, skilled psychopaths, educated Eichmanns. Reading, writing, arithmetic are important only if they serve to make our children more humane”.


The RTE 2010 has ensured Right to Education, but we must ensure that it is real quality education with full emphasis on character development. The often lop-sided available left brain education must become whole brain education.
Let us look what is happening around us in a majority of cases. Inside schools parents need not push their children. They must stop solo-development of learning of academic subjects. Teachers must go beyond book oriented environments.
School employers should support their teachers on the basis of the requirements of National Curriculum Framework 2005. Higher education institutions like universities, IITs, IIMs, etc., must look into their admission criterion. Employers must give importance to character development.
Let us take care of our education system in a systemic manner.

Prof. B.K.Passi
Former UNESCO Chair
139 Indrapuri Colony, Indore, INDIA 452 001
Mobile+919893280007
Patron AIAER: http://www.geocities.com/aiaer15/


Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

The most cost effective solution is at Rs 10 per child per day we can help them all become members of what we may call the moedrn times and explore their own potential.

The leadership in India has no track record of thinking beyond a 5 year plan. This requires thinking for the nation in at least 15 to 20 year cycle.

Try the One Laptop per Child approach and you would transformed a nation and all its children for the most affordable amount.
Satish Jha
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

So, what should Govt. do with Rs. 3650/- (365* 10) earmarked for each child.

Give the money to each parent to be spent on (?) food, health, education??? How do you ensure that it will be spent on child, and not on the drinking habit of father?

Give it as payment to any agency that guarantees assured quality education up to high school? (Practical examples exist, but you will be shouted down since this would be seen as privatization of education.)

You might have noted that Mumbai Municipal Corporation spends more than Rs. 40000/- on each child that is enrolled in its school, Ahmedabad Corporation spends around Rs. 20000/.

Pankaj
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Mr Jain,

My suggestions are as follows:

For the past 63 years we have tried several remedies to make India literate- universally. And have the success that we see. Nearly 96% are not "educated". They are merely literate. They do not contribute to the level of thinking this group engages in. They do not have the skills to be able to "office work" at any given level of benchmark. They live life differently. They have little skills that are valued by others beyond simply using their physical skills.

To change that requires a transformational change.
To be able to "learn how to learn" or "learning learning".
To be able to acquire skills as needed.
To be able to think about the world they live in.

The literacy campaign is about giving them one skill: an ability to read the alphabets, add a few simple numbers and may be put a signature that we cannot read.

The education campaign may be about going through a curriculum, as dated as CBSE or what have you.

But learning is a little different. Its an ability to undersatnd and know how to find out what is to be learnt and know how to reach there.

Today, technologies have made it possible to do so cheaply, a bit like cell phone. Just like 15 years ago it was incomprehensible to think that India could take the phones to villages and cell phones changed all that, today its not possible to think of "educating" everyone but OLPC has changed all that.

Now, if we use the OLPC approach, Rs 10 helps a child have a laptop, 230 applications, 100 digital books, a laptop they can maintain, that is connected even if there is no internet, can become the foundation on which education and learning can be built and the teachers begin to learn with the children at a pace they never did before.

Of course there will be individual variations that is natural no matter where one goes.

But this approach allows a child in a village with no electricity and usually no quality teachers to start learning a bit like they would in a privileged environment, of course without the benefit of sociology that privileges and affluence with bring them.

However, in acquiring skills, understating the world around them, in being curious and learning in a way that excites rather than as a regimented activity, OLPC has raised the bar and is making a couple million children explore the world like was unthinkable before its advent.

You may want to take a look at www.olpcindia.net and let us discuss on this forum how we can improve things.

Thanks so much
Satish Jha
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

dear satish ji

i fully agree with you u and want to add that along with literacy skills, thinking skills, work skills .. we must give not only equal but a much more importance to character building [it is difficult to define but important to do this work]

B.K.Passi

Somehow our NRI's have arrogated to themselves the power to rundown everyone in India as "leadership in India has no track record of thinking". With sone humility I submit that simplistic solutions are not the answer. We are dealing with 120 million children (more than the population of many countries).

Those seriously interested in the subject may write and request for some analysis. Also pl. visit the site of Right to Food campaign.

Ashok Rao
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Dear friends

i find it difficult to find right answers ---- some random thoughts in favor of plurality and decentralization

1= i hope and believe that Sarvodya Model for identifying management issues and for creating local solutions [not finding solutions] to the locally identified problems will work-- solutions should evolve through acceptable group dynamics
2= withdraw all the current uniform rules of bureaucracy
3= must introduce diversity / flexibility in management by and from parents
4= flexible procedures may be tried out but these must be based on local unanimity of decision making
5= on-going inclusive involvement of all parents alone is a must in all matters of schools [private or govt]
6= bring back autonomy like that of gurukul system, and have in teachers let our must country mature toward that goal
7= give reasonable financial advances to parents body [gram sabhahs, mohalla sabhahs]

Dr. B.K.Passi
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Dear Pankaj
let all goernment schools be developed to the comparable level of central schools.

ramesh patnaik
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Dear Naaz,

The effective and decentralized decision making at the level of even Taluka Panchayat, leave alone any lower level, is incompatibe with our current Government School system, which is designed as an integrated State level monopoly. Teachers are currently recruited by State system, and only posted at local body level. State level bodies take all critical decisions about the curriculum and resource-budget use.

Transferring effective control over education to Panchayat body would require major restructuring that would be fierecely opposed by teachers' unions, and frankly, it would end up promoting PPP school model, which is easy to control by a local body. I am not sure, many forum members really want that.

The brass-track of performance linked budget can vary, but in essence the budget would be approved for agencies with track record of qualiy performance, and renewal of budget over years, would be conditional to children attaining specified learning norms.

pankaj

Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/
My suggestions are:

1. All teachers' vacancies should be filled as soon as possible. All contract teachers should be replaced by permanent teachers.

2. In schools where the student-teacher ratio is good, naturally the quality is better. Instead of having a school in every km, the rule should be a classroom for every 30 underprivileged children in the locality.

3. The government should set up a department in each panchayat/municipality that would do quarter-yearly door-to-door surveys to determine the status of children in the society. This department will identify out-of-school children and dropouts.

4. Class 1 should be dedicated to teaching children their mother tongue.

5. The syllabus in all schools - CBSE, ICSE or state - should be unified. If members of all these boards participate in the making of the syllabus, the resultant syllabus will be good. Teachers may be used to rot learning techniques. They should be trained to do their jobs without rot learning.


There are more things that need to be done. Hygiene, for example, is invariably terrible in all schools. Then the training of teachers - the SET exam syllabus. I have no idea how to change anything here. But they should consult experts in education and train teachers for their job.

I do not have the mail id to forward this to anyone. Can you do it for me? Also, should i ask others to participate?

Regards
archana
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

this is the most importatn and fundamental suggestion [ i agree with it totally]
Class 1 should be dedicated to teaching children their mother tongue.[through mother tongue]
B.K.Passi
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Yes I would add that this must be done apto atleast 7th class. Other langauages can be taught but Hindi should not be imposed on children at the expense of their mother tongue.

The problem of India is language and caste

KSRao


Kalluri Subba Rao., Ph.D., D.Sc.(IISc),FAS-AP, FAMS., FNASc.,FNA.Hon.Professor & INSA-Senior Scientist,Center for Biotechnology, Institute of Science and Technology (IST) , Jawaharlal Nehru Technological University, Kukatpally, Hyderabad-500085. Email:ksrsl@yahoo.com
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Dear All,

I have just returned from a long travel and eversince I have been mulling over this. I have read all the suggestions made so far. They are good.

Yes, high time we worked with a sense of purpose and met a deadline of minimum good quality education for 200 million children by 2020. As Pankaj says this is all the time we have before these children today in the age-group of 6-16 years reach a stage where more formal education is practically impossible.

If we fail to meet this deadline, we violate the fundamental right to education of as many as 200 million children and counting. Add to it the far reaching consequences the Country will have to face on the development front!

And, I hope, once a set of solutions is in sight, the media will play its part and prove itself for the children of India by actively tracking government pace and efforts to meet the dealine, just as it did for Delhi in case of the Common Wealth Games.

Now getting to the point, I humbly submit the following as the way to go in the next 3-5 years:

1. Put a cap on teacher transfers- a minimum of so many per state and no more. Transfers to be approved by the Chief Minister. The CMO to monitor teacher absenteeism and teacher punctuality, empowering SMC and Panchayat sub-committee on education for the purpose.

2. Give the same management autonomy as Kendriya Vidyalaya to the regular government schools.

3. Prestigious awards for best teacher in a cluster (CRC), best school, best SMC, best Panchayat, best block, best district and best state!

4. Plumbers (like electricity linesmen) to ensure proper working of drinking water facility in schools at all times. A sweeper per school to keep school premises and toilets clean. SMC to ensure consumables needed for maintenance and use are provided in case of both drinking water and toilets.

5. A children's group (a group for children that is their own i.e. one which is not formed and led by teachers but facilitated by them) in each school to discuss and share a range of issues affecting them within and outside the school. Regular formal opportunities for children through this group to present proposals to SMC and the government for implementation.

6. Education and related departments to ensure school facilities as mandated by the RTE is in place immediately - school library, computer room, playground etc.

Thank you and regards,

Naaz
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Sir/ Madam,

Most suggestions made for improving quality are good and in the right direction, but I am afraid that most of these may/ will not produce results in a time bound manner, so we shall keep loosing the future of those who keep crossing schooling threshold.

May be, a policy that links, say 5-10%, of budget to 'learning outcome', will have higher chance of success. When faced with the choice of not having money in the absence of success, mind and body will really concentrate to get the results. It simply means that a section will have to be set up in each State Government's education department to handle 5-10% of education budget that can be spent only when assured gains in children's learning takes place, assessed by an independent agency appointed by the Government.

Pankaj Jain
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Quote: "Assessed by an independent agency appointed by the Government".

Unquote: Sure way to kill the issue. Why the govt and its independent [?] agency?
We know how the govt selects the agencies.

PRI and civil society are not competent to verify the performance of schools in their locality!

British were telling us that we were incompetent to rule ourselves. Now educated pundits tell us
that the centralised govt, its corrupt bureaucracy and the 'independent' agencies [all the three are sucking aliens]
only know what is good for the people.

Lesser the govt and bureaucracy and least of the alien parasitical experts will ensure better life for the people.

Sankaran
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/

Dear Pankaj,

Let me also try delving into your suggestion and in the process also seek a few clarifications. Do you mean linking 5-10% of the teacher and education officials 'Salary' budget to 'learning outcome'? Are you pointing towards a policy of performance based salaries? If this is the case, may be raise the percentage higher? Going by your understanding that money is short and results are poor, the need is to apply more pressure to get everyone on their feet.

And, I should think, the 'Assessment' can be done by an independent agency appointed by an all party parliamentary committee advised by non-governmental education experts/practitioners of the Country. NGO partners of the government would also like to stay out of this to make the whole enquiry impartial.

I agree with all the issues raised by members following your response to my mail.

Thank you and regards,

Naaz

Dear Naaz,

My suggestion has some nuances, though broadly, you get the drift of thinking.

I mean performance linked budget. It is difficult to link salary to performance, because the performance is produced by too many interacting people, some of whom perform well and some do not. Further, it is possible to show that apparently each has performed minimally well, still the minimum desired results are not produced. Knowing a bit about the way system function, I feel that accountability has to be pitched at the level of head of a system-group of people, who will take responsibility to deliver agreed results for a given budget.

My feeling is that linking more than 5-10% budget to outcome will not be politically feasible, so let us keep it realistic.

Regarding assessment, your way of thinking is absolutely right.

Pankaj

Education is a state subject. What is the role of a Parliamentary Committee here?

It is a great injustice that education has been included in the concurrent list.
It must be set right at once.

Even state ministers and secys do not understand the dist-wise educational needs.
How can a Kapil Sibal and a few ivory tower secys in Delhi understand what type of education is
needed by my village, taluk and dist?

India is a sub-continent. You can't have a uniform syllabus from Kashmir to Kanyakumari.

Education is for creative living. Definitely not to create rank slaves and cyber coolies to serve
alien banias within and without.

Our educational system only can produce a Vice Chancellor [Anna University] who has the audacity
to defend the donation collected from Dow Chemicals.

You need such education?

Sankaran

Dear All,

I would rather that Education is a Panchayat/Local bodies subject, which it actually is, under the 73rd/74th Amendment of the Constitution of India, but is not (in implementation), because States and the Centre oppose the idea tooth and nail. States reverse any effort aimed at panchayat meaningfully assuming charge of primary education. In the process the educational needs of economically and socially marginalised communities remain un-addressed. Just now we have Centre, State and Local Bodies run schools and they are all at different levels, in my experience the Centre run schools in high priority compared to the State and Local Bodies run schools.

But on the issue of performance linked budget, Pankaj, please explain the brass-tacks of the whole thing. How do you visualise it could happen? What would it involve?

Regards,

Naaz


Dear Naaz,

The effective and decentralized decision making at the level of even Taluka Panchayat, leave alone any lower level, is incompatibe with our current Government School system, which is designed as an integrated State level monopoly. Teachers are currently recruited by State system, and only posted at local body level. State level bodies take all critical decisions about the curriculum and resource-budget use.

Transferring effective control over education to Panchayat body would require major restructuring that would be fierecely opposed by teachers' unions, and frankly, it would end up promoting PPP school model, which is easy to control by a local body. I am not sure, many forum members really want that.

The brass-track of performance linked budget can vary, but in essence the budget would be approved for agencies with track record of qualiy performance, and renewal of budget over years, would be conditional to children attaining specified learning norms.

pankaj

Dear Prof Rao,

I beg to disagree with your statement. Our languages are not problems. They are our proud heritage.

Caste is our worst curse. Imposing English and Hindi is equally a curse.

A Polish scholar who extensively toured our countryside decalared, "English is a Cross on Indian children". Definitely not our languages.

Sankara Narayanan

Dear Sir,

I agree in toto with Mr. Sankara Narayanan that caste is our worst curse - a virus for which there is no medicine and prescription. In the morning when you switch on the TV you find great Pandits teaching: feed a dog, give milk to a cat and to a snake, throw oil somewhere, wear this or that color outside and a different inside .... are the ones responsible for such a mess in this country.

You may soon see some articles written by me on this subject in some news papers. We are sick minded people and are breeding sickness of the highest order in the minds of our generations and we call them as future of this country. Today,Bharat Mata is in tears when she is seeing the phenomenon of 'Honor Killings' which is solely driven by casteism and communalisation of the socieities. Who is responsible for all this? A question to be answered by over 1 Billion people of this country.

My regards

P.S.NAROTRA

Dear Pankaj,

I am unable to understand the rationale of asking others for suggestions, when you proceed to ignore everything others suggest. However, since you seem to have an idea of investing a tenth of the budget on “learning outcomes” measured by “standardized testing”, it would be useful to understand what sort of activities would you intend those to be- that is apart from the hiring of trained teachers, strengthening teacher training, strengthening decentralization and accountability mechanisms and ensuring availability of learning materials (and overall school infrastructure) in the classroom. All of these have been suggested by multiple posters on this forum and have been rejected by you as inadequate and/or impractical.

However, while you go on to describe your agenda, a quick comment on the use of standardized testing to measure quality. It is arguably the most highly opposed policy in the west (googling for costs of high stakes testing gives 120,000 hits in 0.17 seconds). These include, discrimination against schools with minority (read dalit) populations (which would start with lower test scores), discrimination against minority (read dalit and adivasi) pupils who potentially may pull the school result down, promotion of cheating and corruption (to ensure that the result is maintained), pulling precious resources from teaching (which improves performance) to testing (which only measures it), and has negative impact on the child’s morale (having low performance drilled into you every time), impacting the ability of teachers to innovate (since they have to teach for the “test”) and has converted the process of education into merely achieving marketable basic competencies (in contrast to holistic child development). Thing is, apart from all this- it is also questionable if the learning levels are actually improving across the board. Consequently, it would be essential to take the current enthusiasm about “testing”, “outcomes” and other related issues with a pinch of salt learning from the countries where this practice was started first.
Anjela R V Taneja
Program Officer, Education Theme,
ActionAid India Country Office
Mobile: 09958087043

Dear Anjela and All,

I do not have a solution to this big problem, I only have a concern which, I think, is shared by large many.

I tried to initiate the discussion to stimulate each other's thinking, and some of us might also act on these thoughts.

Regarding the specific idea of outcome assessment, it is only one systemic way to hold people accountable for their claims, whatever these are. If you have a better way to ensure accountability, which goes beyound unverifiable claims, please do share that with us all. Otherwise, the exercise would just remain empty slogans and claims. It alsoi brings into operation the concern to achieve the goal in a time-bound fashion.

Pankaj
Source: Shaheen Ansari, Right to Education, Arkitect India: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/
          Discussion Paper for Building a Movement for Right To Education   
ALL INDIA FORUM FOR RIGHT TO EDUCATION
A Discussion Paper for Building
a Movement for Right To Education

PART I: BACKGROUND AND POLICY PERSPECTIVE
The All India Forum for Right to Education (AIF-RTE) was constituted at the Osmania University campus in Hyderabad during a seminar on ‘Right to Education and Common School System’ organized by the A.P. Save Education Committee in collaboration with the Centre for Human Rights, University of Hyderabad on 21-22 June 2009. Based upon its Hyderabad Declaration (June 2009), AIF-RTE built up a nation-wide campaign to resist the ‘The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Bill, 2009’, then pending in the Parliament. However, the flawed anti-Constitutional, anti-education and anti-child Bill became ‘The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009’ (henceforth referred to as ‘Right to Education Act, 2009’ or simply the RTE Act) on 26th August 2009. This is in spite of sustained democratic protest and steadily emerging public critique for more than a decade.

The Hyderabad Declaration also implied that the present ill-funded multi-layered school system embedded in inequality and discrimination would not only expedite the pace of privatization and commercialization but also result in making education increasingly more expensive. This means that vast sections of Indian society will continue to be excluded from the education system, thereby being denied equal opportunity to benefit from development. The Hyderabad Declaration further presented an alternative vision of moving towards a fully public-funded Common School System based on Neighbourhood Schools from pre-primary stage to senior secondary stage (i.e. Class XII) which alone can guarantee free education of equitable quality to all children without any discrimination whatsoever.

1.0 A Brief Overview of the Policies and People’s Response
What is the logical basis of our consistent resistance to the RTE Act, 2009? This understanding emerges from our analysis of the neo-liberal historical context of the 86th Constitutional Amendment Act, 2002 in which the RTE Act is embedded. Let us take a brief overview. The above-named Constitutional amendment (i) deprived more than 17 crore children below six years of age of their existing Fundamental Right to early childhood care and pre-primary education; and (ii) further reduced the existing Fundamental Right of the 6-14 year age group children to what would amount to merely a Statutory Right, through a conditionality in Article 21A. The latter Article, introduced by the Constitutional Amendment Act, states that free and compulsory education shall be provided to the 6-14 year age group “in such manner as the State may, by law, determine”. No other Fundamental Right in the Constitution is subjected to this arbitrariness of the State. Seven years later, as was anticipated, the so-called RTE Act, 2009, liquidated the Fundamental Right of the 6-14 year age group to education of equitable quality at the elementary stage (i.e. Class I-VIII). Indeed, the Act legitimizes the discriminatory multi-layered school system - a direct consequence of the World Bank-IMF conditionality of structural adjustment imposed on Indian economy and implemented through the neo-liberal schemes such as the District Primary Education Programme (DPEP) of 1990s and the Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) of the first decade of the 21st century. This led to rapid deterioration in the quality of the vast government school system of about 12 lakh schools, except for certain categories of elite government schools (i.e. Central, Navodaya and Sainik Schools), thereby preparing the ground for mushrooming of both low-cost and expensive private schools. Instead of putting a ban on trade and profiteering in education, the Act facilitates private managements to mint money by giving them free hand in deciding their own fee structure and underpaying teachers. It further provided for siphoning of public funds to private agencies (corporate houses, trusts, religious bodies and NGOs) through the so-called reimbursement scheme to promote the farce of 25% reservation for ‘free’ education. This means that the Act legitimizes the neo-liberal guru Milton Friedman’s idea of school vouchers, a significant form of Public Private Partnership (PPP). Further, the Act fell far short of people’s expectation of a Fundamental Right to education of equitable quality for all children up to age of 18 years (i.e. from pre-primary to Class XII) through a Common School System based on Neighborhood Schools.

The Hyderabad Declaration (June, 2009) summarized the AIF-RTE position as indicated below:
“The following three cynical objectives of the central government can be identified in tabling such a misconceived Bill:
First, abdicating its Constitutional obligation for providing free and compulsory education of equitable quality;
Second, demolishing the government school system, except the schools of specified categories (Kendriya Vidyalayas, Navodaya Vidyalayas, XI plan’s 6,000 model schools, and similar elite schools of the States/UT governments); and
Third, increasing the pace of privatization and commercialization of school education.

We have been for long urging upon the Union Government to,
1. replace the pending Bill with a new Bill drafted in the framework of the ‘Common School System based on Neighborhood Schools’ in consonance with the basic spirit and principles enshrined in the Constitution;
2. review the 86th constitutional amendment Act (2002) with a view to providing a Fundamental Right to free and compulsory education of equitable quality to all children until the age of eighteen years i.e. from pre-primary education to class XII without any conditionality whatsoever;
3. incorporate a Constitutional guarantee within the Bill for providing adequate funding for the entire school system. This is precisely the implication of a fundamental right.
4. include in the Bill a provision to completely ban all forms of privatization and commercialization of education, especially Public Private Partnership, adoption of schools by private agencies and voucher schools;
5. hold public hearings in all district headquarters of the country in a democratic and transparent manner in the process of drafting the new Bill.”
(Also incorporated with appropriate modifications in the AIF-RTE Memorandum dated August 7, 2009 to the President of India, after the Bill was passed by the Parliament.)

The Parliament passed the RTE Bill on 4th August 2009, despite several amendment motions being moved but rejected. Within three days of this event, AIF-RTE organized a well-attended Public Hearing at Jantar Mantar, New Delhi and sent a detailed Memorandum to the President of India (see Annexure I) after holding a rally on the Parliament Street (our repeated requests for permission to present the Memorandum to the President in person were ignored). The copies of the Bill were burnt publicly at being stopped at the Parliament Police Station, entirely in the Gandhian spirit of civil disobedience. We adopted this method of protest as the Bill was passed without holding a single Public Hearing since its drafting began in CABE’s Kapil Sibal Committee in November 2004. In the process, the central government ignored all democratic voices of protest, including intellectual critique, both within and outside official forums, thereby rejecting repeated appeals for dialogue.

Later, AIF-RTE responded to the call given by the Lok Rajniti Manch to observe 19th September 2009 as a national protest day against the Act on a decentralized basis by holding public meetings, dharnas and rallies at district headquarters. AIF-RTE’s member-organisations in different states sent a ‘Letter of Disappointment’ to the Prime Minister. Reportedly, this protest was held in creative and diverse ways in almost 100 district headquarters in various parts of the country and, in some states like Andhra Pradesh, Bihar, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh and Maharashtra, the programmes of building awareness, presentation of Memoranda and public mobilization are continuing to date.

The RTE Bill was signed by the President on 26th August 2009 and published in the Gazette of India on 27th August 2009. Now that the Bill has become an Act, there is an urgent need to review the recent developments in the entire education policy scenario (including higher and technical education) and the announcements being made (and also withdrawn/ modified!) in rapid succession by the Union Ministry of HRD and the Planning Commission. Such a critical overview will enable us to reveal the hidden agenda of the above RTE Act in the perspective of political economy and also to meaningfully strategize our future programme, keeping in mind the present political, economic and social context.

On 7-8 November 2009, AIF-RTE organized a national consultation of its member-organisations in Delhi in collaboration with the Equal Opportunity Cell of the University of Delhi. Apart from reviewing and re-iterating the Hyderabad Declaration, the above national consultation referred to Article 41 of the Constitution and Supreme Court’s Unnikrishnan Judgment (1993) and concluded that the Right to Education extends beyond the age of 14 years to include secondary and higher education as well. Whereas, in the case of elementary education (i.e. Class I to VIII), the State is under unconditional obligation to guarantee free education of equitable quality, the State is required by Article 41 to “make effective provision for securing” Right to Education at secondary and higher education levels “within the limits of its economic capacity and development.” This consensus at the national consultation significantly expanded the scope of the emerging discourse and struggle relating to Right to Education in the country.

The Delhi consultation further acknowledged that Public Private Partnership (PPP) constitutes the latest and most potent neo-liberal assault on education and must be recognized as one of the priority agenda of resistance in the Right to Education movement. The Delhi Charter issued by the consultation outlined the organizational structure of AIF-RTE, spelt out its strategic objectives and suggested ways and means of building the movement to engage various sections of society and to cover all states/ UTs.

As decided at the Delhi consultation, AIF-RTE organized an all-India Parliament March during the Budget Session on 24th February 2010. About 5,000 people representing 26 member-organisations of AIF-RTE from 11 states and several other associated grassroots organizations joined the Parliament March. AIF-RTE member-organisations today include several all-India as well state-level teachers and students organizations, apart from groups engaged in securing Right to Education. The Parliament March presented a comprehensive agenda for the Right to Education movement, giving a nation-wide call for resisting the government policies to set up Foreign Universities, siphon public funds to the private sector under the pretext of PPP in education and place education for sale in the global market through WTO-GATS.

On April 1, 2010, AIF-RTE observed a Black Day to protest against the implementation of the so-called RTE Act at district headquarters in a decentralized mode.

2.0 Emerging Contours of the Neo-liberal Assault on Education
The national consultation held in November 2009 took note of the following three policy-related documents that mark the emerging contours of the neo-liberal agenda being pursued by the central government (with the state governments essentially consenting at the latest CABE meeting):
1. Yashpal Committee Report on “Renovation and Rejuvenation of Higher Education”.
2. Public Private Partnership in School Education – A Concept Note of the Ministry of HRD.
3. Rashtriya Madhyamik Shiksha Abhiyan, Ministry of HRD.

As part of his 100-day agenda announced on 25th June 2009, the Union HRD Minister Kapil Sibal announced that the government would implement the Yash Pal Committee Report on Higher Education. Admittedly, this much-hyped Report talks of some good things about the idea of a University. Yet, the Report in the ultimate analysis upheld the neo-liberal agenda in the field of education. It rationalized and invited private universities, foreign universities and PPP in the higher and technical education sector. It recommended differential fee structure which is but only a back door entry for privatization of public-funded Universities and profiteering in education. It recommended liquidation (subsuming) of all Apex Bodies like UGC, AICTE, NCTE, MCI and others and establishment of a single window high empowered National Council for Higher Education and Research (NCHER) which will draw its resources directly from Ministry of Finance and thus not be accountable to the Ministry of HRD mandated for this purpose. The Report fails to explain why this NCHER will not go the same way as the existing Apex Bodies which it proposes to dissolve or subsume. Given the neo-liberal stance of the present education policy, NCHER would predictably only facilitate unquestioned and unbridled trading in the higher and technical education sector and open the doors for foreign universities, FDI and WTO. The Yash Pal Committee’s NCHER is profiled as even a more powerful and democratically less accountable version of Sam Pitroda’s National Knowledge Commission-recommended Independent Regulatory Authority for Higher Education (IRA for HE) envisaged along the lines of the World Bank-recommended IRAs for every service sector in every country. These IRAs are designed to bypass the political process and to facilitate global corporate trade.

Again, a great danger is looming large in the form of Doha Round Negotiations. India has already submitted its ‘offers’ in Higher Education Sector to GATS Council. If India does not withdraw its ‘offers’ before the conclusion of the Doha Round, the ‘offers’ automatically become ‘commitments’ on the part of India allowing all WTO members to indulge in trade and profiteering in higher and technical education sector in India.

During the past six months, the UPA Government has felt emboldened to increase the pace of neo-liberal assault on education. To a great extent, this became possible due to the combined effect of the ambivalent or submissive stance of the political parties and media and a high profile but compliant section of the academia. Accordingly, the following legislations have been introduced in the Parliament or the decisions taken, almost without any public consultation whatsoever:
• An amendment Bill placed in Rajya Sabha in April 2010 to further dilute and disempower the RTE Act, 2009;
• Four Bills placed in Lok Sabha in May 2010 relating to higher education including the highly controversial ‘The Foreign Educational Institutions (Regulation of Entry and Operations) Bill, 2010’;
• Declaration in mid-February 2010 that, after the RTE Act is enforced (which happened on April 1, 2010), the private schools will be free to hike their fees and underpay teachers and, more significantly, the existing state laws empowering the state governments to monitor and regulate the fee structure and functioning of private schools, shall become infructuous;
• Union Budget for the year 2010-11 with negligible or insignificant increase in allocations, even for the much hyped RTE Act, 2009; the modest increases in certain specific provisions can be explained in terms of the central government’s commitment to siphon public funds and other resources (e.g. land) through PPP to corporate houses and/ or open certain elite categories of institutions in order to include a handful while excluding the masses or relegating them to sub-standard education;
• Move to establish an Educational Finance Corporation Ltd. that will extend low-interest and long-term loans to corporate houses, NGOs and religious bodies to set up educational institutions covering all stages and dimensions of education;
• Widening the scope of PPP steadily and, more often than not, stealthily; and
• Refusing to review and withdraw the “offers” made at WTO for making India’s education a tradable commodity in the world market.

A gestalt (integrated/ holistic) analysis of the above-named documents and policy stances along with the Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan (SSA) scheme, XI Plan, the so-called RTE Act and the recent Bills to promote foreign universities and seek FDI leads us to infer that the State is,
i) rapidly abdicating its Constitutional obligation towards the entire education sector - from pre-primary and elementary education to higher and technical education;
ii) steadily withdrawing public funds (computed as percentage of GDP) from all sectors of education, even in the case of elementary education for the 6-14 year age group children covered by the so-called RTE Act;
iii) determined to push Public Private Partnership (PPP) as its main policy instrument for promoting education which implies that public funds shall be siphoned off and other resources (land, technical support, credibility) shifted to corporate capital, NGOs and religious bodies on a fast track mode, as per World Bank policies (in the case of primary education, this agenda was adopted by the Government of India in 1990 through the Jomtien Declaration, promoted jointly by the World Bank and UN agencies; this agenda now stands extended to the entire education sector);
iv) promoting, both overtly and covertly, unregulated profiteering in education;
v) increasing the pace of privatization and commercialization by (a) deteriorating the quality of education of the vast government school system, except certain categories of elite schools, while withdrawing public funding; (b) pursuing the same agenda in higher education as well; and (c) not undertaking any credible programme of improving the quality of the existing 22,000 odd colleges and 500 plus universities even as the political attention is diverted from this priority task by the rhetoric of setting up a handful of central or innovative universities/ IIMs/ IITs/ IISERs or bringing in foreign universities and FDI;
vi) exacerbating inequality and exclusion through a multi-layered education system with parallel layers of varying quality;
vii) replacing basic science, social science and humanities courses by market-driven self-financed ‘applied’ courses which amounts to a major epistemological (‘knowledge-related’) shift with serious socio-political implications, including for national sovereignty;
viii) enacting new policy provisions and legislation in order to (a) provide market for second grade (or even worse) foreign universities in India; and (b) distort teaching and research for the purpose of building a skilled but cheap (employable at low wages) and slavish workforce for the benefit of the global market;
ix) increasingly outsourcing policy formulation, preparation of curriculum and text material and all other aspects of educational planning to corporate houses and NGOs;
x) inviting FDI in all sectors of education; and
xi) offering education for global trade under the GATS/ WTO.

3.0 Misconceived Premises
The above neo-liberal agenda promotes the following misconceived premises:
a) the State does not have adequate resources to provide quality education for all children and youth and, therefore, it has no option but to depend upon private (and foreign) sources for funding;
b) education is a service in the service sector and a private good, rather than being a Right (or an entitlement) and a public good;
c) the Constitutional principles of equality and social justice can be replaced by the neo-liberal principle of inclusion, wherein the extent of inclusion, whom to include or whom to exclude and the criteria of inclusion are determined by the global market in its own vested interest;
d) instead of being an instrument of social development or transformation, education is a commodity tradable in the global market and, therefore, profiteering through education is a valid objective, just like in any other trade;
e) the relationship between the educational institution and the student is that of producer and consumer and, therefore, every student has to pay ‘user charges’ equivalent to the cost of education being provided plus profit (this is World Bank’s formulation);
f) private agencies can render better, efficient and cost effective services; and
g) market should determine the character of knowledge;


The essence of neo-liberal agenda lies in redefining the aim of education policy for building an unquestioning and slavish workforce (which includes, apart from skilled personnel, highly educated elite such as biotechnologists, nuclear scientists, economists, demographers, teachers, engineers, doctors and legal experts) for the global market. Ironically, most of this workforce will be prepared by using public funds in the PPP mode. This is in sharp contrast to the Preamble of the Constitution that directs the State to build an education system for promoting a democratic, socialist, secular, egalitarian and just society in the Republic of India!

The education system must be envisioned such that it can respond with sensitivity to the people’s aspirations for equitable distribution of resources, optimization of socio-cultural and knowledge-related diversity and securing civil liberties and democratic rights, as guaranteed by the Constitution.


PART II: EVOLVING THE FUTURE STRATEGY
The organizations and individuals who founded AIF-RTE as well as those who joined it later uncompromisingly opposed both the 86th Constitutional Amendment Act 2002 and the farcical RTE Act 2009 from the day these legislations were mooted in the form of Draft Bills. We could not, however, prevent the ruling class from pushing these Acts through the Parliament. Yet, we have succeeded to a large extent in creating a wide-ranging debate among several sections of society in different parts of the country. It is high time that we now undertake a review of the recent developments in the education policy and consider a strategy shift in our struggle for Right to Education.

The gestalt analysis undertaken in Part I enabled us to identify the misconceived premises in which the neo-liberal agenda of education is firmly embedded. We know that no struggle against the neo-liberal assault on education can move forward without theoretically challenging the validity of each of these premises severally and together and finally demolishing them. This task must be accompanied by undertaking a political programme of building public pressure for reversal of the anti-people agenda of the ruling class and its replacement by a pro-people policy framework rooted in an alternative set of premises.

With this purpose in mind, we may have to formulate immediate, medium-term and long-term goals of our struggle. We may also need to formulate an approach of maintaining a strategic distinction from the compromising forces and unity with fighting forces. Let us initiate a debate on all such questions.

4.0 Immediate Agenda for Struggle
4.1 Trade and Public Private Partnership (PPP) constitute the latest twin neo-liberal assaults in all fields of the service sector, including critical social entitlements like education, health and food. AIF-RTE may have to concentrate its struggles against these new attacks. In order to mobilize people for this purpose, we may have to identify relevant issues, local or otherwise, and fight issue-wise also. The many facets of issues relating to increasing levels of trade and PPP in education are bound to become evident during implementation of a variety of government programmes, schemes and legislations. These would include the RTE Act, RMSA, Education Finance Corporation, setting up of Foreign Universities and colleges (and Indian private universities and colleges as well), allocation of land, low-interest loans, income tax exemptions and hidden subsidies to private educational providers and establishing Yash Pal Committee’s NCHER. The mobilization built up though such local struggles will help us to wage wider struggles against the ensuing Private University Bill, Foreign Educational Institutions Bill and the NCHER Bill. The Forum may also need to organize a nation-wide campaign demanding the withdrawal of the ‘offers’ submitted to the GATS Council on Higher Education Sector. To put it all briefly, all the struggles proposed above are struggles against the new attacks on the existing Rights of the people. which we may ignore only as a result of a historic misjudgment on our part. Of course, we have to take forward our alternative constructive agenda simultaneously.

4.2 The implementation of the RTE Act since April 1, 2010 has led to a new but altogether anticipated situation that AIF-RTE will have to learn to deal with. The central government along with the state/ UT governments have begun to organize a large number of high profile official functions, seminars and workshops and training programmes to disseminate its propaganda, misinform and disinform people and to engage corporate houses, NGOs and religious bodies in the implementation of the Act. Official agencies both at the centre (e.g. NCPCR) and the state-level (e.g. NGO-like structures set up for SSA) are leading this campaign. The corporate-controlled media (both print and electronic) is fully endorsing this propaganda. International Funding Agencies as well as the inter-governmental agencies (e.g. UNICEF) are going around the country organizing both public and in-house meetings and telling their funded partners to fall in line lest their funding is jeopardized. There are subtle and not-so-subtle structures, processes and directives designed to engage intellectuals in endorsing the Act. For instance, state-level Commissions have been constituted engaging intellectuals (including those who opposed the Act until recently) in formulating rules and regulations for the Act. Shortly, we would hear of state-level advisory boards being constituted under the provisions of the Act which will further co-opt both the intellectuals and activists in the neo-liberal agenda under the pretext of ‘kuchh nahin se kuchh to achha!’.

In this backdrop, AIF-RTE member-organisations are already under pressure to take a position that would make sense to the masses. Given our logical stand vis-à-vis the Act (see Part I), we have no option but to evolve an agenda of critical engagement with the Act both at grassroots and macro-level. This critical engagement may be grounded in the three-point strategic framework as follows –

First, take up local issues emerging from the ongoing official implementation of the Act with the purpose of exposing State’s hidden agenda of abdication of its Constitutional obligation, institutionalizing inequality and discrimination through a multi-layered school system and increasing the pace of privatization and commercialization through PPP (concrete examples of this are already evident in urban bastis and villages and, interestingly, among the middle class parents as well who send their children to expensive private unaided schools);

Second, intervene in the ongoing implementation of strategically selected provisions for short periods in order to mobilize people and public mind in moving beyond the Act in the direction of our goal of public funded CSS-NS (e.g. fighting for the concept of fully free education including books (not just textbooks), computers and other learning aids, transport, hostels and opportunity cost; seeking genuine neighbourhood schools as per Kothari Commission; precipitating crisis with regard to the contradictions between the curricular goals of the Act and the quality, status, service-cum-working conditions and training of teachers; demanding all schools to be upgraded, at least in the first phase, to the norms and standards of Central Schools; exposing the contradiction of the Act’s increasing dependence (and promotion through PPP) on low cost inferior quality private schools; demanding fully free education for all components of educational and contingent expenses for the children admitted (or not admitted!) in private and specific category schools under the 25% provision along with resisting all elements of inequality and discrimination inherent therein; integration of the disabled in the mainstream schools by provision of all necessary support systems for equitable learning); and

Third, interweave all such local struggles built through the above two modes of critical engagement in order to create public opinion against the Act such that the nation-wide democratic movement will be strong enough by the next general election to seek replacement of the present Act by a new Act rooted in the concept of a public-funded CSS-NS.

The strength of the afore-mentioned strategic framework with regard to the RTE Act lies in the inevitability of the consequent mobilization merging with the mobilization against trade and PPP in secondary and higher education as well. This only reinforces our analysis that trade and PPP constitute the priority agenda of resistance in the present stage of the AIF-RTE movement.

5.0 Long-Term Goals
The peoples of India require a well functioning, decentralized, participative and diversity-sensitive public-funded education system in order to strengthen their democratic and secular polity rooted in equality and social justice. We believe that this goal of public education system, either at school level or in higher education, can not be achieved until and unless there is an unconditional ban on trade and PPP in education in all forms. Also, the public education system can neither sustain itself nor grow without adequate, meaningful and creative allotment of budgetary resources. Such allotment should be accorded the kind of political priority by the State that is deserved by a Right, Fundamental or otherwise, of the people. Let us also underline here that creative and adequate allocation of public funds is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for establishing the education system of people’s aspirations. However, we can’t but note with deep concern the new trend of public funds being siphoned off to private agencies under different modes of PPP. Therefore, an unconditional ban on trade in education, adequate and meaningful allotment in budget for education as a political priority and abandonment of PPP are the essential (yet not sufficient) conditions for a well-founded public education system that can provide education of equitable quality to all sections of society. AIF-RTE may require taking up a protracted campaign for such essential conditions.

6.0 Substantive Elements of Transformative Goals
6.1 The apologists of the neo-liberal agenda chose to operate only within the scope defined by the State. They tend to uncritically accept and even get readily involved in implementation of policy measures that are designed as ‘lollipops’. The apologists prefer to ignore the State’s hidden agenda of diverting socio-political attention from people’s long-standing core aspirations for equitable share in development. However, we also have a constraint that we have to formulate our immediate demands of struggle on the basis of the level of awareness and organization of the people, both of which need to be urgently raised and enriched. Of course, we also must ensure that our immediate demands of struggle are formulated in conformity with the long-term goals of transformation to a public-funded Common School System based in Neighbourhood Schools and also a public-funded higher education system guaranteeing equal opportunity to all sections of society for acquiring as well as contributing to advanced knowledge. The learned democratic sections of society, however, should keep on raising the banner for transformative goals even as we are engaged in building a democratic movement on the basis of our immediate demands. This means that AIF-RTE may have to formulate such substantive demands which, on the one hand, are the elements of the transformative goals like CSS-NS and, on the other, can draw masses of the people into the vortex of a democratic movement eventually leading to transformative goals.

6.2 Let us try to identify such substantive elements of the Rights of the child that are essential for building the Common School System (CSS-NS). We can list below the Rights of the child to:
a) balanced nutrition, health support and security during early childhood;
b) pre-primary, elementary and secondary education;
c) education of equitable quality through all stages from pre-primary to Class XII;
d) education without discrimination irrespective of child’s class, caste, cultural, religious, linguistic, gender or disability (physical or mental) background;
e) comprehensive affirmative action i.e. all necessary material, pedagogic and moral support to be guaranteed in order to enable the child to complete her school education as per curricular expectations;
f) have at least one teacher per class whose qualifications, pre-service training, service-cum-working conditions, participation in curricular formation and social status conform to the prevailing NCTE norms and curricular requirements;
g) study in genuine Neighborhood School (not the misconceived ‘neighbourhood school’ of the RTE ACT);
h) schools managed through decentralized and democratic participation of the parents, community and local body representatives;
i) study in her own language(s) and through it to learn from the global body of knowledge interlinked critically with her own socio-cultural milieu such that diversity is optimised; and
j) study in regular schools/ classrooms irrespective of the type of her disability, physical or mental, with the exception of extreme cases where special schools would become inevitable.

Yet, parts do not make the whole, but we know that the whole can not be made without parts. On the other hand, CSS-NS also significantly implies –
i) legislative binding on the central and state/ UT governments to spend not less than a specified minimum percentage of GDP on education;
ii) abolition of trade and PPP in all forms in education at all stages;
iii) amendment of Article 19 (1) (g) of the Constitution to exclude education, health and social welfare from its purview in order to prevent trade in social entitlements (what about food and water?);
iv) exclusion of inequalities and inclusion of diversities; and
v) space for creativity and charting new paths in education without violating or diluting any of the afore-mentioned conditions.

To put it all in a popular language, some of the immediate demands to which people would readily respond and also which can form the essential elements of transformative goals may be as follows:

1) The Right of the child must include Right to holistic early childhood care, pre-primary education and secondary education up to the age of 18 years along with elementary education;
2) All government schools should be upgraded at least to the norms and standards of the Central Schools as a medium-term goal;
[Note: In the process of the struggle for this demand, people would also begin to perceive that a school striving to catalyse transformative education through critical pedagogy shall have the potential of surpassing the best of the present day status-quoist schools steeped in market hegemony.]
3) All material, curricular and moral support required by the child like books (not merely textbooks), food, clothing, secure residence, transport and such other elements must be guaranteed to the child (including the disabled child) to help her complete education up to Class XII; the universally acknowledged need for providing Opportunity Cost for children of families surviving on minimum or even lower wages may also be included as an immediate demand at an appropriate stage of the movement;
4) All necessary support must be guaranteed for the disabled children within the Common School System while having provision for special schools in cases of only extreme disability;
5) Trade in education should be abolished and all forms of Public Private Partnership be scrapped;
6) The long-term goal of achieving Common School System based on Neighborhood School (CSS-NS) as the universal system in India must critically inform the formulation and content of all immediate demands as well as the pedagogy of our struggle.

6.3 Substantive Demands in higher and technical education may be:
i) There shall be at least one Comprehensive (i.e. multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary) Public-funded University with provision for advanced studies in all areas of knowledge in each and every district throughout the country. It shall also be required to undertake district-specific (or geo-cultural region-specific) studies and root itself in the district’s socio-cultural, environmental and developmental context;
ii) All institutions of higher and technical education in the district should be affiliated to the aforesaid district university which should be enriched to creatively respond to the intellectual and professional needs of the district. It should be able to cater to the comprehensive educational needs and aspirations of the youth of the district while also having a provision for admitting a definite percentage of students from outside the district;
iii) In spite of being entirely publicly funded, the University shall have complete autonomy from the State (as also religion) and be accountable to the world of knowledge, on the one hand, and to the people of the district where it is located, on the other. It should be completely financed by the central and state governments, with the centre taking comparatively a larger share of responsibility;
iv) Market-oriented courses like fashion technology and obscurantist courses like astrology are to be replaced by socially orientated secular and scientific courses; self-financed courses will have no place in the aforesaid university system;
v) All institutions of higher and technical education are to be attached with hostels with entirely free boarding and lodging facilities in order to enable poor and rural students to pursue and complete their education.
vi) A minimum of thirty percent of the relevant age group (i.e. 18-24 years) should have equal opportunity for higher and technical education by the end of the XII Five Year Plan; and
vii) No fee or charges in any form or under any pretext shall be collected from the students either by public or by private institutions.

6.4 Demand for a Ban on Trade in Education: A well conceived Public Education System including the Common School System (CSS-NS) can not be in place until and unless there is a ban on trade and profiteering in education. There are provisions in the Constitution to ban trade in education in all forms but the option is left to the State whether to ban or not to ban such a trade. We may have to fight for a Constitutional amendment to Article 19 (1)(g) to ensure that the Constitution clearly provides against trade, business and privatized (i.e. profit-oriented) occupation in education, health and such other critical social entitlements (food and water may also be considered in this category). The best safeguard may be that the collection of fee in public or private institutions at all stages of education is treated as trade and such trade is banned.

6. 5 In brief, our strategy may be to,
a) mobilize public opinion against every new attack of the State on hard won educational Rights of the people;
b) constantly propagate transformative goals in the field of education; and
c) to mobilize the masses on certain substantive demands as envisaged above and to build pressure on the State to achieve them.

It may be that such mass movements for substantial demands can create an atmosphere where the State will become apprehensive to make newer attacks, not just on education but also on other democratic rights and civil liberties as well. If we are successful on certain substantive demands, we can raise still many more substantive demands and mobilize more people behind the movement and, along with this, we can popularize the transformative goals until we achieve them. A critical issue, here, is to learn to establish organic linkages with the social movements on issues of jal-jangal-zameen and jeevika. This is because we envisage education movement as an all pervading movement with multi-dimensional linkages!

7.0 Spread of Organization and Unity Move
The spread of organization is an urgent requirement. Our all-India forum does not have units in all states. Even in those states where we have our member-organizations, they do not have district units in all districts. Hence, it may be our urgent task to identify like-minded organizations in every state/ UT to join hands with. The member-organizations in different states/ UTs should also strive to build organizations and explore alliances to unite the forces of mass movement. Everywhere, the district units should develop contact with the people. However, this consultation may have to spell out what category of organizations can be contacted for a wider unity. The following few criteria may be viewed for the purpose.
a) The organizations should oppose trade in education and demand abolition of all forms of Public Private Partnership and this shall be the acid test;
b) It should stand for all pervading Public Education System including the Common School System (CSS-NS); and
c) It should fight for a minimum of one of the substantial demands listed above relating to its interested area in pursuit of achieving all pervading Pubic Education System founded on the principles of democracy, socialism, secularism and egalitarianism.
There are organizations which only fight for early childhood care and pre-primary education; there are some other organizations which fight for the Rights of the disabled children, so on and so forth. They may be thinking that their limited resources should be concentrated on the limited area to reach the people and pressurize the State. The main question is how do we differentiate genuine organizations with a limited agenda from the so-called civil society organizations floated and supported by the ruling class, also with a limited but a hidden agenda. It may be that those organization which fight against trade in education and against all forms of PPP in the areas (pre-primary, disabled and such others) in which they may focus, can be considered genuine for forming an alliance.

Annexure
i) The Hyderabad Declaration, June 2009.
ii) Memorandum dated 7th August 2009 to the President of India.
iii) Leaflet distributed at the Parliament March of 24th February 2010.
iv) Leaflet designed for observing April 1, 2010 as Black Day.
v) Charter approved at the AIF-RTE national consultation in November 2009.
          Politics of Low Cost Schooling and Low Teacher Salary   
Politics of Low Cost Schooling and Low Teacher Salary
Manish Jain
Sadhana Saxena
Source: http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/message/7585

We have been following with interest and concern the debates generated by the writings of Jain and Dholakia in (2009; 2010). For some of us, it may be difficult to engage in a meaningful dialogue with the authors as the world views seem to be fundamentally different. For instance, in Jain and Dholakia’s world view most important concerns are ‘cost effectiveness’ and ‘efficiency’ as understood in the context of market. For them, education means achieving competencies in mathematics and language. Crucial though they are, learning of social and physical sciences or the larger aims of education like issues of equality and justice are not their concerns. More importantly, from the paradigm within which proposals are made it is clear that the authors are not interested in questioning the new economic order. On the contrary, economic order is considered as given or may be desirable or inevitable and the readers are being persuaded, through mathematical maneuvering, to fit in education with in this blatantly unjust order. The order in which priorities are decided by the demands of the market, the education of the marginalized has to be squeezed in through rampant privatization and the state facilitates handing over of the public resources to the private bodies in the name of PPP. Disturbingly PPP shamelessly proposes myriads ways of entering into contracts, a system where the private contractor can get away with exploitative conditions as the state ceases to be the employer. In fact, HRD minister has made it clear that what private schools pay to the teachers is not his concern.

To understand the proposals and arguments of these writings, following questions need to be asked: From what location in contemporary politics of education and the emerging research and funding networks, do they launch these economic reflections and gain legitimacy? What are the historical and theoretical roots of these proposals and economic choices? How do they visualize education, teaching and teacher and what are their silences? What are the ramifications of their suggestions?

Parental choice, promotion of private budget schools, PPP, cost effectiveness, and thus reform of public schooling along managerial lines form key issues in global educational policy discourse and research supported by multilateral agencies like WB. International management consultants, education businesses, researchers and research networks, policy think tanks, advocacy groups, partnerships between local and global actors, corporate philanthropic and charity foundations together form a strong interest group promoting these reforms (Nambissan and Ball: forthcoming). Thus, locating this intermeshing of agencies and their policy prescriptions is critical to understand the embeddedness and circulation of the emerging ‘research’ and advocacy networks. Nambissan and Ball (forthcoming) have shown that James Tooley with a firm grounding in think tanks in USA and UK and financial support from rightwing foundations supporting the philosophy of free market and even World Bank, has been able to operate in/with a complex network of research, advocacy and funding involved in promoting discourse of parental choice and advocating private schooling. Thus, use and defense of Tooley’s work by Jain and Dholakia is not simply a matter of learning from each other. That Jain was the World Bank’s nominee in the most recent Joint Review Mission of SSA reveals more about convergence of ideas and location.

Resource crunch?
Jain and Dholakia argue that even if allocation to education in budget is raised to 6% GDP, hiring ‘permanent regular school teachers’ in government schools and paying them salary recommended by the 6th pay commission would be ‘insufficient to ensure universal school education’. Paying such salaries is possible only if budget has a fiscal deficit of 22-23% or to ‘increase the tax revenues by more than double’. Shouldn’t we be asking, even if sounds clichéd: why not tax the rich and finance school education and pay decent salaries to the qualified teachers instead of promoting budget schools run by poorly paid and unqualified teachers, and largely funded by the deprived sections ?

The budgetary calculations, economic decisions and policy choices are not neutral but political in nature. Defining and redefining the poverty line and hairsplitting debates on APL and BPL depending on the way minimum nutritional requirements for different segments of the society are defined, is a good example of statistical jugglery. To answer the repeatedly asked question- from where to generate the funds, it would be instructive to look at some of the budget figures.

In the year 2008 and 2009, the adjusted revenues foregone in the central budgets were Rs. 2,85, 052 crores and Rs. 4,18,095 crores respectively and constituted 48.16% and 68.95% of aggregate tax collected (Chandra 2010: 46). In the recent budget, ‘over Rs. 500,000 crore in write-offs, direct and indirect’ have been gifted to the corporate. In last three budgets, direct tax concessions to corporate tax payers has been of the order of Rs. 2,08,000 crores (Sainath 2010). In 2005 the Ministry of Finance estimated a loss of central taxes due to SEZs ‘at Rs. 1,02, 600 crore in the next 4-5 years against the projected investment of Rs. 1,00,000 crore’ (Chandra 2010: 46). In Tamil Nadu ‘together with subsidized land (and direct VAT reimbursements), government is estimated to have paid Nokia Rs. 645.4 crore’ (Dutta 2009). Compare this tax relief granted to the rich and powerful with Rs. 1,71,000 crores, the total estimated amount required in next five years for the implementation of the Right to Education Act (Tilak 2010).

Thus, by questioning the studied silence of the authors about the large concessions granted to the richer sections and the corporate world and calculating these since 1991 may put the arguments made by Jain and Dholakia about budget deficit and increasing tax revenues in perspective.

History, politics and location of the proposals
Jain and Dholakia propose that ‘the only remaining alternative’ is ‘public-private partnership (PPP) in which low cost providers of school education, who pay much lower salary, cover a significant part of school education’ (2009: 41, 2010: 80). They argue that private sector, NGOs and hiring of para-teachers under different programmes like the Education Guarantee Scheme (EGS), Shiksha Karmi and Alternative School/Centres under SSA have shown viability of this option.

Not just recognition but celebration of the policy of hiring teachers at low costs to justify its intensification by the duo itself indicates their agreement with the neoliberal policies pursued in education since 1990s. Decentralization of appointment of teachers and contract appointments were seen as an effective way of dealing with the teacher’s collective opposition to the reform process (Govinda and Josephine: 2005). Weakening of government school system and increasing privatization of education happened simultaneously in these reform years. Drawing from human capital and public choice theories, WB tried to promote an integrated world economy that operates by rules of market (World Bank 1995).

In the neoliberal ethos, deregulation of education and imposition of market discipline were seen as necessary to discipline the unjustifiably privileged middle class professionals like teachers and contain or reduce the educational expenditure. Concern about privileging the state employees and the high ‘compensation paid to civil servants’ was also expressed by World Bank (2003). It calculated that the ‘wages for selected categories of staff are consistently higher than they could expect to make in the private sector’. In comparison to 39 Asian countries where teacher’s salaries were 1.7 to 1 with reference to per capita GDP, in India it was 5 to 1 (World Bank 2003: 36). It was argued that ‘more emphasis needs to go to local market comparators’ (ibid: 37). Jain and Dholakia also argue that ‘the salary of a school- teacher in the private sector is almost 25% to 35% of the cost of government salary’ (2009: 41). They also calculate that primary teacher salaries in India exceed per capita GDP by seven times (2010: 79). If the GDP/teacher salary ratio in all other cited countries is taken as a norm, then the primary teacher’s monthly salary in India must range from Rs. 2129 to Rs. 4344.

In this perspective, paying this salary without benefits of security of job, pension and health related facility is not seen as exploitation but introduction of market discipline in the period of globalization. Clearly, different set of market rules apply to the CEOs of the India inc and fresh management graduates as instead of inviting concern for increasing the economic divide, their fat salary packages and raises are glorified by the media. Salaries of the upper echelons of bureaucracy also do not cause any alarm. One needs to ask when nearly 80% of the workforce in the unorganized sector earns less than Rs. 20 per day or less, who can afford the fee of Rs. 300/pm in private schools that may ‘outdo’ government schools (Jain and Dholakia 2010: 79). Clearly, free and compulsory education is not the agenda of the authors.

Education, Teachers and Teaching
Jain and Dholakia (2010: 78-79) admit Sarangapani’s (2009) criticism that Gyanshala is a model of non-formal education for three hours but stay shy of answering if such model fits well with continuation of child labour. Instead they assert that better performance of children, adherence to state/national norms of curriculum, learning environment and development opportunities result in delivery of good education ‘even with non-formal teachers’. To understand the Gyanshala model and its defence, we need to ask what connects these untrained teachers, better learning and supervision together.

With globalization, human capital theory and efficiency became predominant models to decide and evaluate the purpose, (economic) worth, processes and outcomes of education. Efficiency translated as cost effectiveness and ‘measurable student achievement’ became a key marker to define education and educational outcomes to plan, predict, measure and compare the role of education in enhancing the economic growth of different national economies. Deeper engagement in education for creating new types of citizens, for justice and equality, and education as human right are deemed economically irrelevant and thus unimportant to policy makers. Both state and non-state agencies began to measure, publish and circulate student achievements in reading and numeracy to compare private and public schools. Public choice theory and efficiency doctrine views teachers as merely a rent-seeking agent. With large labour and unemployed surplus, teachers are seen as an easily available human resource, a replaceable cog, as one input among many whose purpose is defined with reference ‘to quantifiable outputs, namely the learning achievement of students’ leading to greater workplace productivity (Welmond 2002: 41-42).

The management model of education adopted by Gyanshala treats teachers as workers in the education assembly line who perform the teaching/learning tasks decided by the management. In it, teacher lacks any training and agency to deliberate on curriculum, to conceive, plan and design teaching and learning strategies for specific groups and individuals. The curriculum supervisors break the ‘complex jobs into specified actions with specified results’. The ‘management controls both pace of work and skill’ of teachers to attain specified learning goals set for students (Apple 1995: 128-133). Thus, an attempt to look for any possibility of the personal, intellectual or professional growth of the teacher in this model that exploits teachers is bound to cause disappointment. This economic and management model and discourse inspired by neoliberal ethos has no space to conceive teacher and teaching in a holistic manner where it is not just the salaries, but also the autonomy, academic excellence/support, intellectually stimulating environment and recognition of the work that sustains interest in education and ensures quality teaching.

Gyanshala model may achieve greater success with its students in problem solving tasks, in producing citizens who are technically skilled and accept the existing social and political structure but whether it can lead to classroom discussions based on critical theories of education and pedagogy that question the neoliberal path of development remains doubtful. Art, music, drama, sports and other co-curricular activities have no space in its conception of learning tasks in three hours of education. One wonders if this minimal education to the children of the marginalized qualifies as adherence to state/national curriculum, as claimed by Jain and Dholakia.

Given the needs of first generation school goers, there is even greater need and urgency to appoint qualified teachers in government schools for reasons of equity, justice, rights and democratic citizenship. This would require intensive training inputs; rethinking on the existing models of pre-service and in-service teacher trainings; creation of work environment where teachers are part of wider deliberations on meaning and functions of education in an inegalitarian society. But would a teacher who is unskilled and low on pay as recommended by Jain and Dholakia, have the necessary qualification, confidence, self-image and motivation to undertake such effort? To paraphrase Erich Fromm, can a servile and docile teacher create independent learners. The economics of justifying state support for privatization and NGOisation of education indulged by Jain and Dholakia has serious political ramifications.
References
Apple, Michael W. (1995). Education and Power. New York: Routledge.
Chandra, Nirmal Kumar (2010). ‘Inclusive Growth in Neoliberal India: A Façade?’, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 45, No. 8, February 20, pp: 43-56.
Dutta, Madhumita (2009). ‘Nokia SEZ: Public Price of Success’, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 44, No. 40, October 3, pp: 23-25.
Govinda, R. and Josephine, Y. (2005). ‘Para-teachers in India: A Review’, Contemporary Education Dialogue, Vol. 2, No. 2, Spring, pp: 193-224.
Jain, Pankaj S. and Dholakia, Ravindra H. (2009). ‘Feasibility of Implementation of Right to Education Act’, Economic & Political Weekly, Vol. 44, No 25, 20th June, pp: 38-43.
Jain, Pankaj S. and Dholakia, Ravindra H. (2010). ‘Right to Education Act and Public-Private Partnership’, Economic & Political Weekly, Vol. 45, No. 8, February 20, pp: 78-80.
Nambissan, Geetha and Ball, Stephen J. (Forthcoming). Advocacy Networks, Choice, and Schooling of the Poor in India.
Sainath, P. (2010). ‘And Yet another Pro-farmer Budget’, The Hindu, 1 March.
Sarangapani, Padma (2009). ‘Quality, Feasibility and Desirability of Low Cost Private Schooling: What is the Evidence?’, Economic & Political Weekly, Vol. 44, No. 43, 24 October, pp: 67-69.
Tilak, Jandhyala B.G. (2010). ‘Education in the Union Budget’. The Hindu. March 6.
Welmond, Michel (2002). ‘Globalization Viewed from the Periphery: the Dynamics of Teachers Identity in the Republic of Benin’, Comparative Education Review, Vol. 46, No. 1, February, pp: 37-65.
World Bank (1995). Priorities and Strategies for Education: A World Bank Review. Washington, D.C.: The World Bank.
World Bank (2003). India: Sustaining Reform, Reducing Poverty. Delhi: OUP.
          Right to Education Debate on Arktiect India   
Practical Stuff: For those who are not private school owners/publicists:

"India’s education sector currently offers an estimated US$40 billion market. This spans the kindergarten through grade 12 (K-12) segment (US$20 billion) (905 billion INR), private professional colleges (US$7 billion) and tutoring (US$5 billion), vocational training (US$1.4 billion), test preparation (US$1.7 billion), and preschools (US$1 billion)."

This quote is from a market analysts's article.

School education budgets have been hiked to 31,036 crores. A whole range of private interests like the one below see this public fund as one more source of private income. The ready-made, publicly available criticisms of government schools come in handy to create a market buzz. Private education managements bar all public scrutiny so we don't really know (unless it is first-hand as children) what goes on inside a low-cost private school. Here are some trends:
1. Parents have reported a 160% hike in fees over an 8 year period, with High Court notices being slapped against schools for such increases.
2. Teachers and school employees are not passed on these benefits, with the real profits going to school owners.

While there is no doubt that there are certain private schools upholding the highest values of quality teaching, transparency and commitment to children's best interests at low costs, the value of government schools which are free, publicly managed, and come with midday meals is irreplaceable.

Why 'low price' when Education is free, like the Right to Life?

I end with a lesson from someone who has become a star footballer. Till a few years ago, she was a child labourer. She joined a school and fought bullying there to reach State levels in football (Yes, all is not well with schools, whether they are government or not). The point? The school she went to was a government school. Ergo: It was free. Because if it was paid, it would simply mean stars like Shakti would never be allowed an education.
+++++++++
I thought that your questions were already answered, but let me make another try. Please see answers in parenthesis, following each of your question.

Warm regards.
Pankaj
Hi Mr. Jain,
Couldn't help notice that you have uploaded a ppt about your position and chosen to ignore some critical questions on WHY the GoI should fund private schools to meet India's education needs. Your ppt makes your position very clear so am selecting some key points to raise here. Am re-articulating my questions of my earlier email in simple terms:
1. How does paying taxpayer's money to private schools ensure quality education? {Tax paper's money for education is meant to give education to children. Who ever provides this education better deserves to get this. Private schools are also manned by Indian citizens. Tax payer's money is not to give salary to only Govt. employees, but to meet national social goals.}
2. On what grounds are teachers replaceable by para-teachers? How would you justify poor quality teaching? {The payment to schools are to be linked to measurement of learning outcome tested by an agency appointed by the Govt., so the quality of education better than those of Govt. schools is ensured.}
3. How does making public schools weaker by channeling the public's money to private schools justify India's long-term eductaion goals? {India's long term goal is not served by dependence on public sector alone. More efficient private/ NGO/ Coop sector are better for citizen than public sector for long term benefit of Indian citizen. The examples of AMUL in dairy sector, telecommunication, airlines, sectors prove this.}
4. Are you really saying that parents and children's rights should be curtailed further by putting the responsibility of eductaion in private hands? Private schools have no democratic school management committees. {Children are empowered by having freedom and choice and not dependence on unresponsive bureaucracy of Govt. schools.}
5. If private schools are the answer, why hasn't UK stopped funding its public schools? Why won't the UK public and its MPs allow it? {Slowly, most western countries are now introducing private/ charter school in preference to Govt. schools, and this might happen in UK too. Anyhow, we need our own solutions, not blind copying of UK.}
+++++++
Many education activists have argued/ held that Government is not spending enough on school education and paying less attention to school education.

In this regard, it is useful to know the following uncontested facts:

1. Official salary level of school teachers in India is highest in the world, in comparison to their country's per capita income. Most countries pay to teachers between 1.2 to 2 times their average per capita income, but under the latest Pay Commission, this has been pegged above 7 of per capita income in India.
2. The teacher qualification standards, mostly graduation+B.Ed. is again amongst the highest in the world, as in most countries, teacher qualification is pursued after school, not graduation.
3. The provision of on the job continuous training of 20 days/ yr. under SSA is highest in the world.
4. The structure of academic support to school teachers, in the form of DIET, BRC/CRCs is most elaborate and extensive in the world.
5. Provision of free text books, which are periodically revised by the concerned SCERT, is one of the most liberal in the world.
6. The current cost of school education as per official salary level is so high that covering all children in Govt. funded school facility, a right under RTI, will require an education budget equal to more than 20% GDP, (See a paper by Jain & Dholkia in EPW, June 20, 2009) while all countries in the world have ensured universal govt. funded school education at merely 3.5 (China & Singapore) to 6% of GDP as education budget.

All these measures are already existent and funded in the state and central budgets.

You can decide if the poor performance of school system is because Govt. spends less money or pays less attention, or because Govt. run school have become essentially platforms for Govt. education department employees to obtain high salaries without Govt. schools doing their basic task..

It seems that the only practical way for the nation to honor RTI commitments is to rely in low cost private schools, and link any payment to them with their performance in ensuring required learning levels among children, specifically those from poor and backward communities/ groups. If only 25% of education budget is devoted to this, by leaving 75% to non-performing inefficient govt. schools, India could still obtain universal govt. funded and regulated school education for all its children.


Pankaj Jain
++++++
The "Uncontested facts" on the Indian Government's expenditure on school Education, as produced by Mr Jain, appear fallacious and at times, just poor assertions.
As a rule, numbers/figures should be read cautiously as they can be interpreted in several ways; each interpretation will have specific political meaning/s. Mr Jain may want to consider the following queries, for instance:
- what is the significance of linking up salary with per capita income? what sense will it have if a substantial percentage of Indians is forced to survive on less than half a dollar/day?
- what will change if we went by the Gross Domestic Product numbers?
- and, what will happen if we bring in the, so called, Growth Rate to determine the salary structure? Should we not?
- The Teacher Qualification Standard (B.Ed), let's assume, is among the best in the world, but the fact is that over 6 million teachers in this country are under-paid, contractual, and severely lack in skills and training.
- Some say that today the country needs over 1.2 million teachers, the number will go up if 1:30 teacher-pupil ratio is enforced. How many teacher training institutes are there? 450. Of which, over 150 should be closed straight away, so poor is their standard, as per the admission of the NCERT itself. So, the 300 TTIs will give us the number we need?
- Why do you need 20% of the GDP today to ensure universalization of education? Why does China need 3.5% only of its GDP? The answer rests in your desire to look into comparative investments patterns of these countries since 1952.

As far as the overall performance of the Indian State is concerned, it has more than met its target in the field of education: It has ensured education to 10-15% of the populace that matters to it; the rest struggles to get basic numeracy & literacy.

Partnership with Private bodies to secure universalization of Education can be considered, of course. The same goes to Health and Food as well. There is just one condition, however: People should not be forced to pay taxes to a National government, for there won't be either a Nation or its moral legitimacy to collect taxes. Isn't it? This is what will happen if Fundamental Rights are conflated with Market Rights, after all. One should then be allowed to lease out defense, finances, laws as well. Say, some arms producing American company... his CEO as your Defense Minister! That would be some departure! It may be a good way to dismantle the nation state and to realize the true Global Village,don't you think?

Arun Kumar
++++++++++++++++++
Sir,

In all critical responses to our paper, our facts/ computations have never not been contested. You too are not giving any information to establish that the fact outlined by me are fallacious, as you have branded them to be, but are rightfully demanding reasonable explanations. So, let me try to provide some.

1. Per capita income comparison is the only way to make fair economic comparison of policies related to relative income in different countries.
2. Changing GNP with GDP as the comparative base would not materially affect the ratios. 3. The EPW paper already gives detailed consideration to the annual growth in income and its impact.
4. You would need 20% of GDP to cover all children because the main cost of a school program is staff/ teacher salary, which in India is 3-4 times the international trends, when seen in respect to those countries' per capita GDP. That is the reason other countries could cover all children with roughly 1/3rd of budget required in India as % of GDP.
5. The current salary of teachers in China has nothing to do with their historical attainment of universal literacy. It has to do only with China's (and most other countryies') current policy to pay its teachers what can be justified by its current income and its current goal to provide universal school education to all its children.

I share many of your concerns about the distortions in the overall political priorities of the country and the government, but school education policy should be only to educate the children, not to balance/ correct/ compensate the imbalances/ injustices elsewhere.

Let us fight political battles separately, and use education policy and budget only to educate children. Let us not use the money which rightfully should be spent on children's education to correct the implication of India's poverty on one of its section, i.e. teachers.

I would also share your concern that involvement of private-public partnership in education delivery should be guided by the social goal of ensuring quality education to all children from poor families, not only a small section that might get 25% seats in a few elte private schools, which are discussed in our TV/ media debates

Warm regards.

Pankaj Jain
++++++++++++++++++++

Hi Mr. Jain,
I was wondering where the conclusion of supporting low-cost private schools is coming from. Has your paper explored in what ways are low-cost private schools that
- pay their teachers meager salaries
- charge money for fees from parents
- offer very poor quality of teaching and
- retain the profits as unaudited accounts, by the school management,
....superior?

The other conclusion, missing from your paper, of improving the quality of government schools.

Is the solution for mismanagement of funds by GoI's schools, private schools? I wouldn't jump to that conclusion, without an emperical data of the kind you quote on how these schools are superior. Because in a country where purchasing power is as low as ours (38% BPL according to the limited re-definition of India's BPL by the Suresh Tendulkar Committee), expecting parents to bear the cost of school education (which happens to be a RIGHT - not a 'product' to be purchased) is just plain illogical and wrong.

Would request you to rethink your argument form the point of view of children. Couldn't agree more with you when you say, keep politics (and vested interests) out, just bring in the children's point of view: Should a child be expected to pay for what should come free to her?

Bidisha
++++++++++++

I feel compelled and drawn to this discussion as the issues raised are important. The idea of nation State and its role is not an uncontested one and so is not the role of education. Even in a domocracy, education and educational thought can not be left to the purview of the Government. It is important to distinguish between the Government and the State. There is often this confusion as we still live in times where the State was feudal and therefore the relationship of people to the State was that of a subject being governed by the State. The king and and the king's key officers decided who would be a part of the decision maker and how things would proceed. They also decided many other things including the rights people would have. Inspite of the fact that we are not a democracy in practice and have not given up our feudal governance sensibilities there is an alternative conception that has been formulated by the constitution that governs us. We need to think of the State in the context of what we pledged in the preamble and then think about what the State includes and what it would leave out to limit the notion of the State to the Government may not be sufficiently explanatory?

When I look at the arguments of Mr Arun Kumar I am stuck by his sympathy with the people in the education system but perhaps he is not saying that. I may have missed the point and he maybe saying that all this is an irrelevant discussion. I maybe misreading his letter as an concern about quality. (Problem with satires is that dumb like me fail to grasp the full meaning. I will ask forgiveness and continue) I am also impressed by the argument that people should not live below the half a dollar expense that they are able to make now and that they should have more. The point is that the gross domestic product is a number that gives you an idea of the amount of exchange in the economy and that would indicate what would be available to the entire population in the country. ( I am dimly aware that this is not strictly correct but the figures would not be different by a large amount, please excuse this as i am not an economist) So if you have a large segment of the available resources distributed to a specific section, namely the govt employees or the corporate employees here then it is obvious that unless these lead to a proportionately higher increase in the economy the available resources for the rest would decline. Therefore there is an argument in relating the expense to the GDP. In health and in education the expenditure is said to be critically important as it would lead to more completeness in life but perhaps there is expectation that it would also lead to economic growth as the people are healthier and more capable.

So where does that lead us, we live in a country that claims that it wants to be moving towards democratic equality of opportunity and choice. (Nice words) and we have a large space that we want to be available for the initiative of the people. We are not a State that is autocratic or a State that is totalitarian. I think the RTE and some of the implications of it and the rules that are being formulated for it need to be looked at in that context. they have also to be looked at in the context of the Governance mechanisms available and the how rules are implemented. To me there is a lot of sense in including people's concerns in education and as in the time of independence struggle encourage those interested in providing liberal education within the norms of Indian constitutional framework to run their educational institutions. There is exploitation all around, clerks are exploited, workers are exploited and there is wide spread disparity of compensation for apparently similar roles. The reason for being so concerned about the salaries of only Govt employees and of teachers in private schools seem to be disproportionate to their numbers and the extent of exploitation. A daily wage worker is not even confident of a useful role and not confident of regular employment is not the matter of same concern as the teacher is. The budget in the economy is a sharing of resources and to say 20% of that should go to education and that we do not care where it comes from is denying the role as a responsible democratic citizen in my view.

I of course do not know the answer but do know that closing private schools or forcing them to cheat and issue false salary slips in connivance with the monitoring mechanisms would further compound the problem. There are private schools that get poor children and where the teachers are paid low are part of the family. they fulfill the needs of people who send their children to them then there are also social interveners who may not be substantial but are significant. They are also creators of ideas and extend education. Their existence and survival, thought, autonomy and innovative spirit has been critical to development of educational ideas in the country in many ways. It is not clear why we want to close down the options for all these citizens initiatives and close down open schools that provided opportunity to those who the schools could not bring in.

The RTE discussions and the arguments of its promoters have in them a ring of the touching faith in the system that they criticize voiciferously. There is no comment on Governance and how it would allow space and autonomy. There is on the other hand further monitoring proposed by a system that has not functioned. The system for its faliures has held the teachers and the community responsible and the present formulations are in the same direction. We can only see theMore later 'identical boxes' production syndrome that RTE seems to push towards. The only points about Governance are a demand for more budget, more centralization and stronger monitoring. It is almost assumed that only those who would be in bureaucracy or formulating rules for them and with them know what is to be done and are responsible and quality conscious. The fact that education is a dialogue and no monitoring can ensure that the dialogue be meaningful as the meaningfulness of that would also have to be determined in the context of children and the community as well as the teacher does not seem to be reflected in the design. Forming rules that take away initiative, flexibility and explorations can not improve education, which is a process of releasing human thought.

Yes we need to strengthen and improve the Govt system but not by forcing the alternatives to close. You can not prove your line longer by erasing the other persons line. How do we enlarge the quality line of the Govt schools is something we need to address and that is an issue of governance. we need to read the NCF 2005 that the RTE endorses and the spaces that NCF wants to encourage and increase and the path that of openness, autonomy and multiple explorations that it proposes.

More later. Ready for the brick bats
Hardy

++++++++++++
1. There is some/ considerable evidence of low cost privately managed schools delivering better than Govt. school education. Some is cited in my paper, but much more exists. There is almost no evidence that average Govt. school is doing better than a private school whose cost is more than Rs. 200-300/- per child / month.

2. I do not support private schooling provision where poor parents have to pay. I argue for the Govt. contracting out delivery of service to privately managed but publicly regulated low cost schools that can be held accountable to meet socially preferred goals, so that children get their due, which they are not getting from very expensive Govt. managed schools. Many NGO schools are examples of this. Currently, Govt. would have to spend more than 8000-9000/- per child per year in its schools if it pays 6th Pay Commission salary to all its teachers. By paying Rs. 3500/- to privately managed schools, the same Govt. could ensure much better education to children, by linking payment to school with exam results.

3. I do not have reliable remedies to improve govt. schools, this task must be undertaken by those who support Govt. managed schools and payment of salary to teachers in these schools at the rate prescribed by the 6th Pay Commission.

Warm regards.

Pankaj
++++++++++++++
Just responding to the points raised:
1. There is considerable evidence that govt school education is doing very well: you only have to see the Navodaya schools, Kendriya Vidyalayas, Sainik Schools. If the problem is mismanagement of funds, i can see the point about bringing accountability - still cannot see how this makes a case for paying teachers less.

Many other government employees fall under the 6th Pay Commission raise. How will paying them lesser help?

Also I wouldn't agree that low-cost teachers are all India's children deserve and you really need to look at the motivation behind such a thought. All children deserve fully trained, qualified teachers because the work of teachers is serious and they need to be equipped to handle this, like any other profession.

Isn't the answer creating accountability among teachers? And talking about those lakhs of schools where a government teacher teaches diligently, often balancing 3-4 classes, due to personnel shortages?

2. The crux of the argument is that education is the state's business because it is a RIGHT, one it cannot outsource to private parties, by either footing the bill of private school fees or by expecting private schools to reserve 25%. If the state gives up this responsibility by quoting the poor state of teaching, it might as well start giving up its other responsibilities too - notably security (nobody will agree to that!).

Why are we arguing about cost-saving in something as basic as schools? Countries that do spend on public education are the UK and France - countries where the level of civic awareness is relatively high. Spending on public services ups the ante as far the overall level of the citizens go - and no one can deny education is among the most fundamental of public services. And the people in charge of something as fundamental as education need just pay.

3. In summary, there is no alternative for working on improving accountability. If we dissolve public schools, we hand over public accountability permanently to private players. If by international standards India is paying its teachers well that is something to uphold, not dilute, by arguing that we can get teaching 'cheaper'.

(Have you considered puchasing power parity in your analysis -
What people get paid and what it affords them are two different stories)

+++++++++++++
I only have a small comment on the costing. The provision suggests not more than 30 children per teacher. This implies a cost that would be more than the Rs 8000-9000 cost worked out by Mr Jain. I am not sure if he accounted for the text books and the learning materials, teacher development & support and administeration and the monitoring.
I also do not see the advantage of linking payment with exam results that is suggested by Mr Jain.
Hardy
+++++++++++++++++++++++++
I wish to make four points.
First Point:
It looks logical that allocations will depend on the size of the pot.
And yet we are drawing different conclusions.
The economy of a country may or may not reflect the nature of its investment priorities. This is so because priorities are often determined by political expediencies. Consider Bangladesh, for instance, a poorer economy that has far greater investment in education, compared to India. How much is okay to shell out for education may be a viable economic decision only in the long run – which governments invariably choose to ignore. A State must not.
An economic argument is also a political concern (and the other way). My queries were emanating from this location.
I assign Mr. Hardy’s following supposition to precisely this location: “The budget in the economy is a sharing of resources and to say 20% of that should go to education and that we do not care where it comes from is denying the role as a responsible democratic citizen in my view”. The responsible citizenry would also ask why the requirement has become 20% today. The Universalization of Education is at least a five decade old promise to the people. School buildings, provisions, teachers, teacher training institutes, etc, are not suddenly-arrived emergencies. In the post-1990 Structural Adjustment show, the World Bank and its functionaries, nation states included, came up with MDG and how we all have begun pushing for EFA has actually become part of modern folklore.
Second Point:
Holding the State responsible for what is ensured as Rights by the Constitution is not to make the State the sole arbiter in deciding what education is or should be. Bidisha makes this point clearly. There can’t be disagreement with Mr. Hardy’s following remark - Even in a democracy, education and educational thought can not be left to the purview of the Government. [I would go a step further and say that it must not be left even to the purview of the State]. What is being underlined is that the responsibility to provide infrastructure, system and mechanism belongs to the State. The public sphere should and will continue to play a role in challenging, sharpening, researching, innovating issues related to education, its meaning and content.
This brings me to my third point.
In several write-ups of late, one senses a slip up between non-government and market, between people and private. This linguistic corruption, for the lack of a better term, if what I feel has any substance, is the marker of how market has invaded our senses. Of course, private schools too are about people, so often also about poor people, students and teachers, and their ideas and thoughts. The moot question, however, is: are all of them there because the government schools can’t function properly? Should the question of poor functioning of government institutions be addressed by market solutions? Is there a difference between Public-Private Partnership and Government-Market tie up? Is the market today becoming all-powerful institution because the State is weak? Or, is the State actually facilitating the stronger role for the market? There is neither need nor feasibility to shut all private schools. But, while saying this we must make it clear that we are not advocating privatization of school/education. Else, there always will be a follow-up question: why not privatize the nation-state itself. And, this is not a polemical point or satirical statement.
Just for the record, asking for greater budgetary provisions for Education, I hope, does not necessarily make one a supporter of the current Right to Education Act.
Finally, the question about bringing up other concerns, issues, struggles to the field of Education and budget. If I got it right, I do not quite know how else to address it. For me and many others, they are not separate. The specifics of Education may belong to educationists, but the political-economy of Education is everybody’s concern. A mazdoor woman who survives on 20 rupees/a day is also the one who didn’t get quality education. Nor are her children likely to get it.
Regards,
Arun

Arkitect India
New Delhi
http://groups.yahoo.com/group/arkitectindia/
          vakantiehuisje in Polignano a mare, Italië : Terrazza Merlata voor 4 personen   
vakantiehuisje : Terrazza MerlataDit herenhuis, met binnenplaats, is gelegen in een rustige straat van het historische centrum op slechts 50 meter van het centrale plein en de kathedraal. Unieke aan deze locatie is de positie boven de zee op een hoogte van ca. 30 meter boven de zeespiegel, met een adembenemend uitzicht op de pracht en praal dat de beroemde stad Polignano a Mare te bieden heeft. Het volledig, met respect voor de historische identiteit van het gebouw, gerenoveerde huis behoudt ook het meubilair in goede staat. De elegantie en sfeer van het verleden maar voorzien van alle gemakken van een modern huis. Het appartement heeft een aparte ingang van de andere woningen van het gebouw wat zorgt voor het behoudt van de privacy en autonomie van de gasten van dit huis.
          Raptors will reload or rebuild on Ujiri’s watch: Arthur   

And just like that, the crisis is over. One crisis, anyway. As in life, there is always another crisis, another explosion, another decision in the NBA. It’s the nuttiest league there is.

On Wednesday, New York Knicks officials were confidently predicting that Toronto Raptors president Masai Ujiri was coming to New York. The chatter made its way around: agents, league officials. Tim Leiweke, man of action, was leading the charge. He could craft a contract that would tempt Ujiri, surely. There was a genuine sense of possibility, even as Maple Leaf Sports and Entertainment was equally confident that their star executive would not leave.

Something changed. Late Thursday night, word began filtering through the league that the Knicks would not pursue Ujiri after all. It was a reversal from their initial plan, which had been toyed with for over a year. It was first reported by Ramona Shelburne of ESPN, who added that the Knicks might chase former Cleveland Cavaliers GM David Griffin instead; Ujiri would stay with the Raptors. There was never a formal call to MLSE to ask for permission to talk. This one arose and dissipated in the in-between corridors of the NBA.

And like that, the Knicks had moved on. The barriers set up by MLSE — elevating Ujiri to team president as part of his five-year deal, and likely making it clear that New York would have to pony up hefty compensation, including a first-round pick or more — held.

Make no mistake: there was genuine temptation here. Leiweke could have crafted a contract that was designed for Ujiri, and to get some revenge on the men who let him go as the president and CEO of MLSE two years ago. Start with huge support for Ujiri’s charity, Giants of Africa; add the contractual ability to root out the toxic architecture of Madison Square Garden and create an autonomous kingdom within a kingdom; and to all that, add a hefty raise on Ujiri’s top-five executive compensation.

You can simply do more in New York than Toronto if you have grand ambitions, and Ujiri didn’t become the only African-born general manager in the NBA — and someone who spends part of every summer trying to do something positive in Africa, whatever he can — without ambition. Imagine what he could have done for Giants of Africa if he worked within driving distance of the United Nations.

But there was always the dark side of the bargain, too: James Dolan. You could hardly write a more dilettante heir of a rich man, and you can bet that fresh stories of Dolan’s absurd stewardship reached Ujiri once New York’s interest became known. It’s not an accident that the Knicks have been the best comedy in New York for over a decade running, and it’s not an accident that the Knicks have made laughingstocks — sad, incinerated laughingstocks — of a long string of middling to good basketball men. It never ends well in New York. Ujiri must have known that.

Taking on the Knicks is a little like going to basketball hell, and hoping you defeat the devil and come back with a soul. Plus you get a parking spot.

But that seems to be over, and now the Raptors can return to the mere challenge of a franchise-defining free-agency period, which opens at 12:01 a.m. on Saturday. Kyle Lowry has been the big question since the season ended. The point guard can be a complicated man, but he’s also the biggest reason Toronto has experienced its four highest win totals in the past four years, and has its only three best-of-seven series wins in the franchise’s history.

So, what now? Doors systematically closed for Lowry over the past two weeks. Houston traded for Chris Paul. According to league sources, San Antonio is not interested. And then Minnesota sent point guard Ricky Rubio to Utah to clear cap space on Friday. Sources say Lowry has been very interested in the Timberwolves, who added star shooting guard Jimmy Butler last week to a core that includes Canadian Andrew Wiggins and fellow former No. 1 pick Karl-Anthony Towns.

But multiple reports said Minnesota was interested in point guard Jeff Teague, who would presumably come at a lower price. Lowry’s the better player, though. As of mid-May other teams were being told that Lowry had zero interest in returning to Toronto; at the same time, he was telling the Raptors a different story. It always made sense that Lowry keep a door open in case things fell through elsewhere.

In the end, it may be best for the Raptors for Lowry to return to Toronto, and for his partnership with DeMar DeRozan to be given another shot. That committing to a 31-year-old point guard who has never been great in the playoffs, alongside another all-star whose playoff resume is checkered at best, tells you something about where they are. One of the most compelling reasons for Ujiri to go dance with the devil was that he had his own unappetizing range of choices here at home.

But if Lowry lands elsewhere, the possibility of the Raptors rebuilding will be in play, which could go as far as trading DeRozan. It always was. Either way, heading into the crossroads, it was Masai Ujiri at the helm. That part of the Raptors, at least, was settled ground.


          Some notes on white monopoly capital: Definition, use and denial   

“The theoretical conclusions of the Communists are in no way based on ideas or principles that have been invented, or discovered, by this or that would-be universal reformer. They merely express, in general terms, actual relations springing from an existing class struggle, from a historical movement going on under our very eyes” - Manifesto of the Communist Party, 1848.

“Today, the main task of the working class is to abolish the white monopoly of power, to carry out the national democratic revolution for the liberation of African and other oppressed people”- Augmented Meeting of the Central Committee of the South African Communist Party, 1970.

“We have in the past defined the forces which the NDR sought to defeat as the white ruling class, represented by monopoly capitalism and including other class and social strata within the white community, all whom had an objective interest in the continuation of white minority rule”, ANC Discussion Document, Umrabulo 8, 2000.

1. Context

A narrative is now gaining momentum that the concept “white monopoly capital” is an invention of some public relations firm called Bell Pottinger, which was founded in 1987, and that it does not exist in the literature of the national liberation movement.

Some have continued to maintain that “white monopoly capital” does not exist, while others acknowledge that it exists but, fearing for their positions in white monopoly establishments, their deals and careers, they say it is harmful to investment to keep on referring to “white monopoly capital”.

But, is it really true that the concept, “white monopoly capital”, does not exist in the annals of the South African revolution?

In his recent Open Letter, Justice Pitso says something very profound, “…where the fundamental principles of our scientific revolutionary theory of Marxism-Leninism are concerned, the question of who is right or wrong cannot be judged necessarily on the basis of the view of the majority”.

In these notes, we show that the claim that the concept “white monopoly capital” cannot be found in the literature of the national liberation movement is not true. As we have said before in our input titled: “Concerning the Current Situation”, which appeared on 7 April 2017, this narrative which seeks to deny the existence of white monopoly capital, or white monopolisation of South Africa, is aimed at ideologically confusing black people in general, Africans in particular.

This is done so as to hide the real class force that wields power in South African society, the class force which is responsible for much of the poverty, starvation and suppression of talent that is experienced by black people.

Others have decided to give up on the real situation and lurch on to idealism. We are now informed that we should suppress the facts and ignore the national character of monopoly capital in South Africa. All of a sudden, monopoly capital has turned colourless as pure water. This is revisionism.

Writing in the New Age, Nelson Mandela had this to say: “The system of white supremacy has its roots in the cheap labour need of the major economic groups in the country. South Africa’s economy is dominated by giant monopolies in the gold mining industry linked with big financial and farming interests whose tentacles reach also into secondary industry. These groups have been responsible for the reserve system, migratory labour, the low wage policy. These groups own and control the national wealth of our country and determine the basic structure of the South African state ...”

Mandela continued to say: “If tomorrow every discriminatory law on the statute book were repealed, but the mineral wealth, monopoly industry and financial empires were not transferred to the ownership of the people as a whole, the system of white superiority would in its basic essentials be perpetuated for many generations.”

We are exactly where Nelson Mandela warned us we would be, if we did not transfer the basic wealth to the ownership of the people as a whole. As Mzwakhe said, “the people’s patience is not endless”!

Needless to say, the concept “white monopoly capital” is an invention of the South African Communist Party. It emerged in revolutionary literature for the first time in the SACP 1962 programme, The Road to South African Freedom. That was way before the founding of Bell Pottinger.

2. The motive forces: some critical thoughts on the National Democratic Revolution

Some time ago, in 2002, I wrote a paper titled “The motive forces: Some critical thoughts on the NDR”, which was published in Umrabulo Number 14, inspired by the SACP 1962. In that paper, I attempted to scientifically outline the alignment of class forces in the NDR. I sought to define what the class forces of the national democratic revolution are and the forces of the enemy.

At that time in 2002, as it is now, there was confusion on the issue that was peddled by the neoliberals in the ANC. The neoliberals, worked hard to empty the ANC of its revolutionary theory. There was a dominant tendency, as it is to this day, that made the ANC to rapidly depart from a consistent class analysis in the formulation of the Strategy and Tactics document.

When the question “who is the enemy of the NDR?” kept on being asked by ANC activists, we were constantly told that “the enemy of the NDR is poverty, unemployment and inequality”. When we responded by saying that the ANC has defined the enemy to be “white monopoly capital”, we were told, “that was in the past”, now we have to “fight poverty, unemployment and inequality”.

This was obviously unsatisfactory. As young people in the ANC-led movement, we started searching for answers; we felt as though our elders were hiding a “family secret”, because the answer they gave did not make sense.

Another reason that set me off to write that paper was what I perceived to be an error that some of the comrades were committing. They postured in a way that meant the black bourgeoisie as a whole was not part of the motive forces. They ridiculed and rejected the concept of a “patriotic bourgeoisie”. I still think it is wrong to reject this concept.

The issues that were at stake then are still at stake today. In a way, one could argue that, substantially at the theoretical level, the ANC has come full circle to the old debate which we hoped would animate theoretical discussion and change the contents of subsequent Strategy and Tactics documents. Alas, the paper failed to catch the attention of comrades.

In that paper, I stated that: “South Africa's social formation was characterised in the historical papers of the movement as a colonialism of a special type (CST). Because the concept of colonialism does not specify the nature of class relations it was important to move beyond the form of the social formation to its content. Colonialism of a special type was found to be perpetrated by a capitalist class. This class came to be known as "white monopoly capital".

I continued to assert that, “The movement characterised the principal contradiction in SA as between apartheid colonialism led by white monopoly capital on one side, and national liberation led by the black working class on the other side”.

In fact the whole paper is replete with the concept “white monopoly capital”. That was in 2002. My confession is that I had no idea that I was pushing a Bell Pottinger concept which was invented more than ten years later, after 2012!

  1. White monopoly capital: Definition

One of the most disturbing tendencies to emerge from the debate about white monopoly capital is that some contenders claim that white monopoly capital has not been defined. These contenders express their ignorance.

Here we begin with how the national liberation movement defined the main opponent of the South African revolution and the idea of “white monopolisation” of South Africa.

3.1 The South African Communist Party

3.1.1 Extracts from “The Road to South African Freedom, 1962”

“The three million Whites hold a monopoly of political rights and economic opportunities. They alone can vote for and be elected to Parliament and other governing bodies. They are fortified behind a wall of privilege in the civil service, in jobs and professions, in educational opportunities and a hundred other fields. 87 per cent of the land is reserved for White ownership, and White capitalists own and control the mines, factories and banks and most of commerce. Their government inculcates a lying and insulting doctrine of race superiority”.

“Effective economic domination in South Africa is thus exercised by an alliance of local White monopoly interests in mining, industry and agriculture, together with foreign imperialists and representatives of state monopoly capitalism. These interests have conflicts among themselves, which are reflected in the main White political parties and groupings. But they find common ground in the perpetuation of the colonial-type subjugation of the non-White population”.

“In fact, however, real power is in the hands of the monopolists who own and control the mines, the banks and finance houses, and most of the farms and major industries. The gold and diamond mines are owned by seven mining-financial corporations and controlled by a handful of powerful financiers. These seven corporations are closely linked with British and American imperialist interests. They control capital investment in mining alone of R490 million, and employ almost 500,000 workers. In addition, they dominate large sections of manufacturing industries. They are linked with the main banks, two of which control assets of over R2,000 million, mainly in the form of loans to industry, commerce and estate.

They own vast tracts of arable land and mining rights in almost every part of the country. In agriculture, too, monopoly dominates. 4 per cent of the farms make up an area amounting to almost four-tenths of the total White-owned farmland. Thus, in mining, industry, commerce and farming, monopolists dominate the country’s economy. They are also closely linked with state monopoly capital ventures, such as Iscor (Iron and Steel), Escom (Electricity) and Sasol (Petrol).

These monopolists are the real power in South Africa. The special type of colonialism in South Africa serves, in the first place, their interests”.

“All positions of economic strength and influence are held as the jealously guarded monopoly of members of the White group alone”.

Whites have a monopoly of the best paid jobs, and of entry into skilled trades”.

“The once powerful Labour Party is dead. The White trade unions — with a few honourable exceptions — collaborated in the implementation of apartheid in industry and job reservation. In fact, most of these unions have become little more than societies to preserve a White monopoly of skilled jobs. For the most part, the White workers of this country support their capitalist rulers and exploiters in the maintenance of White supremacy and colonialism”.

3.1.2 Extracts from the African National Congress

Extracts from the Green Book, 1979

“The  principal  enemy of our revolution  is   the South   African ruling   class, which  is  distinguished  by  a  combination  of  several  key             characteristics. Like     its counterparts in other    capitalist countries, its power  is  rooted, in the first instance,  in         its        ownership       and      control of         the basic    means  of  production.  But  in South Africa, the  system  of  economic  exploitation  is  reinforced  and  deepened  by the national oppression of the black majority.  Thus, capitalist exploitation and racial oppression operate together and reinforce one another”.

To  maintain this system and safeguard         its        control, the       ruling   class    operates through         a            state    apparatus        whose  political           institutions      and instruments   of repression  -  the army,   police force,   civil            service,  judiciary etc.      -  protect            the existing      relations of         production                  and,     at  the  same            time, the race      rule      which excludes all who     are       not       within  the white   minority group   from    political    rights and        civil     liberties           in         the       land     of  their  birth.  Real  liberation  is  inconceivable without  the overthrow  of  the  economic  and  political   power  of this      class    and      the total destruction of its state apparatus.                                       

Extracts from “The Nature of the South African Ruling Class, 1985”

“But the war had also defined the future relationship of Britain and South Africa: economically, South Africa would be a satellite of British imperialism, an outlet for the export of capital and a source of raw materials; politically, the local ruling class would be allowed autonomy and could even be granted sovereignty. By the terms of Vereeniging, Milnerian policy and finally the terms of Union, this ruling class was to be exclusively white. Thus the `small group which owns South Africa`s wealth` is drawn from one racial community, the whites”.

“The ruling class does not rule on its own, since it is a minority within the white minority. In order to secure its position, it has had to come to terms with other class forces; make deals and reach compromises with class forces and fractions whose interests temporarily intersect with its own. From such alliances has emerged what we can refer to as a bloc led by the ruling class, which wields power. The matrix that holds this bloc together is the ideology of white supremacy which projects the particular interest of the ruling capitalist class as the general interest of all whites”.

“This type of democratic state we envisage is spelt out in the ten clauses of the Freedom Charter. Though we place equal weight on the separate clauses, the first five, setting out the most pressing political, economic and social reforms a democratic state will have to embark on, can be said to be its core. The enactment of these measures will place political power in the hands of the black masses and transform South Africa from a country belonging to and exploited by a small class of white capitalists and their imperialist [backers], into a country belonging to all who live in it, black and white”.

Extracts from “Apartheid South Africa: Colonialism of a Special Type, 1987”.

“This is why the ANC has always considered the two economic clauses of the Freedom Charter: "The People Shall Share in the Country`s Wealth" and "The Land Shall Be Shared Among Those Who Work It" to be the very core of its programme. These clauses envisage the seizure of economic assets, presently owned and controlled either by individual capitalists or capitalist companies drawn exclusively from the white minority or trans-national corporations”.

“This hierarchy of oppression was devised as a tool of divide-and-rule, as an expression of the warped minds of the white racist ruling clique and as a tactic to buttress the forces which would have a stake in the system of apartheid to defend”.

Extracts from “Strategy and Tactics, 1997”

“Over time, the policies of government and the tactical sensibilities of some white monopolists, have precipitated a situation in which some of the black propertied classes are expanding their positions within important sectors of the economy”.

“However, the improvement in Black and female ownership and control of wealth and access to management and many professions is still limited, with overall proportions which are inversely related to the country`s demographics. This is more starkly reflected in terms of land ownership. As such, while progressive forces have attained political power, economic power remains largely in the hands of the white minority.”

4. White monopoly capital: Use

In this part of the notes, we show the use of the concept as such. The point to demonstrate is that those who say the concept “white monopoly capital” does not exist in the documents of the national liberation movement are wrong.

4.1.1 Extracts from the South African Communist Party

“At the same time, in order to guarantee the abolition of racial oppression and White minority domination, the Freedom Charter necessarily and realistically calls for profound economic changes: drastic agrarian reform to restore the land to the people; widespread nationalisation of key industries to break the grip of White monopoly capital on the main centres of the country’s economy; radical improvements in the conditions and standards of living for the working people”- The Road to South African Freedom, 1962. [This is the first time the phrase “white monopoly capital”, appears in the literature of the national liberation movement].

“The form of domination developed by the Union of South Africa also perpetuated the racialised economic structures of the pre-Union period. There was a white monopoly of capitalist means of mining, industrial and agricultural production and of distribution. There was also a virtual white monopoly of skilled and supervisory jobs in the division of labour”- Path to Power, 1989.

“The struggle for national democracy is also an expression of the class contradiction between the black and democratic forces on the one hand, and the monopoly capitalists on the other. The stranglehold of a small number of white monopoly capitalists over the great bulk of our country`s wealth and resources is based on colonial dispossession and promotes racial oppression. This concentration of wealth and power perpetuates the super-exploitation of millions of black workers. It perpetuates the desperate plight of millions of the landless rural poor. And it blocks the advance of black business and other sectors of the oppressed. This reality, therefore, forms the basis of the antimonopoly content of the national democratic programme”-Path to Power, 1989.

“This is not to argue that the economic dominance enjoyed by white-dominated monopoly capital with its strong international links should be ignored. The SACP, in evaluating the first decade of our democracy, came to the conclusion that in economic terms white-dominated monopoly capital was the single biggest beneficiary, at the direct expense of the working class, which experienced casualisation, a job loss bloodbath and outsourcing. Therefore the first decade of our democracy, in economic terms, became the decade of the white-dominated bourgeoisie, joined by a small black elite”-The South African Road to Socialism.

“White monopoly capital in South Africa has, in fact, been the principal beneficiary of the post-1994 period. There is stabilisation and restored profitability, and many of our major corporations have used the period to trans-nationalise, some locating their head-quarters outside of South Africa, others re-locating major share-listings to foreign stock exchanges”. (Two steps forward…two steps back…SACP perspectives on the ANC’s draft Strategy and Tactics 2007, Bua Komanisi Volume 6 - Issue 1, May 2007).

“This central tenet is quite distinct from the core perspective of what we might call the “1988 class project” – we are referring to the strategic agenda of white monopoly capital that evolved primarily in the late 1980s”. (Seeing Double, SACP contribution to the debate on the ANC’s “Economic Transformation for a National Democratic Society” discussion paper).

“By the second half of the 1980s, the apartheid-colonial state and its deepening crisis had, however, indeed become an impediment to sustained growth for white monopoly capital”.

“The continued presence of this 1988 white monopoly class project within our own thinking is visible in parts of the current ANC policy discussion document”.

“Leaving aside the passing reference to a “democratic and redistributive state” which has its own problems and to which we will return below, it is obvious that, in the key concepts it evokes, this paragraph is located within the “liberate the market from apartheid constraints” paradigm of the 1988 white monopoly class project”.

“Clearly in the very last years of apartheid, white monopoly capital experienced regional and global mobility challenges – and, while removing mobility constraints on capital may or may not be one of our tasks, it can hardly be the central strategic task of the NDR to help white monopoly capital to recover its regional and global mobility”.

“But to rise to the challenge of that vision we will have to finally banish the ghost of the 1988 (white monopoly capital) class project from our imaginations, from our practice and…from our discussion papers!”

 “This impact has been deepened by the assiduous cultivation by white monopoly capital of a tiny stratum of ANC-linked black shareholders and board-members in the name of “black economic empowerment”.

“The two allies resolved to stand shoulder-to-shoulder, together with the ANC, in the struggle to deepen our national democratic revolution, to end the national oppression of the majority, the super-exploitation of workers by white monopoly capitalism and the triple oppression faced by women, in order to create a new non-racial, non-sexist, democratic and prosperous South Africa” (SACP-COSATU Bilateral, 3 April 2012).

We can thus see that the concept “white monopoly capital” is integral to the revolutionary theory of the national liberation movement. It originated from the classic SACP 1962 programme, and has since been used in various versions to explain the nature of South African society.

5. Leaders who used the concept

Several leaders of the national liberation movement emphasised white monopolisation and the dominance of white monopoly capital in the South African economy. In this part of the notes, we highlight a few instances where white monopoly and white monopoly capital were used explicitly. Here we just highlight a few instances to demonstrate the point.

Nelson Mandela 1990

“Our discussion on Strategy and Tactics began by recognising that the ANC and the De Klerk government approach the issue of negotiations with opposed agendas. The government`s aim is to reform the apartheid system out of existence while carrying over into the future the accumulated privileges and advantages the white monopoly on power” ( Speech by Nelson Mandela at an ANC rally after the close of the National Consultative Conference, 16 December 1990).

Joe Slovo 1988

“The immediate primacy of the struggle against race tyranny flows from the concrete realities of our existing situation. The concept of national domination is not a mystification to divert us from class approaches; it infects every level of class exploitation. Indeed, it divides our working class into colour compartments. Therefore, unusual categories such as 'white working class' and 'black working class' are not 'unscientific' but simply describe the facts.

We will come back to the need for immediate steps to be taken in the post-apartheid period to break the economic stranglehold of the monopolies and to transform a major portion of wealth from private into social property. Suffice it to say that such measures will, of necessity, result in an immediate sizeable contraction of the private sector. Ninety nine per cent of this sector is presently owned and controlled by white capitalists; a race monopoly which constitutes the key instrument of national domination.

In the world as a whole, capitalist exploitation does not necessarily involve race domination. But the historically-evolved connection between capitalist exploitation and race domination in South Africa creates a link between national liberation and social emancipation. In our conditions you don't have to be a doctrinaire Marxist to conclude that a liberation which deals only with a rearrangement of the voting system and leaves undisturbed the race monopoly of 99% of our wealth, is no liberation at all” (Joe Slovo, The South African Working Class and the National Democratic Revolution, 1988).

Blade Nzimande

“The call for only organised workers to make sacrifices, without calling for the same from white monopoly capital, is essentially a reactionary call for the maintenance of the super-exploitation of the black working class.” (Blade Nzimande, Address to COSATU Congress, September 18, 1997)

“The single biggest obstacle to the development of the SME and co-operative sector is the lack of finance. In the South African context we have a financial sector that is structured and geared towards supporting white monopoly capital”, (Blade Nzimande, Address to NAFCOC AGM, 4 October 2007 - Durban International Convention Centre).

“The above might appear to be just skirmishes, but in essence they are a reflection of the dominant and suffocating power of the monopolistic white finance capital in the South African economy, and the extent to which our own government is unwilling to confront this power”, (Blade Nzimande, The financial sector charter is on the brink of collapse, Umsebenzi Volume 6, No. 21, 21 November 2007).

“One thread that runs through all the groupings that have broken away or engaged in factionalist activity in our liberation movement is their anti-communism and anti-worker attitude, often expressing itself in exactly the same way as that of the apartheid regime and white monopoly capital”, (Blade Nzimande, The good boys and girls, the boss-class instruments’: The 2008 dissidents in their historical context, Umsebenzi Online 5 November 2008).

Jeremy Cronin

“In 1979 SASOL was privatised by the apartheid regime, with shares being sold at a discount to (white) monopoly capital, particularly in the mining sector” (Jeremy Cronin, Address to the SACTWU 12th Congress, 22 August 2013).

Sdumo Dlamini

“As COSATU, we are now moving forward to build unity of the federation on the ground through activities which takes us closer to the members and position us to heighten our battle against employers and white monopoly capital which is our primary enemy”, (Sdumo Dlamini, COSATU President, Address to the COSATU Gauteng Provincial Congress, 4 August 2015).

Mbhazima Shilowa

“As I  have  indicated  in  the past,  we  need to send     a clear message  that   the time for  white  monopoly  capital  to  pay  lip service to economic transformation and empowerment,  especially      for  women,  is  past     and      will  not  be rewarded  in Gauteng” (Mbhazima Shilowa, Address by Premier Mbhazima Shilowa at the Gauteng BBBEE Strategy launch, 18 April 2006).

Zwelinzima Vavi

“Economic power is still in the hands of white monopoly capital. The aspirant and vocal black bourgeoisie remains numerically small and depends heavily on the state and white business for its survival”, Zwelinzima Vavi, COSATU General Secretary at the SACP Special Congress, 08 April 2005).

Fikile “Slovo” Majola

“Using the superficial banner of our Constitution, the strategic opponent of the NDR – white monopoly capital which includes bourgeois monopoly media houses and its global imperialist connections – is increasingly setting itself on a political collision course with the ANC as part of this wider anti-majoritarian offensive” (Fikile “Slovo” Majola, Joe Slovo Memorial Lecture in North West, 27th January 2013).

Jacob Mamabolo

“But we also said at that Special National Congress that the momentum, pace and character of the NDR is deeply and severely constrained by the pain inflicted on the working class by the persistent and reproduced legacy of the Colonialism of a Special type. The working class in our country continues to suffer the pain inflicted by the many years of the crisis of white monopoly capital and its private accumulation of wealth. (Jacob Mamabolo, Acting Gauteng SACP Provincial Secretary, Message of Support to the 11th Gauteng Provincial Conference, 6-8 May 2010).

We can therefore see that this concept is standard in the language of the national liberation movement. Our own submission is that the concept of white monopoly capital simultaneously implies colonialism of a special type. The two concepts are theoretically inter-twined, one cannot exist without the other. To fail to mention the racial character of monopoly capital is to fail to acknowledge the colonial character of South Africa and the special nature of that colonialism.

6. White monopoly capital: Denials

It is to Hillary Joffe’s credit, in her article “Share ownership can be force for change”, published in the Business Day on 22 March 2017, to note that “We’re told UK’s public relations agency Bell Pottinger crafted the white monopoly capital narrative. Whoever did so seems sadly unfamiliar with Marxist texts from which the notion of monopoly capital comes”. We agree!

However Joffe then makes an unwarranted statement: “…in its original form monopoly capital could not, strictly speaking, have been white, black or any other colour. It was, rather, a particular stage of capitalism, and who owned the means of production didn’t have much to do with it”.

Now this is the problem of failing to express actual relations which arise from the historical movement going under our very eyes.

As Pitso correctly mentions in his Open Letter, it was Lenin who first elaborated in detail the idea of monopoly capitalism as a stage in the development of capitalism. However Lenin’s approach was concrete and historical, in that he understood the importance of identifying who owns the means of production in this stage because he was not just interested in interpreting the world, he wanted to change it.

That is why to us to specify who owns and controls monopoly capital, because our lived experiences, under our very eyes, dictate to us who is responsible for poverty, starvation and marginalisation, so that we can devise proper strategy and tactics to change this situation. Baran and Sweezy as well, did not elaborate the concept of “monopoly capital” in purely abstract terms, they in fact based their study on the concrete history of the United States, and they hinted that some of their conclusions may in fact apply in South Africa.

Baran and Sweezy’s concrete and historical articulation of the concept of monopoly capital leads them to dedicate a whole chapter (Chapter 9), on monopoly capital and race relations, which makes them also mention South Africa. In this chapter they show that “all the forces we have been discussing…are deeply rooted in monopoly capitalism and together are strong enough to account for the fact that Negroes have been unable to rise out of the lower depths of American society”.

Who owns and controls the means of production under monopoly capitalism mattered to Baran and Sweezy, because they would not have dedicated a chapter specifically dealing with the suppression and marginalisation of the Negroes, if the demographic composition of American monopoly capital was non-racial.

Furthermore, the fact that Baran and Sweezy criticise American monopoly capital on the “Negro question”, does not mean that they posit “Negro monopoly capital” as a solution to the “Negro problem”, as some of our intellectually dishonest detractors like to do. In other words, when we criticise white monopoly capital, we do not posit black monopoly capital as a solution. Instead, we posit democratic state monopoly of the strategic sectors under working class leadership as the solution.

But then, despite this repeated clarification, our detractors continue to deny the concept. For instance Jeremy Cronin, First Deputy General Secretary of the SACP, now claims:

“There is a world at play in the slippage between a consistent Marxist perspective and the illusions that arise from adding one small word "white" to "monopoly capital". And it is in this small slippage that you will find the ideological bed on which the Polokwane "marriage of convenience" was consecrated. When the "new tendency" and its demagogic vanguard rail against "white monopoly capital" what they are hearing is "white" and what they are thinking is "it`s our turn now". And while populist demagogues might scream about "imperialism" and "monopoly capital" – the threats to carry out nationalization and expropriation simply increase (as they are meant to) the length of the queues of wealthy supplicants outside their office doors, the numbers of sponsorships, the gifts of whisky and helicopter trips they are offered from the very monopoly capital they are threatening!” (Thinking about class - Part One: What were they doing in BUSA in the first place?, Bua Komanisi Volume 10 Number 15, 20 July 2011).

Thus to Cronin this concept derives its ideological basis from the “Polokwane marriage of convenience”, which was in 2007. But we all know that there was no “Polokwane marriage” in 1962!

In his response to Fikile Mbalula, Trevor Manuel writes:

“If you also took the trouble to read the Economics Resolutions of each ANC Conference since the 49th in 1994, you will not find the language of 'White Monopoly Capital' in any of them. This is because WMC is not part of the lexicon of terms used in ANC policy. It was conjured up as a red herring to obscure the misdeeds of the Guptas and those who benefit from their patronage network” (Fikile, do you remember the tears you shared over the Guptas? Daily Maverick, 09 June 2015).

This statement is very revealing. We can only underline the words “each ANC Conference since the 49th in 1994”. What about the ANC before 1994? What is it about the year 1994 which made the concept “white monopoly capital” to disappear?

Then Manuel makes the claim:

“I stand by what I said at the Nelson Mandela Foundation: the term "White Monopoly Capital" was conjured up by Bell Pottinger on behalf of the Guptas, and filtered into the political discourse to serve their agenda” (Fikile, do you remember the tears you shared over the Guptas? Daily Maverick, 09 June 2015).

In his rebuttal, Fikile Mbalula quoted the article I wrote, which he incorrectly attributes to the ANC. But the point he makes nevertheless remains valid, the concept was there long before the current talk about Bell Pottinger; it was not conjured up by Bell Pottinger.

Trevor Manuel has yet to sustain his argument.

As we have noted, a variation of the concept appears to have mistakenly slipped through into the 1997 ANC Strategy and Tactics, where the ANC spoke about “white monopolists”, or in 2000, where the ANC spoke about “the white ruling class, represented by monopoly capital and including other class and social strata within the white community”.

In his address to the SACP Imbizo held in 2017, the Secretary General of the ANC, Gwede Mantashe said:

“There is an attempt to vulgarise monopoly capital debate; today vocabulary talks about white monopoly capital. It is vulgarisation of the revolution. We then use that vulgarised terminology to deal with each other”.

We all know that the SACP 1962 programme was not a vulgar programme and neither was the SACP 1989 programme vulgar Marxism.

The General Secretary of the SACP, in his address to the COSATU Central Committee in 2017, claimed:

“There is a new phrase that we do not have by the way…white monopoly capital. It’s not anywhere in the documents of the movement. I am challenging you to go. This thing is Gupta-inspired by this public relations company Bell Pottinger by the way, that is now in the emails that are being spoken about…”

But on several occasions he used the concept.

The SACP created this concept in its programme of 1962.

* CHRISTOPHER MALIKANE is Associate Professor of Economics, Wits University.

* THE VIEWS OF THE ABOVE ARTICLE ARE THOSE OF THE AUTHOR AND DO NOT NECESSARILY REFLECT THE VIEWS OF THE PAMBAZUKA NEWS EDITORIAL TEAM

* BROUGHT TO YOU BY PAMBAZUKA NEWS

* Please do not take Pambazuka for granted! Become a Friend of Pambazuka and make a donation NOW to help keep Pambazuka FREE and INDEPENDENT!

* Please send comments to [email=editor@pambazuka.org]editor[at]pambazuka[dot]org[/email] or comment online at Pambazuka News.

Issue Number: 
Article Image Caption | Source: 
Fred Chartrand

          Nuova smartband con un mese di autonomia, il produttore è Huami   
Una nuova smartband firmata Huami potrebbe arrivare ben presto sul mercato. Non ne sappiamo ancor molto e parliamo sempre di rumor ma ciò che è emerso pare comunque un ottimo dispositivo. Per chi...
          Programador o Analista Programador - (APP's) Microsoft - CMV Consultores - Madrid   
Precisamos un Desarrollador o un Analista Programador orientado a movilidad (APP's), tecnología Microsoft. Requisitos: Experiencia mínimo de 2 años. Necesario autonomía para trabajar de forma independiente. Buscamos un programador orientado a movilidad de microsoft general. No buscamos un perfil especifico a una herramienta, sino general. Algunos ejemplos pueden ser: Desarrollador web apps .NET Movilidad para proyectos de transformación digital Modern apps Digital...
          Doctor of Optometry   

We are seeking a full-time Optometric Director to join our practice in Loveland, Colorado.  Kirk Eye Center is a premier MD/OD private practice focused on modern, full-service eye care.  Our facilities are state-of-the art.  We have a reputation for providing unsurpassed care and exceptional patient experiences, serving our patients and community with compassion and empathy.

Ideal candidates will have:

  • Competed an optometry residency, preferably with two to four years of related experience
  • Skills to manage and co-manage basic ocular pathology
  • Experience in basic and advanced contact lens fitting
  • Excellent patient and professional communication skills
  • Ability to quickly learn new procedures and processes
  • Strong computer skills and EHR experience
  • State of Colorado Optometric License
  • American Heart Association BLS/ACLS

The doctor we are seeking will provide exemplary patient care, demonstrating excellence in all skills within scope of licensure.  At Kirk Eye Center you will have the autonomy to develop your practice within the group while enjoying referrals and broad learning opportunities.  The position also includes management of technical staff, implementation of a training program for ophthalmic technicians, and community outreach.

In addition to a great working environment, benefits include: 

  • Competitive Salary and Bonus Plan
  • Medical, dental, vision and life insurance
  • Professional liability insurance
  • 401(k) retirement plan with employer match
  • Flexible Spending Accounts
  • Paid holidays
  • Vacation/Sick leave
  • Continuing Education Allowance

Loveland is in the foothills of Colorado’s Rocky Mountains, 45 minutes north of Denver.  It is Colorado’s 14th largest city (population 75,000) with a nationally known arts community, a robust economy and an outstanding school system.  It is within minutes of three major state universities, as well as Rocky Mountain National Park.


          Comentario en Hola Superlópez por Belmondo   
¿Qué no pasa con otras autonomías? Pasa hasta con otros países, mi arma.
          Se necesita secretaria/administrativa   
Empresa necesita secretaria y/o administrativa para sus oficinas ubicadas en polígono industrial de málaga, jornada de lunes a viernes de 8:00 a 15:00 horas. Se requiere estudios acordes al puesto, experiencia en tareas propias de oficinas, con autonomía, buen trato personal y telefónico. Se valorará el conocimiento de idiomas. Las personas interesadas pueden enviar c.v. Con fotografía reciente.
          Now 815 Steps In: +Bruno Has Gone Too Far   
The Most Rev. Michael Bruce Curry, Presiding Bishop of ECUSA, has now interposed his pastoral authority in the Title IV disciplinary proceedings against Bishop J. Jon Bruno, diocesan of Los Angeles, about which I wrote most recently here.

He has issued, effective immediately today, the following "Partial Restriction" on the ministry of Bishop Bruno:
Partial Restriction on the Ministry of a Bishop

In recent days, I have learned of actions that, in my view, may threaten the good order and welfare of the Church. I have learned that, earlier this year, the Rt. Rev. Jon Bruno, Bishop of the Diocese of Los Angeles, entered into a contract for sale of property (the “St. James property”) that is central to a disciplinary matter now pending under Title IV of the Canons of The Episcopal Church, in which Bishop Bruno is the Respondent. According to Bishop Bruno’s submissions in that disciplinary matter, the contract for sale of the St. James property sets the closing date as July 3, 2017.

Bishop Bruno’s actions and intentions regarding an earlier attempted sale of the St. James property are currently under review in the pending disciplinary matter. I am deeply concerned that his act of entering into a new contract for sale of the same property, while his approach to the earlier sale is still under review, has the potential to undermine the integrity of the Church’s disciplinary process. The secrecy with which the recent sales contract was undertaken adds to the potential for undermining the integrity of the Church’s disciplinary process.

Accordingly, in order to protect the integrity of the Church’s disciplinary process and, thereby, the good order and welfare of the Church, and pursuant to Canons IV.7(3), (4), and IV.17(2), I hereby place the following partial restriction on the exercise of his ministry until the pending Title IV matter has been finally resolved:
During the period of the restriction, the Bishop, acting individually, or as Bishop Diocesan, or as Corporate Sole, or in any other capacity, is forbidden from closing on the sale of the St. James property, or otherwise selling or conveying the property or contracting to sell the property, or, in any way assisting in the sale or conveyance of the property.
This restriction is effective immediately. Nothing in this restriction is intended to express any opinion about the merits of the pending Title IV proceeding.

This document shall be served upon Bishop Bruno today and shall inform him of his right to have any objections to this restriction heard pursuant to Canon IV.7.

(The Most Rev.) Michael Bruce Curry

XXVII Presiding Bishop of the Episcopal Church
It would appear that this restriction moots +Bruno's rather cheeky appeal of the Hearing Panel's sanctions order of June 17 (see the update to this earlier post), because now it does not matter whether his appeal is upheld or denied by the full Disciplinary Board: +Bruno cannot close escrow on the St. James the Great property in Newport Beach without subjecting himself to new disciplinary proceedings and sanctions instituted by the Presiding Bishop.

At the same time, knowing +Bruno's stubbornness and refusals to yield to authority (he was a former policeman), I would not be surprised if he goes ahead and closes escrow anyway (assuming the buyer does not back out in light of these developments). His corporation sole is in law the record owner of the property (thanks to the fecklessness of the diocesan Board and Standing Committee). Therefore in the eyes of California civil law, +Bruno is on paper, at least, capable of conveying good title to the property, whether his doing so violates an ecclesiastical order or not.

Caveat: While he may be able to sign a deed conveying title, the holding of the California Court of Appeals in the first Bishop Schofield case may give ECUSA the right to sue for the return of the property, since by now the proposed developer in Newport Beach is fully aware of the proceedings against +Bruno, and could not be treated as an innocent, bona fide purchaser without notice. That is why any sensible title attorney knowing that case would urge extreme caution on the buyer's part.

Bishop Bruno also has, reportedly, a further $25 million or so of property in escrow which is not affected by either the sanctions order or the Partial Restriction. (See the earlier post linked above for details.) There is no telling at this point just what he may stand to realize personally if one or more of these escrows closes, because he has refused to disclose (in violation of his duties as a fiduciary to his Diocese and its governing bodies) any particulars of any pending deal.

Which is why ECUSA's attorney leading the prosecution of disciplinary charges against +Bruno, Jerry Coughlan, has called for a "forensic audit" of +Bruno's corporation sole in his 16-page response to +Bruno's appeal of the sanctions order (link downloads a .pdf). The response makes for very colorful and interesting reading. It outlines the same primary case for protecting ECUSA's disciplinary jurisdiction over +Bruno that the Partial Restriction does, and in the process characterizes +Bruno as a "rogue bishop", the role of which he certainly has acted until now.

[UPDATE 06/29/2017: Church Attorney Coughlan has now filed an amendment to his earlier response in which he calls for the Panel to apply its extreme sanction, and depose +Bruno from his see outright. If the Panel were to do so, it should probably exercise its prerogative to make the deposition effective retroactively, as of the date it noticed the public hearing on the complaint against +Bruno, since it was after that date that +Bruno entered into his secretive contract for sale. Removing +Bruno from his office as of that date would cancel and render invalid any contract he entered into subsequently.]

So, as foreseen long ago on this blog, we may be coming to the ultimate showdown -- a contest of authority between an ostensibly autonomous diocesan bishop and the national body's presiding bishop, who in 2009 was given pastoral authority for the first time ever over other ECUSA bishops by the changes adopted in that year to Title IV at General Convention. (Those changes to the disciplinary rules were one of the reasons Bishop Mark Lawrence and his Diocese of South Carolina cited for their decision to withdraw from ECUSA.)

It is too early to say how this matter will play itself out, because there are now very strong forces gathering on both sides. I will update further as I believe appropriate.
          Commenti su Le sanzioni spingono Mosca verso Pechino di Ubimauri   
L'Italia non ha piu' da un pezzo l' autonomia per decidere di partecipare a progetti del genere...I greci sembrano piu' intrepidi e i cinesi vanno dove trovano la disponibilita'. Comunque lo Zio Sammy non se ne stara' con le mani a mano a guardare la realizzazione di tutti questi progetti (che a differenza della sua globalizzazione sono concreti e infrastrutturali). Fara' di tutto per ostacolarli attraverso il metodo collaudato della destabilizzazione islamica e delle rivoluzioni colorate. Nei balcani, ma anche nei paesi dell' Asia centrale. Si preannuncia un nuovo Big Game. Sara' interessante vedere chi la spuntera'.
          Arizona getting ahead of autonomous vehicle industry by stepping aside   

Location

United States
Date published: 
June 23, 2017

"“Arizona is in a nice spot because of the combination of weather, generally good roads and appropriate density,” said Bryant Walker Smith, an assistant law professor at the University of South Carolina who has taken up autonomous vehicles as a specialty.


          Imágenes del que sería el primer camión autónomo de Google Waymo   

Google Waymo - Camión AutónomoA principios de Junio Google confirmó que Waymo, su división de vehículos autónomos, estaba trabajando en un camión autónomo. Este camión que aparece en las imágenes, el cual parece ser un Peterbilt 579, además de tener el logo de Waymo en ambos lados, también incluye varios elementos utilizados en otros vehículos autónomos desarrollados por esta […]

La entrada Imágenes del que sería el primer camión autónomo de Google Waymo fue publicada primero en Geek's Room.


          assemblatore per la produzione in serie di articoli sportivi - Roma, Lazio   
PREFERIBILE PREDISPOSIZIONE AL LAVORO AUTONOMO IN UN CONTESTO DI SOCIETÀ COOPERATIVA. Descrizione Profilo Professionale:....
Da CPI Roma - Tue, 27 Jun 2017 10:56:12 GMT - Visualizza tutte le offerte di lavoro a Roma, Lazio
          tecnico del web marketing - Roma, Lazio   
PREDISPOSIZIONE AL LAVORO AUTONOMO IN UN CONTESTO DI SOCIETÀ COOPERATIVA. Descrizione Profilo Professionale:....
Da CPI Roma - Tue, 27 Jun 2017 10:56:02 GMT - Visualizza tutte le offerte di lavoro a Roma, Lazio
          TRAVELINK - Commerciaux Groupes confirmés H/F - CDI - (Saint Maur des Fossés - 94 et Province)   
Site Web de l'entreprise :www.travelink.fr/


http://www.tourmag.com/docs/emploi/Travelinklogo.JPG


Spécialisé dans la production et la vente de voyages de moyen et long-courriers (Amérique, Asie, Afrique, Moyen Orient et Europe / Bassin Méditerranéen) TraveLink, Producteur de voyages, recherche dans le cadre de son développement


Des Commerciaux Groupes H/F


(2 ans à 3 ans d’expérience minimum au sein d’un même employeur)

Postes en CDI basés en Région Parisienne et Province
à pourvoir dès que possible



- Vous êtes doté d'un esprit jeune et dynamique afin d'intégrer notre équipe commerciale. 
- Vous avez une bonne connaissance des produits moyens et longs courriers
- Vous êtes autonome et capable de gérer votre planning et son suivi
- Il vous appartient de prospecter une clientèle composée de Comités d’Entreprises, d’Associations, de Collectivités et Groupes de Seniors
- Vous aurez pour mission de développer votre chiffre d’affaire, d’accroître et de fidéliser votre portefeuille clients.

Rémunération :

- Fixe + commission + voiture à disposition pour les déplacements professionnels + téléphone
- Télétravail pour les provinciaux
- Opportunité d’évolution de carrière au sein de l’équipe commerciale.

Pour postuler :

Envoyer un CV + lettre de motivation par mail à : michel@travelink.fr

Ou par courrier à TraveLink , 81 avenue du bac 94210 La Varenne Saint Hilaire



          Personal Support Worker - Personal Choice Independent Living/Choix personnel vie autonome - Ottawa, ON   
Up to date certification in emergency First Aid and CPR. Valid Police Check. PSW or equivalent certificate. Are you looking for a work place that puts quality... $17.95 an hour
From Indeed - Wed, 03 May 2017 13:55:22 GMT - View all Ottawa, ON jobs
          Apple is suspiciously interested in Fisker’s electric car   

Apple is suspiciously interested in Fisker’s electric car

Earlier this month, Apple CEO Tim Cook took the unusual step of confirming Apple's interest in developing self-driving car technologies. During a recent interview with Bloomberg, Cook was asked about Apple's aspirations in the automotive space. Responding quickly, Cook said: "We’re focusing on autonomous systems. It’s a core technology that we view as very important. We sort of see it as the mother of all AI projects." Notably, there have also been reports that Apple's interest in designing and manufacturing their own branded car have subsided amid a number of technical hurdles.

Curiously, a Fisker Emotion -- an EV with 400 miles of range that will presumably take on Tesla -- was recently spotted at Apple headquarters in Cupertino today. And interestingly enough, the Emotion's appearance came about after Apple engineers indicated that they wanted to take a look at the car's underlying technology.

The Detroit Bureau reports:

The likelihood of a sightseeing tour is slight. And while Henrik Fisker declined to comment – with Apple not yet responding to a request for comment – some of those sources say the Emotion was there for some very practical, rather than emotional, reasons.

Members of the Apple development team apparently wanted a closer look at the Emotion, and a better understanding of its unusual driveline technology, so they asked the Fisker crew to bring one up from that company’s headquarters in Southern California.

Additionally, Henrik Fisker tweeted out the following yesterday evening. As anyone who has been to or even seen Apple's current headquarters, it's clear that Fisker was over at 1 Infinite Loop.

https://twitter.com/FiskerOfficial/status/879934037204193280

Range aside, the Fisker Emotion appears to be a technical marvel, with a fast-charging system that enables the vehicle to charge up in just nine minutes. As we noted a few weeks back, the Emotion's impressive battery system is based on supercapacitors using graphene as opposed to the more traditional lithium-ion batteries used in vehicles like the Tesla Model S.



          „Terapii tmou doporučuji podstoupit s vědomým záměrem, ale bez konkrétních očekávání, a raději si toho předem moc nezjišťovat“, říká psycholog Marek Malůš   
Zdroj: www.celostnimedicina.cz
Často na seminářích, i od svých přátel, dostávám otázky na terapii tmou, kterou jsem sám prošel. „Co doporučit? Jak se na pobyt ve tmě připravit?“ K rozhovoru jsem dnes přizval člověka, který terapii tmou též několikrát sám absolvoval. Je pamětníkem toho, když tato terapie někdy okolo roku 2006 v Česku vznikala a má zkušenosti jako opatrovník/terapeut. Mnoho let se terapii tmou věnuje výzkumně – doslova vědecký výzkum tohoto fenoménu nastartoval. Psycholog Mgr. Marek Malůš, Ph.D. z Katedry psychologie Filozofické fakulty Ostravské univerzity. Já sám jsem byl na třech týdenních pobytech ve tmě – krátký úvod a popis vyšel na Celostní medicíně v roce 2014 v článku Terapie tmou – jak může pomoci tělu a duši.   Ale nyní už Marek Malůš. Vyjádřil se k několika otázkám:   KDO SI PODLE VÝZKUMŮ ODNÁŠÍ Z TERAPIE TMOU NEJVÍC „Je pravděpodobnější, že pobyt předčasně ukončí nebo ho bude popisovat, že mu nic zajímavého nepřinesl, člověk, který se pro pobyt ve tmě rozhodl převážně na základně vnějších faktorů. Například dostal terapii tmou jako nevyžádaný dárek.“ Nejdůležitější je vnitřní motivace a vlastní rozhodnutí – že člověk ví a může si říct: „Toto je pro mě, potřebuji to, to mi dává smysl.“ Takový člověk má předpoklad z pobytu ve tmě těžit.   Dalším podstatným faktorem je mít co zpracovávat. Plně vyrovnaný, zdravý a harmonický jedinec bude zřejmě od pobytu očekávat a získá jiné benefity než jedinec zatěžkaný osobními, vztahovými či pracovními strastmi. Člověk s psychosomatickými potížemi zase spíše zaznamená úlevu na tělesné rovině. Závislý kuřák rozhodnutý s tímto zlozvykem skoncovat pak snáze toto rozhodnutí provede a v jeho dodržení déle vytrvá. Pro koho konkrétně bude pobyt ve tmě nejpřínosnější, není možné zodpovědět na několika řádcích. Záleží na osobnostních a motivačních faktorech, duševním rozpoložení, věku, aktuální životní situaci a případně vhodném terapeutickém vedení.“   JE TERAPIE TMOU NEBEZPEČNÁ? „Všechna potenciální nebezpečí ještě zdaleka nejsou zjištěna. Realizace solidních výzkumů medicínských, psychologických či psychiatrických vyžaduje pro nezasvěceného jedince stěží představitelné množství úsilí, vybavení a času, které není bez adekvátního financování možné. V současných podmínkách mohu bohužel výzkum „terapie tmou“ nazývat pouze jako pilotní, předběžný. A protože se takový výzkum pro akademickou obec zřejmě nestane prioritním, bez sponzorské podpory to tak bude i nadále. Podle dosavadních zjištění se při zodpovědném přístupu jedná o metodu poměrně bezpečnou s převážně pozitivním potenciálem na úrovni biologické, psychologické, sociální i spirituální.   Má obecná hypotéza je, že více z pobytů ve tmě těží jedinci vzdálení od optimálního fungování, avšak stále v rámci spíše zdraví než nemoci (v klinickém slova smyslu). A čím více od optimálního fungování jsou vychýleni, tím více doporučuji kvalitní terapeutické vedení. Z tohoto hlediska jediným psychologem/opatrovníkem je doktor Andrew Urbiš na Čeladné, a občasně také já (ačkoliv příležitostně působím jako opatrovník/terapeut „na objednávku“, vlastní zařízení neprovozuji – někdy zaskakuji za dr. Urbiše, někdy v Kozlovicích u Romana Bartáka. To jsou zároveň dva beskydští poskytovatelé terapie tmou, u kterých s jejich laskavou ochotou realizujeme většinu výzkumů).   Bez profesionálního dozoru bych „do tmy“ vůbec nepustil psychiatrické pacienty (zejména s klinickými depresemi či psychotickými onemocněními – schizofrenie, poruchy s bludy a jiné). U mírnějších forem úzkostí a neurotických poruch bych se při vhodném vedení tolik nebál. Jako potenciální vážné a nesnadno předvídatelné nebezpečí považuji zapomenutá a nezpracovaná psychická traumata (nemusí být nutně pouze z dětství). Ta opatrovník bez psychologického, terapeutického vzdělání nemusí předem vůbec odhadnout a - co je ještě rizikovější - nemusí s nimi v průběhu pobytu umět adekvátně pracovat, případně poskytnout vhodnou následnou péči. To zvyšuje riziko tzv. retraumatizace, což může stav jedince zhoršit a úspěšné zvládnutí traumatu ještě zkomplikovat."   JAK SE NA POBYT VE TMĚ PŘIPRAVIT „Doporučuji si předem toho moc nezjišťovat – zejména ne konkrétní zkušenosti jiných lidí, protože to svazuje očekáváními. Naše zkušenost bude jiná a to může vést ke zbytečné frustraci, zklamaní a uzavření se průběhu a přínosům našeho pobytu.   Když už bych doporučoval něco zjišťovat předem, pak zejména jak vnímám svého budoucího opatrovníka (jestli mi je sympatický a vzbuzuje moji důvěru), případně praktické informace typu nezapomenout si vzít sluneční brýle pro výstup nebo jestli mi bude vyhovovat jeho strava. Měl jsem zkušenost s opatrovníkem, který měl specifické vidění světa, ale nic mi aktivně nepodsouval a byl jsem s ním velmi spokojený. Jeden známý byl u podobného opatrovníka, u kterého měl ovšem pocit, že je mu podsouváno něco, s čím úplně nesouhlasil a působilo to na jeho pobyt rušivě. Osobně bych si zjistil, jaké jsou s konkrétním poskytovatelem zkušenosti.“   KOHO PSYCHOLOG MAREK MALŮŠ JAKO OPATROVNÍKA DOPORUČUJE „Nechtěl bych znevýhodnit poskytovatele, které např. dostatečně neznám, proto nebudu jmenovat konkrétně. Pokud však někdo očekává více psychologické, terapeutické či zdravotní efekty pobytu, větší jistotu vidím u opatrovníků s adekvátním vzděláním a praxí, případně celkovým zázemím pro tuto službu (včetně např. dosažitelnosti opatrovníka v průběhu pobytu).   Ačkoliv jsem před několika lety navštívil většinu tehdejších poskytovatelů pobytů ve tmě v České republice, nemohu říci, že bych o nich měl dostatek informací. A opět je podstatným momentem, kdo co od pobytu očekává. Myslím, že paleta poskytovatelů v ČR je poměrně pestrá a v dnešní době není takový problém najít reference o konkrétních poskytovatelích. Doporučoval bych si o poskytovateli projít jak reference, tak jeho web, a nechat na sebe tyto informace zapůsobit. Pomoci může také telefonický kontakt s potenciálním budoucím opatrovníkem. Sám nemohu univerzálně někoho doporučovat.“   CO UKÁZAL VÝZKUM TERAPIE TMOU V ČESKÉ REPUBLICE „Naměřili jsme např. nárůst v životní smysluplnosti, sebehodnocení nebo všímavosti. Také jsme po týdenních pobytech zaznamenali zmírnění psychopatologických či psychiatrických symptomů. Nutno zdůraznit, že tyto žádoucí posuny (směrem k optimálnějšímu fungování a zdraví) byly zaznamenány u nepsychiatrické populace (tj. u víceméně zdravých jedinců). Dřívější zahraniční výzkumy (my se na takový výzkum připravujeme v příštích letech) prokázaly velmi pozitivní vliv na odvykání závislostnímu chování, zejména u kouření. Tyto efekty se navíc ukazovaly jako trvalejší oproti konvenčním postupům.   V současnosti na Ostravské univerzitě ve spolupráci Katedry psychologie Filozofické fakulty a Ústavu fyziologie a patofyziologie Lékařské fakulty (s dr. Pavolem Švorcem a týmem studentů všeobecného lékařství) monitorujeme hladinu hormonů melatoninu („hormon spánku/noci“ mimo jiné s prokázanými protirakovinnými účinky) a kortizolu (stresového hormonu). První výsledky bychom měli znát už na podzim. Pracujeme také na studii monitorující změny v autonomním nervovém systému (skrze variabilitu srdeční frekvence) a ověřujeme také v naší předchozí studii již naměřené zlepšování ve zrakové perimetrii (zrakovém poli).“
          ¿Qué medidas faltan en la Ley de Reforma Urgente del Trabajo Autónomo?    

Autonomos Sin Derechos

En el Consejo de Ministros de ayer la Ministra de Empleo presentó un informe, (en realidad un bonito PowerPoint) sobre emprendedores y autónomos que contempla algunas de las propuestas de la ley de Medidas Urgentes del Trabajo Autónomo. ¿Pero qué medidas se han quedado en el tintero?

Algunas cosas se han caído a última hora, otras se han diluido y otras no estaban inicialmente contempladas. Cómo novedades se puede mencionar el reconocimiento del accidente “in‐itinere” a los autónomos. De esta forma muchos de ellos ya no tendrán simplemente accidentes de tráfico cuando se desplazan en su trabajo, sino "accidentes in itinere".

También tendrán derecho a dietas de manutención cuando están fuera de sus instalaciones o de su lugar de residencia equiparándose a los trabajadores por cuenta ajena. La dieta será de 26,67 euros al día, que aumenta hasta los 48,08 euros cuando estén en el extranjero. Es requisito que el pago sea telemático y sólo en comercios de restauración y hoteles.

Lo que se queda sin aprobar o tendrá un efecto mínimo

Entre las cuestiones que finalmente no verán la luz está la deducción del 50% para los gastos ligados a los vehículos que tienen uso particular y profesional. Algo que sobre todo para muchos nuevos autónomos es necesario, ya que utilizan un vehículo que ya tenían adquirido con anterioridad en muchos casos.

Más enrevesado es como queda finalmente la desgravación de suministros de agua, gas, electricidad, telefonía e Internet para los autónomos que trabajan en casa. Se podrán deducir el porcentaje resultante de aplicar el 30% a la proporción existente entre los metros cuadrados de la vivienda destinados a la actividad respecto a su superficie total.

La deducción final para autónomos que trabajan en casa es sencillamente irrisoria

¿Qué significa esto? Pues si tenemos un piso de 100 metros cuadrados, con una habitación de 10 metros que utilizamos como despacho, nos podemos deducir un 30% de un 10%. Si tenemos gastos de suministros por un total de 200 euros, serían afectos a la actividad sólo 20 euros, de los cuales se podrían deducir 6 al mes. Una cantidad sencillamente ridícula.

Reivindicaciones históricas que quedan pendientes

A pesar de tener el apellido de Urgente, se ha demorado bastante. A pesar de ello algunas demandas históricas del colectivo, como ligar la cotización a la facturación efectiva no está contemplada. En todo caso, debería facilitarse que fuera de forma voluntaria, ya que algunos autónomos no están totalmente de acuerdo con esta medida.

Tampoco se contemplan mejoras en el paro de los autónomos, que sólo cobran uno de cada dos de aquellos que lo solicitan, lo que hace que sea un incentivo realmente muy poco atractivo para cotizar por esta contingencia. No resulta pagar por algo que luego no se sabe si se va a cobrar o no.

El IVA de caja es otro de las reformas pendientes, no afecta sólo a los autónomos, pero de este colectivo sólo se acoge a esta medida un 1%, lo que muestra cómo a pesar de ser una petición desde hace años, su puesta en práctica ha resultado un fracaso.

Tampoco se ha contemplado una cotización parcial del autónomo, de manera que siguen sin dar respuesta a aquellos que trabajan de forma esporádica por cuenta propia. Tampoco a aquellos que trabajando de como autónomos de forma habitual, sólo lo hacen un par de horas al día.

Por último está no tener que pagar cuota de autónomos cuando se está de baja. Si ya se cobra poco, sobre todo en el caso de cotizar por el mínimo, descontando la cuota se queda prácticamente en una limosna. Lo peor de todo es que si han tardado tanto tiempo en esta ley, la reforma del RETA puede durar décadas.

En Pymes y Autónomos | La Ley de Reformas Urgentes del Trabajo Autónomo pasa al Senado para su aprobación definitiva


          Pidato Bung Karno Menemukan Jiwa Revolusi Kita   



Saja berdiri dihadapan saudara-saudara, dan berbitjara kepada saudara-saudara diseluruh tanah-air, bahkan djuga kepada saudara-saudara bangsa Indonesia jang berada diluar tanah-air, untuk bersama-sama dengan saudara-saudara memperingati, merajakan, mengagungkan, mengtjamkan Proklamasi kita jang keramat itu.

Dengan tegas saja katakan "mengtjamkan". Sebab, hari ulang-tahun ke-empatbelas daripada Proklamasi kita itu harus benar-benar membuka halaman baru dalam sedjarah Revolusi kita, halaman baru dalam sedjarah Perdjoangan Nasional kita.

1959 menduduki tempat jang istimewa dalam sedjarah Revolusi kita itu. Tempat jang unik! Ada tahun jang saya namakan "tahun ketentuan", - a year of decision. Ada tahun jang saja sebut "tahun tantangan", - a year of challenge. Istimewa tahun jang lalu saja namakan "tahun tantangan. Tetapi buat tahun 1959 saja akan beri sebutan lain. Tahun 1959 adalah tahun dalam mana kita, - sesudah pengalaman pahit hampir sepuluh tahun- , kembali kepada Undang-Undang-Dasar 1945, - Undang-Undang-Dasar Revolusi. Tahun 1959 adalah tahun dalam mana kita kembali kepada djiwa Revolusi. Tahun 1959 adalah tahun penemuan kembali Revolusi. Tahun 1959 adalah tahun "Rediscovery of our Revolution".

Oleh karena itulah maka tahun 1959 menduduki tempat jang istimewa dalam sedjarah Perdjoangan Nasional kita, satu tempat jang unik!

Seringkali telah saja djelaskan tentang tingkatan-tingkatan Revolusi kita ini.

1945 - 1950. Tingkatan physical Revolution. Dalam tingkatan ini kita merebut dan mempertahankan apa jang kita rebut itu, jaitu kekuasaan, dari tangannja fihak imperialis, kedalam tangan kita sendiri. Kita merebut dan mempertahankan kekuasaan itu dengan segenap tenaga rochaniah dan djasmaniah jang ada pada kita, - dengan apinja kitapunja djiwa dan dengan apinja kitapunya bedil dan meriam. Angkasa Indonesia pada waktu itu adalah laksana angkasa kobong, bumi Indonesia laksana bumi tersiram api. Oleh karena itu maka pada periode 1945 - 1950 adalah periode Revolusi phisik. Periode ini, periode merebut dan mempertahankan kekuasaan, adalah periode Revolusi politik.

1950 - 1955. Tingkatan ini saja namakan tingkatan "survival". Survival artinja tetap hidup, tidak mati. Lima tahun physical revolution tidak membuat kita rebah, lima tahun bertempur, menderita, berkorban-badaniah, lapar, kedjar-kedjaran dengan maut, tidak membuat kita binasa. Badan penuh dengan luka-luka, tetapi kita tetap berdiri. Dan antara 1950 - 1955 kita sembuhkanlah luka-luka itu, kita sulami mana jang bolong, kita tutup mana jang djebol. Dan dalam tahun 1955 kita dapat berkata, bahwa tertebuslah segala penderitaan jang kita alami dalam periode Revolusi phisik.

1956. Mulai dengan tahun ini kita ingin memasuki satu periode baru. Kita ingin memasuki periodenja Revolusi sosial-ekonomis, untuk mentjapai tudjuan terachir daripada Revolusi kita, jaitu satu masjarakat adil dan makmur, "tata-tentrem-kerta-rahard
ja".
Tidakkah demikian saudara-saudara? Kita berevolusi, kita berdjoang, kita berkorban, kita berdansa dengan maut, toh bukan hanja untuk menaikkan bendera Sang Merah Putih, bukan hanja untuk melepaskan Sang Garuda Indonesia terbang diangkasa? "Kita bergerak", demikian saja tuliskan dalam risalah "Mentjapai Indonesia Merdeka" hampir tigapuluh tahun jang lalu - : "Kita bergerak karena kesengsaraan kita, kita bergerak karena kita ingin hidup lebih lajak dan sempurna. Kita bergerak tidak karena "ideaal" sadja, kita bergerak karena ingin tjukup makanan, ingin tjukup pakaian, ingin tjukup tanah, ingin tjukup perumahan, ingin tjukup pendidikan, ingin tjukup minimum seni dan cultuur, - pendek kata kita bergerak kerena ingin perbaikan nasib didalam segala bagian-bagiannja dan tjabang-tjabangnja. Perbaikan nasib ini hanjalah bisa datang seratus procent, bilamana masjarakat sudah tidak ada kapitalisme dan imperialisme. Sebab stelsel inilah jang sebagai kemladean tumbuh diatas tubuh kita, hidup dan subur daripada tenaga kita, rezeki kita, zat-zatnja masjarakat kita. - Oleh karena itu, maka pergerakan kita itu haruslah suatu pergerakan jang ketjil-ketjilan. - Pergerakan kita itu haruslah suatu pergerakan jang ingin merobah samasekali sifatnya masjarakat"....

Pendek-kata, dari dulu-mula tudjuan kita ialah satu masjarakat jang adil dan makmur.

Masjarakat jang demikian itu tidak djatuh begitu-sadja dari langit, laksana embun diwaktu malam. Masjarakat jang demikian itu harus kita perdjoangkan, masjarakat jang demikian itu harus kita bangun. Sedjak tahun 1956 kita ingin memasuki alam pembangunan. Alam pembangunan Semesta. Dan saudara-saudara telah sering mendengar dari mulut saja, bahwa untuk pembangunan Semesta itu kita harus mengadakan perbekalan-perbekalan dan peralatan-peralatan lebih dahulu, - dalam bahasa asingnya: mengadakan "invesment-invesment" lebih dahulu. Sedjak tahun 1956 mulailah periode invesment. Dan sesudah periode invesment itu selesai, mulailah periode pembangunan besar-besaran. Dan sesudah pembangunan besar-besaran itu, mengalamilah kita Inja-Allah subhanahu wa ta ála alamnja masjarakat adil dan makmur, alamnja masjarakat "murah sandang murah pangan", "subur kang sarwa tinadur, murah kang sarwa tinuku".

Saudara-Saudara! Djika kita menengok kebelakang, maka tampaklah dengan djelas, bahwa dalam tingkatan Revolusi Phisik, segala perbuatan kita dan segala tekad kita mempunjai dasar dan tudjuan jang tegas-djelas buat kita semua: melenjapkan kekuasaan Belanda dari bumi Indonesia, mengenjahkan bendera tiga warna dari bumi Indonesia. Pada satu detik, djam sepuluh pagi, tanggal 17 Agustus, tahun 1945, Proklamasi diutjapkan, - tetapi lima tahun lamanja Djiwa Proklamasi itu tetap berkobar-kobar, tetap berapi-api, tetap murni mendjiwai segenap fikiran dan rasa kita, tetap murni menghikmati segenap tindak-tanduk kita, tetap murni mewahjui segenap keichlasan dan kerelaan kita untuk menderita dan berkorban. Undang-Undang-Dasar 1945, - Undang-Undang-Dasar Proklamasi - , benar-benar ternjata Undang-Undang-Dasar Perdjoangan, benar-benar ternjata satu pelopor daripada alat-Perdjoangan! Dengan Djiwa Proklamasi dan dengan Undang-Undang-Dasar Proklamasi itu, perdjoangan berdjalan pesat, malah perdjoangan berdjalan laksana lawine jang makin lama makin gemuruh dan tá tertahan, menjapu bersih segala penghalang!

Padahal lihat! alat-alat jang berupa perbendaan (materiil) pada waktu itu serba kurang, serba sederhana, serba dibawah minimum! Keuangan tambal-sulam, Angkatan Perang tjompang-tjamping, kekuasaan politik djatuh-bangun, daerah de facto Republik Indonesia kadang-kadang hanja seperti selebar pajung. Tetapi Djiwa Proklamasi dan Undang-Undang-Dasar Proklamasi mengikat dan membakar semangat seluruh bangsa Indonesia dari Sabang sampai Marauke! Itulah sebabnja kita pada waktu itu achirnja menang. Itulah sebabnja kita pada waktu itu achirnja berhasil pengakuan kedaulatan, - bukan souvereiniteits-overdracht tetapi souvereiniteits-erkenning - , pada tanggal 27 Desember 1949.

Demikianlah gilang-gemilangnja periode Revolusi phisik.

Dalam periode jang kemudian, jaitu dalam periode survival, sedjak tahun 1950, maka modal perdjoangan dalam arti perbendaan (materiil) agak lebih besar daripada sebelumnja. Keuangan kita lebih longgar, Angkatan Perang kita tidak tjompang-tjamping lagi; kekuasaan politik kita diakui oleh sebagian besar dunia Internasional; kekuasaan de facto kita melebar sampai daerah dimuka pintu gerbang Irian Barat. Tetapi dalam arti modal-mental, maka modal-perdjoangan kita itu mengalami satu kemunduran. Apa sebab?

Pertama oleh karena djiwa, sesudah berachirnja sesuatu perdjoangan phisik, selalu mengalami satu kekendoran; kedua oleh karena pengakuan kedaulatan itu kita beli dengan berbagai matjam kompromis.

Kompromis, tidak hanja dalam arti penebusan dengan kekajaan materiil, tetapi lebih djahat daripada itu: kompromis dalam arti mengorbankan Djiwa Revolusi, dengan segala akibat daripada itu:

Dengan Belanda, melalui K.M.B., kita mesti mentjairkan Djiwa-revolusi kita; di Indonesia sendiri, kita harus berkompromis dengan golongan-golongan jang non-revolusioner: golongan-golongan blandis, golongan-golongan reformis, golongan-golongan konservatif, golongan-golongan kontra-revolusioner, golongan-golongan bunglon dan tjetjunguk-tjetjunguk. Sampai-sampai kita, dalam mengorbankan djiwa revolusi ini, meninggalkan Undang-Undang-Dasar 1945 sebagai alat perdjoangan.

Saja tidak mentjela K.M.B., sebagai taktik perdjoangan. Saja sendiri dulu mengguratkan apa jang saja "tracée baru" untuk memperoleh pengakuan kedaulatan. Tetapi saja tidak menjetudjui orang jang tidak menjadari adanja bahaja-bahaja penghalang Revolusi jang timbul sebagai akibat daripada kompromis K.M.B. itu. Apalagi orang jang tidak menjadari bahwa K.M.B. adalah satu kompromis! Orang-orang jang demikian itu adalah orang-orang jang pernah saja namakan orang-orang possibilis, orang-orang jang pada hakekatnya tidak dinamis-revolusioner, bahkan maungkin kontra-revolusioner. Orang-orang jang demikian itu sedikitnja adalah orang-orang jang beku, orang-orang jang tidak mengerti maknanja "taktik", orang-orang jang mentjampur-bawurkan taktik dan tudjuan, orang-orang jang djiwanja "mandek".

Orang-orang jang demikian itulah, disamping sebab-sebab lain, meratjuni djiwa bangsa Indonesia sedjak tahun 1950 dengan ratjunnja reformisme. Merekalah jang mendjadi salah satu sebab kemunduran modal mental daripada Revolusi kita sedjak 1950, meskipun dilapangan peralatan materiil kita mengalami sedikit kemadjuan. Kalau tergantung daripada mereka, kita sekarang masih hidup dalam alam K.M.B.! Masih hidup dalam alam Uni Indonesia-Belanda! masih hidup dalam alam suprimasi modal belanda!

Mereka berkata, bahwa kita harus selalu tunduk kepada perdjandjian internasional, sampai lebur-kiamat kita tidak boleh menjimpang daripadanja! Mereka berkata, bahwa kita tidak boleh merobah negara federal ála van Mook, tidak boleh menghapuskan Uni, oleh karena kita telah menandatangani perdjandjian K.M.B. "Setia kepada aksara, setia kepada aksara!, demikianlah wijsheid jang mereka keramatkan. Njatalah mereka sama sekali tdak mengerti apa jang dinamakan Revolusi. Njatalah mereka tidak mengerti bahwa Revolusi djustru mengingkari aksara! Dan, njatalah mereka tidak mengerti , - oleh karena mereka memang tidak ahli revolusi -, bahwa modal pokok bagi tiap-tiap revolusi nasional menentang imperialisme-kolonialisme ialah Kosentrasi Kekuatan Nasional, dan bukan perpetjahan kekuatan nasional. Meskipun kita menjetudjui pemberian autonomi-daerah seluas-luasnja sesuai dengan motto kita Bhineka Tunggal Ika, maka federasi á la van Mook harus kita tidak setiai, harus kita kikis-habis selekas-lekasnja, oleh karena federalisme á la van Mook itu adalah pada hakekatnja alat pemetjah-belah kekuatan nasional. Djahatnja politik pemetjah-belahan ini ternjata sekali sedjak tahun 1950 itu, dan mentjapai klimaksnja dalam pemberontakan P.R.R.I.-Permesta dua tahun jang lalu, dan oleh karenanja harus kita gempur-hantjur habis-habisan, sampai hilang lenjap P.R.R.I.-Permesta itu sama sekali!

Ja, sekali lagi: Persetudjuan internasional tidak berarti satu barang jang langgeng dan abadi. Ia harus memberi kemungkinan untuk setiap waktu menghadapi revisi. Apalagi, djika persetudjuan itu mengandung unsur-unsur jang bertentangan dengan keadilan manusia, - dilapangan politikkah, dilapangan ekonomikah, dilapangan militerkah -, maka wadjib persetudjuan tersebut direvisi pada waktu perimbangan kekuatan berobah. Misalnja pendjadjahan terhadap bangsa lain, meski tadinja ia disetudjui dalam sesuatu perdjandjian internasional sekalipun, ta' dapat diterima sebagai suatu hukum jang mutlak dan abadi, jang harus dibenarkan terus menerus sampai keachir zaman.Tidak!, ia harus ditjela setadjam-tadjamnja, ditentang mati-matian, ditiadakan selekas mungkin. Tidak boleh kita membiarkan langgeng dan abadi sesuatu hukum jang berdasarkan penguasaan silemah oleh sikuat.

Saudara-saudara, saja masih dalam membitjarakan periode survival. Selama kita masih dalam periode survival ini, maka segala kompromis dan reformisme jang saja sebutkan tadi tidak begitu disedari akan akibatnja. Ja, mungkin terasa kadang-kadang, bahwa djalannja pertumbuhan agak serat, tetapi keseratan ini makin lama makin diartikan sebagai satu kekurangan atau tjatjat jang memang melekat pada bangsa Indonesia sendiri, satu kekurangan atau tjatjat jang memang "inhaerent" kepada bangsa Indonesia sendiri, - bukan sebagai akibat daripda sesuatu kompromis, atau akibat sesuatu reformisme, atau akibat sesuatu possibilisme, pendek kata bukan sebagai akibat pengorbanan djiwa Revolusi. Segala kematjetan dan keseratan di "verklaar" dengan kata "memang kita ini belum tjukup matang, memang kita ini masih sedikit Inlander", Sinisme lantas timbul! Kepertjajaan kepada kemampuan bangsa sendiri gojang. Djiwa Inlander jang memandang rendah kepada bangsa sendiri dan memandang agung kepada bangsa asing muntjul disana-sini terutama sekali dikalangan kaum intelektuil. Padahal semuanja sebenarnja adalah abibat daripada kompromis!

Masuk kita kedalam periode invesment. Didalam periode inilah, - periode voorbeidingnja revolusi sosial-ekonomi - , makin tampaklah akibat-akibat djelek daripada kompromis 1949 itu. Terasalah oleh seluruh masjarakat - ketjuali masjarakatnja orang-orang pemakan nangka tanpa terkena getahnja nangka, masjarakatnja orang-orang jang "arrivés" , masjarakatnja sipemimpin mobil sedan dan sipemimpin penggaruk lisensi -, terasalah oleh seluruh rakjat bahwa djiwa, dasar, dan tudjuan Revolusi jang kita mulai dalam tahun 1945 itu kini dihinggapi oleh penjakit -penjakit dan dualisme-dualisme jang berbahaja sekali.

Dimana djiwa Revolusi itu sekarang? Djiwa Revolusi sudah mendjadi hampir padam, sudah mendjadi dingin ta'ada apinja. Dimana Dasar Revolusi itu sekarang? Dasar Revolusi itu sekarang tidak karuan mana letaknja, oleh karena masing-masing partai menaruhkan dasarnja sendiri, sehingga dasar Pantja Sila pun sudah ada jang meninggalkannja. Diaman tdjuan revolusi itu sekarang? Tudjuan Revolusi, - jaitu masyarakat jang adil dan makmur -, kini oleh orang-orang jang bukan putra-revolusi diganti dengan politik liberal dan ekonomi liberal. Diganti dengan politik liberal, dimana suara rakjat banyak dieksploitir, ditjatut, dikorup oleh berbagai golongan. Diganti dengan ekonomi liberal, dimana berbagai golongan menggaruk kekajaan hantam-kromo, dengan mengorbankan kepentingan rakjat.

Segala penjakit dan dualisme itu tampak menondjol terang djelas dalam periode invesment itu! Terutama sekali penjakit dan dualisme empat rupa jang sudah saja sinjalir beberapa kali: dualisme antara pemerintah dan pimpinan Revolusi; dualisme dalam outlook kemasjarakatan: masjarakat adil dan makmurkah, atau masjarakat kapitaliskah? dualisme "Revolusi sudah selesaikah" atau "Revolusi belum selesaikah"? dualisme dalam demokrasi, - demokrasi untuk rakjatkah, atau Rakjat untuk demokrasikah?

Dan sebagai saja katakan, segala kegagalan-kegagalan, segala keseratan-keseratan, segala kematjetan-kematjetan dalam usaha-usaha kita jang kita alami dalam periode survival dan invesment itu, tidak semata-mata desebabkan oleh kekurangan-kekurangan atau ketololan-ketololan jang inhaerent melekat kepada bangsa Indonesia sendiri, tidak disebabkan oleh karena bangsa Indonesia memang bangsa jang tolol, atau bangsa jang bodoh, atau bangsa jang tidak mampu apa-apa, - tidak! - , segala kegagalan, keseratan, kematjetan itu pada pokoknja adalah disebabkan oleh karena kita, sengadja atau tidak sengadja, sedar atau tidak sedar, telah menjeléwéng dari Djiwa, dari Dasar, dan dari Tudjuan Revolusi!

Kita telah mendjalankan kompromis, dan kompromis itu telah menggerogoti kitapunja Djiwa sendiri!

Insjafilah hal ini, sebab, itulah langkah pertama untuk menjehatkan perdjoangan kita ini.

Dan kalau kita sudah insjaf, marilah kita, sebagai sudah saja andjurkan, memikirkan mentjari djalan-keluar, memikirkan mentjari way-out, - think and re-think, make and re-make, , shape and re-shape. Buanglah apa jang salah, bentuklah apa jang harus dibentuk! Beranilah membongkar segala alat-alat jang tá tepat, - alat-alat maretiil dan alat-alat mental -. beranilah membangun alat-alat jang baru untuk meneruskan perdjoangan diatas rel Revolusi. Beranilah mengadakan "retooling for the future". Pendek kata, beranilah meninggalkan alam perdjoangan setjara sekarang, dan beranilah kembali samasekali kepada Djiwa Revolusi 1945

          SCUOLA/ Il funerale dell'autonomia prepara il '68 dei genitori?   
Quest'anno scolastico ha certificato la fine di un'illusione: l'autonomia scolastica come migliore risposta reale non burocratica alla gestione della scuola. GIANNI ZEN

(Pubblicato il Fri, 30 Jun 2017 06:10:00 GMT)

SCUOLA/ Tutte le ragioni per fare la chiamata diretta dei presidi, di G. Zen
SCUOLA/ Fedeli, una sanatoria e via: così fan tutte, di G. Zen
          Diputación hace balance de dos años de mandato firmando un Plan de Empleo con 65 municipios de la provincia   

El Plan de Desarrollo Económico y Social está dotado de 1 millón de euros directamente destinado a dar autonomía a los municipios para paliar el desempleo

El presidente de la Diputación de Huelva, Ignacio Caraballo, ha hecho efectivo con los alcaldes de los 65 municipios menores de 10.000 habitantes de la provincia de Huelva, la firma del Plan de Desarrollo Económico y Social de la Provincia -conocido como Plan de Empleo- para 2017. El objetivo del Plan es la realización de contrataciones a personas desempleadas al tiempo que se mejoran las infraestructuras y servicios municipales considerados como fundamentales para los ayuntamientos, mientras que se contribuye a paliar los efectos de la situación de desempleo de los habitantes de los municipios participantes.


Se trata de la sexta edición de una convocatoria que es financiada exclusivamente con recursos propios de la institución provincial, y que Ignacio Caraballo ha puntualizado “sólo es posible como consecuencia de la buena gestión económica de esta Diputación” recordando que la Diputación de Huelva “lleva cinco años con un superávit en torno a los 20 millones de euros, y este año, en concreto, han sido 22 millones de euros con un remanente líquido de tesorería que ronda los 32 millones de euros”.


En este sentido, Caraballo ha reconocido que “el empleo es, hoy por hoy, el problema que más preocupa a los ciudadanos de ahí que desde esta diputación estemos comprometidos con ser ejemplo y punta de lanza en paliar el desempleo de nuestra provincia”. A este respecto, Ignacio Caraballo, ha pedido al Gobierno central que “nos ayude a promover el empleo, poniendo en marcha Planes, tal y como hacemos las administraciones provinciales y la Junta de Andalucía”.


Del mismo modo, el presidente de la Diputación Provincial ha aprovechado la presencia de los 65 municipios menores de 10.000 habitantes de la provincia, para rendir cuentas realizando un balance de gestión de la institución provincial de la que es el máximo responsable y coincidiendo con el ecuador de su mandato.


Caraballo ha señalado cuatro ejes principales de trabajo durante estos dos años “el empleo con una inversión de 8,6 millones de euros para generar 21.200 puestos; el municipalismo a través de la Concertación; las políticas públicas haciendo que el 26% del presupuesto anual de la Diputación de Huelva vaya dirigido a políticas de servicios sociales; y por último, la gestión política con grandes hitos durante estos dos años” como son, ha enumerado “el impulso económico a los autónomos y empresas de la provincia con 900.000 euros a través de la Huelva Empresa o la promoción del Destino Huelva a través del Patronato Provincial de Turismo consiguiendo llegar a la cifra de 1 millón de turistas”.


Por último, Ignacio Caraballo, ha felicitado a los alcaldes de la provincia “por su trabajo diario para procurar el bienestar de sus vecinos y por confiar en la Diputación en su esfuerzo por defender la autonomía local basándose en la capacidad de los alcaldes para hacer un mejor uso de los fondos públicos”.

 

La legislatura de las personas

Coincidiendo con el ecuador del mandato y rodeado de los alcaldes de los 65 municipios menores de 10.000 habitantes de la provincia, el presidente de la Diputación de Huelva, Ignacio Caraballo, ha insistido en que “los ciudadanos están en el foco hacia donde centramos todos nuestros esfuerzos manteniendo las políticas sociales y la apuesta por la cultura y el deporte”.


De esta manera, la Diputación Provincial de Huelva, a través del Área de Concertación, ha implementado un nuevo modelo de participación de los Ayuntamientos para la toma de decisiones poniéndose a su disposición, los servicios concertables “como la mejor forma de trabajar coordinadamente en red, cooperando y descentralizando la toma de decisiones. Una comunicación de 360 grados que integra plenamente a Ayuntamientos y Diputación. A áreas y territorios. En definitiva, a los ciudadanos”.


En este sentido, Ignacio Caraballo ha indicado que esta legislatura se ha incrementado en 1 millón de euros el presupuesto de inversión en Concertación “dotando de 6 millones de euros a los ayuntamientos para los recursos necesarios poniendo a los ciudadanos en el centro y poniendo de manifiesto la apuesta de la Diputación de Huelva por el municipalismo y el cumplimiento de los objetivos propuestos para que esta sea la legislatura de las personas”.


          Four architecture teams envision NYC’s driverless transit future   
queuey, driverless future challengeWith NYC residents owning fewer personal vehicles than any other city in the U.S., it’s no surprise that it may soon become a major hub for autonomous transportation. To ensure the future efficiency of driverless vehicles in such a densely populated area, Blank Space and the City of New York created a Driverless Future Challenge to solicit visions for the future of autonomous transit. According to Archinect, participants from over 25 countries sent proposals, which have now been narrowed down to four finalists. Their ideas include a plug-and-play public square, curbside pickup system, a rideshare platform for the outer boroughs, […]
          Three Companies Changing The Autonomous Driving Landscape   
Last month, we were part of the first AutoSens Detroit event at the M1 Concourse. AutoSens is, in a nutshell, a gathering of the world’s finest engineers, researchers, and other authority figures in the arenas of vehicle perception technology and autonomous driving. It is a place where those working on the technology can converge to […]
          Trotineta electrica E-Twow Eco Neagra    

Trotineta electrica E-Twow Eco Neagra 

Trotineta electrica E-Twow este ideala pentru deplasarile tale in oras. Are o autonomie de 30 km, iar timpul de incarcare este de doar 1.5- 2 ore folosind un incarcator de tip 4A. Atinge o viteza maxima de 27 km/h, astfel vei putea ajunge repede si in singuranta oriunde este nevoie. 

Caracteristici tehnice: 

- Autonomie: 30km (viteza:20km/h, sarcina:75kg, vant: sub 10km/h) 

- Viteza maxima: 27km/h 

- Optiuni pliere: trotineta electrica pliabila (brevetata) – inaltime ajustabila, pliere manere si ghidon+ depliere automata 

- Optiuni franare: regenerativa pe roata in fata, frana de urgenta pentru roata din spate 

- Suspensie: suspensie fata-spate 

- Lumina: far 6 LED controlat prin Cpu pentru mentinera constanta a intensitatii luminii, senzor LED 

- Optiune pilot automat: apasati si mentineti maneta de acceleratie timp de 5 secunde pentru o viteza constanta si pentru a activa functia de pilot automat 

- Optiunea Zero Start: pentru a utiliza trotineta electrica, din motive de siguranta, trebuie sa va impingeti initial usor cu piciorul, abia apoi sa apasati maneta de acceleratie 

- Claxon: claxon piezo ceramic (electric)

 - UBHI: Uniblock Human Interface (interfata control brevetata) 

- Comenzi UBHI: control manete, control franare, afisaj, far, claxon 

- Capacitate urcare: rampe de 15 grade 

- Cauciucuri: cauciucuri fara aer 

- Putere motor: 350W 

- Tip motor: motot curent continuu fara perii 

- Consum energetic: 6.15Wh/km 

- Timp incarcare: 1.5-2 h (incarcator 4A), 3-3.5 h (incarcator 2A) 

- Tensiune de intrare incarcator: 220V/110V 

- Dimensiuni afisaj LCD: 80 x 60 x 60 mm 

- Functii afisaj: odometer, distanta deplasare, temperatura ambientala, nivel baterie, procent baterie, buton On/ Off pentru far. 

- Material: aliaj de aluminiu

 - Baterie: 190Wh Li-Po 

- Greutate totala: 10.7 kg 

- Sarcina maxima: 125 kg 

- Incarcator: 2A (optional 4A) 

- Dimensiuni: Pilata: 945 x 135 x 300 mm                 

                         Nepliata: 940 x 135 x 1160 mm

2.899,99 lei

          Trotineta electrica E-Twow Eco Alba    

Trotineta electrica E-Twow Eco Alba

Trotineta electrica E-Twow este ideala pentru deplasarile tale in oras. Are o autonomie de 30 km, iar timpul de incarcare este de doar 1.5- 2 ore folosind un incarcator de tip 4A. Atinge o viteza maxima de 27 km/h, astfel vei putea ajunge repede si in singuranta oriunde este nevoie. 

Caracteristici tehnice: 

- Autonomie: 30km (viteza:20km/h, sarcina:75kg, vant: sub 10km/h) 

- Viteza maxima: 27km/h 

- Optiuni pliere: trotineta electrica pliabila (brevetata) – inaltime ajustabila, pliere manere si ghidon+ depliere automata 

- Optiuni franare: regenerativa pe roata in fata, frana de urgenta pentru roata din spate 

- Suspensie: suspensie fata-spate 

- Lumina: far 6 LED controlat prin Cpu pentru mentinera constanta a intensitatii luminii, senzor LED 

- Optiune pilot automat: apasati si mentineti maneta de acceleratie timp de 5 secunde pentru o viteza constanta si pentru a activa functia de pilot automat 

- Optiunea Zero Start: pentru a utiliza trotineta electrica, din motive de siguranta, trebuie sa va impingeti initial usor cu piciorul, abia apoi sa apasati maneta de acceleratie 

- Claxon: claxon piezo ceramic (electric)

 - UBHI: Uniblock Human Interface (interfata control brevetata) 

- Comenzi UBHI: control manete, control franare, afisaj, far, claxon 

- Capacitate urcare: rampe de 15 grade 

- Cauciucuri: cauciucuri fara aer 

- Putere motor: 350W 

- Tip motor: motot curent continuu fara perii 

- Consum energetic: 6.15Wh/km 

- Timp incarcare: 1.5-2 h (incarcator 4A), 3-3.5 h (incarcator 2A) 

- Tensiune de intrare incarcator: 220V/110V 

- Dimensiuni afisaj LCD: 80 x 60 x 60 mm 

- Functii afisaj: odometer, distanta deplasare, temperatura ambientala, nivel baterie, procent baterie, buton On/ Off pentru far. 

- Material: aliaj de aluminiu

 - Baterie: 190Wh Li-Po 

- Greutate totala: 10.7 kg 

- Sarcina maxima: 125 kg 

- Incarcator: 2A (optional 4A) 

- Dimensiuni: Pilata: 945 x 135 x 300 mm                 

                         Nepliata: 940 x 135 x 1160 mm

2.899,99 lei

          Trotineta electrica E-Twow Master Neagra    

Trotineta electrica E-Twow Master Neagra

Trotineta electrica E-Twow este ideala pentru deplasarile tale in oras. Are o autonomie de 40 km, iar timpul de incarcare este de doar 1.5- 2 ore folosind un incarcator de tip 4A. Atinge o viteza maxima de 28 km/h, astfel vei putea ajunge repede si in singuranta oriunde este nevoie.

Caracteristici tehnice:

- Autonomie: 40km (viteza:20km/h, sarcina:75kg, vant: sub 10km/h)

- Viteza maxima: 28km/h

- Optiuni pliere: trotineta electrica pliabila (brevetata) – inaltime ajustabila, pliere manere si ghidon+ depliere automata

- Optiuni franare: regenerativa pe roata in fata, frana de urgenta pentru roata din spate

- Suspensie: suspensie fata-spate

- Lumina: far 6 LED controlat prin Cpu pentru mentinera constanta a intensitatii luminii, senzor LED

- Optiune pilot automat: apasati si mentineti maneta de acceleratie timp de 5 secunde pentru o viteza constanta si pentru a activa functia de pilot automat

- Optiunea Zero Start: pentru a utiliza trotineta electrica, din motive de siguranta, trebuie sa va impingeti initial usor cu piciorul, abia apoi sa apasati maneta de acceleratie

- Claxon: claxon piezo ceramic (electric)

- UBHI: Uniblock Human Interface (interfata control brevetata)

- Comenzi UBHI: control manete, control franare, afisaj, far, claxon

- Capacitate urcare: rampe de 20 grade

- Cauciucuri: cauciucuri fara aer

- Putere motor: 450W

- Tip motor: motot curent continuu fara perii

- Consum energetic: 6.15Wh/km

- Timp incarcare: 1.5-2 h (incarcator 4A)

- Tensiune de intrare incarcator: 220V/110V

- Dimensiuni afisaj LCD: 80 x 60 x 60 mm

- Functii afisaj: odometer, distanta deplasare, temperatura ambientala, nivel baterie, procent baterie, buton On/ Off pentru far.

- Material: aliaj de aluminiu

- Baterie: 250Wh Li-Po

- Greutate totala: 10.9 kg

- Sarcina maxima: 125 kg

- Incarcator: 4A

- Dimensiuni: Pilata: 945 x 135 x 300 mm

                         Nepliata: 940 x 135 x 1160 mm

3.199,99 lei

          Trotineta electrica E-Twow Booster Neagra    

Trotineta electrica E-Twow Booster Neagra

Trotineta electrica E-Twow este ideala pentru deplasarile tale in oras. Are o autonomie de 30 km, iar timpul de incarcare este de doar 2-3 ore folosind un incarcator de tip 3.5 A. Atinge o viteza maxima de 30 km/h, astfel vei putea ajunge repede si in singuranta oriunde este nevoie.

Caracteristici tehnice:

- Autonomie: 35km (viteza:20km/h, sarcina:75kg, vant: sub 10km/h)

- Viteza maxima: 30 km/h

- Optiuni pliere: trotineta electrica pliabila (brevetata) – inaltime ajustabila, pliere manere si ghidon+ depliere automata

- Optiuni franare: regenerativa pe roata in fata, frana de urgenta pentru roata din spate

- Suspensie: suspensie fata-spate

- Lumina: far 6 LED controlat prin Cpu pentru mentinera constanta a intensitatii luminii, senzor LED

- Optiune pilot automat: apasati si mentineti maneta de acceleratie timp de 5 secunde pentru o viteza constanta si pentru a activa functia de pilot automat

- Optiunea Zero Start: pentru a utiliza trotineta electrica, din motive de siguranta, trebuie sa va impingeti initial usor cu piciorul, abia apoi sa apasati maneta de acceleratie

- Claxon: claxon piezo ceramic (electric)

- UBHI: Uniblock Human Interface (interfata control brevetata)

- Comenzi UBHI: control manete, control franare, afisaj, far, claxon

- Capacitate urcare: rampe de 25 grade

- Cauciucuri: cauciucuri fara aer

- Putere motor: 500W

- Tip motor: motot curent continuu fara perii

- Consum energetic: 7.5 Wh/km

- Timp incarcare: 2-3 h (incarcator 4A)

- Tensiune de intrare incarcator: 220V/110V

- Dimensiuni afisaj LCD: 80 x 60 x 60 mm

- Functii afisaj: odometer, distanta deplasare, temperatura ambientala, nivel baterie, procent baterie, buton On/ Off pentru far.

- Material: aliaj de aluminiu cu tehnologia de vopsea metalica

- Baterie: 280Wh Li-Po

- Greutate totala: 10.8 kg

- Sarcina maxima: 125 kg

- Incarcator: 3.5 A

- Dimensiuni: Pilata: 945 x 135 x 300 mm

                         Nepliata: 940 x 135 x 1160 mm

3.399,99 lei

          Trotineta electrica E-Twow Booster Alba   

Trotineta electrica E-Twow Booster Alba

Trotineta electrica E-Twow este ideala pentru deplasarile tale in oras. Are o autonomie de 30 km, iar timpul de incarcare este de doar 2-3 ore folosind un incarcator de tip 3.5 A. Atinge o viteza maxima de 30 km/h, astfel vei putea ajunge repede si in singuranta oriunde este nevoie.

Caracteristici tehnice:

- Autonomie: 35km (viteza:20km/h, sarcina:75kg, vant: sub 10km/h)

- Viteza maxima: 30 km/h

- Optiuni pliere: trotineta electrica pliabila (brevetata) – inaltime ajustabila, pliere manere si ghidon+ depliere automata

- Optiuni franare: regenerativa pe roata in fata, frana de urgenta pentru roata din spate

- Suspensie: suspensie fata-spate

- Lumina: far 6 LED controlat prin Cpu pentru mentinera constanta a intensitatii luminii, senzor LED

- Optiune pilot automat: apasati si mentineti maneta de acceleratie timp de 5 secunde pentru o viteza constanta si pentru a activa functia de pilot automat

- Optiunea Zero Start: pentru a utiliza trotineta electrica, din motive de siguranta, trebuie sa va impingeti initial usor cu piciorul, abia apoi sa apasati maneta de acceleratie

- Claxon: claxon piezo ceramic (electric)

- UBHI: Uniblock Human Interface (interfata control brevetata)

- Comenzi UBHI: control manete, control franare, afisaj, far, claxon

- Capacitate urcare: rampe de 25 grade

- Cauciucuri: cauciucuri fara aer

- Putere motor: 500W

- Tip motor: motot curent continuu fara perii

- Consum energetic: 7.5 Wh/km

- Timp incarcare: 2-3 h (incarcator 4A)

- Tensiune de intrare incarcator: 220V/110V

- Dimensiuni afisaj LCD: 80 x 60 x 60 mm

- Functii afisaj: odometer, distanta deplasare, temperatura ambientala, nivel baterie, procent baterie, buton On/ Off pentru far.

- Material: aliaj de aluminiu cu tehnologia de vopsea metalica

- Baterie: 280Wh Li-Po

- Greutate totala: 10.8 kg

- Sarcina maxima: 125 kg

- Incarcator: 3.5 A

- Dimensiuni: Pilata: 945 x 135 x 300 mm

                         Nepliata: 940 x 135 x 1160 mm

3.399,99 lei

          Sénégal: Me El Hadji DIOUF fait la leçon à Doudou NDIR   
[Wal Fadjri] Le face-à-face entre la Commission électorale nationale autonome (CENA) et la classe politique a été houleux par moments.
          The Philippines a Century Hence   
(by José Rizal Translated by Charles E. Derbyshire)

NOTE: This famous essay of Rizal entitled "Filipinas de cien años" was first published in La Solidaridad, Madrid, between September 30, 1889, and February 1, 1890

PART ONE: Following our usual custom of facing squarely the most difficult and delicate questions related to the Philippines, without weighing the consequences that our frankness may bring upon us, we shall in the present article treat of their future.

In order to read the destiny of a people, it is necessary to open the book of its past, and this, for the Philippines may be reduced in general terms to what follows.

Scarcely had they been attached to the Spanish crown than they had sustained with their blood and the efforts of their sons the wars and ambitions, and conquest of the Spanish people, and in these struggles, in that terrible crisis when a people changes its form of government, its laws, usages, customs, religion and beliefs; the Philippines was depopulated, impoverished and retarded -- caught in their metamorphosis without confidence in their past, without faith in their present and with no fond home of the years to come. The former rulers who had merely endeavored to secure the fear and submission of their subjects, habituated by them to servitude, fell like leaves from a dead tree, and the people, who had no love for them nor knew what liberty was, easily changed masters, perhaps hoping to gain something by the innovation.

Then began a new era for the Filipinos. They gradually lost their ancient traditions, their recollections, -- they forgot their writings, their songs, their poetry, their laws in order to learn by heart other doctrines, which they did not understand, other ethics, other tastes, different from those inspired in their race by their climate and their way of thinking. Then there was a falling-off, they were lowered in their own eyes, they became ashamed of what was distinctively their own, in order to admire and praise that was foreign and incomprehensible; their spirit was broken and they acquiesced.

Thus years and centuries rolled on. Religious shows, rites that caught the eye, songs, lights, images arrayed with gold, worship in a strange language, legends, miracles and sermons, hypnotized the already naturally superstitious spirits of the country but did not succeed in destroying it altogether, in spite of the whole system afterwards developed and operated with unyielding tenacity.

When the ethical abasement of the inhabitants had reached this stage, when they had become disheartened and disgusted with themselves, an effort was made to add the final stroke for reducing so many dormant wills and intellects to nothingness, in order to make of the individual a sort of toiler, a brute, a beast of burden and to develop a race without mind or heart. “Then the end sought was revealed, it was taken for granted, and the race was insulted, an effort was made to deny it every virtue, every human characteristic, and there were even writers and priests who pushed the movement still further by trying to deny to the natives of the country not only capacity for virtue but also even the tendency to vice.

Then this which they had thought would be death was sure salvation. Some dying persons are restored to health by a heroic remedy.

So great endurance reached its climax with the insults, and the lethargic spirit woke up to life. His sensitiveness, the chief trait of the native, was touched, and while he had the forbearance to suffer and die under a foreign flag, he had it not when they whom he served repaid his sacrifices with insults and jests. Then he began to study himself and to realize his misfortune. Those who had not expected this result, like all despotic masters, regarded as a wrong every complaint, every protest, and punished it with death, endeavoring thus to stifle every cry of sorrow with blood, and they made mistake after mistake.

The spirit of the people was not thereby cowed, and even though it had been awakened in only a few hearts, its flame nevertheless was surely and consumingly propagated, thanks to abuses and the stupid endeavors of certain classes to stifle noble and generous sentiments. Thus when a flame catches a garment, fear and confusion propagate it more and more, and each shake, each blow, is a blast from the bellows to fan it into life.

Undoubtedly during all this time there were not lacking generous and noble spirits among the dominant race that tired to struggle for the rights of humanity and justice, or sordid and cowardly ones among the dominated that aided the debasement of their own country. But both were exceptions and we are speaking in general terms.

Such is an outline of their past. We know their present. Now what will their future be?

Will the Philippine Islands continue to be a Spanish colony, and if so, what kind of colony? Will they become a province of Spain, with or without autonomy? And to reach this stage, what kind of sacrifices will have to be made?

Will they be separated from the mother country to live independently, to fall into the hands of other nations, or to ally themselves with neighboring powers?

It is impossible to reply to these questions, for to all of them both yes and now may be answered, according to the time desired to be covered. When there is in nature no fixed condition, how much less must there be in the life of a people, being endowed with mobility and movement! So, it is that in order to deal with those questions, it is necessary to presume an unlimited period of time, and in accordance therewith try to forecast future events.

PART TWO: What will become of the Philippines within a century? Will they continue to be a Spanish colony?

Had this question been asked three centuries ago, when at Legazpi’s death the Malayan Filipinos began to be gradually undeceived and, finding the yoke heavy, tried in vain to shake it off without any doubt whatsoever the reply would have been easy. To a spirit enthusiastic over the liberty of the country, to those unconquerable Kagayanes who nourished within themselves the spirit of Mgalats, to the descendants of the heroic Gat Pulintang and Gat Salakab of the Province of Batangas, independence was assured, it was merely a question of getting together and making a determination. But for him who, disillusioned by sad experience, saw everywhere discord and disorder, apathy and brutalization in the lower classes, discouragement and disunion in the upper, only one answer presented itself, and it was: extend his hands to the chains, bow his neck beneath the yoke and accept the future with the resignation of an invalid who watches the leaves fall and foresees a long winter amid whose snows he discerns the outlines of his grave. At the time discord justified pessimism -- but three centuries passed, the meek had become accustomed to the yoke, and each new generation, begotten in chains, was constantly better adapted to the new order of things.

Now then, are the Philippines in the same condition they were three centuries ago?

For the liberal Spaniards the ethical condition of the people remains the same, that is, the native Filipinos have not advanced; for the friars and their followers the people have been redeemed from savagery, that is, they have progressed; for many Filipinos ethics, spirit and customs have decayed, as decay all the good qualities of a people that falls into slavery that is, they have retrograded.

Laying aside these considerations, so as not to get away from our subject let us draw the brief parallel between the political situation then and the situation at present, in order to see if what was not possible at that time can be so now, or vice versa.

Let us pass over the loyalty the Filipinos may feel for Spain; let us suppose for a moment, along with Spanish writers, that there exist only motives for hatred and jealousy between the two races; let us admit the assertions flaunted by many that three centuries of domination have not awakened in the sensitive heart of the native a single spark of affection or gratitude; and we may see whether or not the Spanish cause has gained ground in the Islands.

Formerly the Spanish authority was upheld among the natives by a handful of soldiers, three to five hundred at most, many of whom were engaged in trade and were scattered about not only in the Islands but also among the neighboring nations, occupied in long wars against the Mohammedans in the south, against the British and Dutch, and ceaselessly harassed by Japanese, Chinese, or some tribes in the interior. Then communication with Mexico and Spain was slow, rare and difficult; frequent and violent the disturbances among the ruling powers in the Islands, the treasury nearly always empty, and the life of the colonists dependent upon one frail ship that handled the Chinese trade. Then the seas in those regions were infested with pirates, all enemies of the Spanish name, which was defended by an impoverished fleet, generally manned by rude adventurers, when not by foreigners and enemies, which was checked and an expedition of Gomez Perez Dasmariñas, which was checked and frustrated by the mutiny of the Chinese rowers, who killed him and thwarted all his plans and schemes. Yet in spite of so many adverse circumstances the Spanish authority had been upheld for more than three centuries and, though it has been curtailed, still continues to rule the destinies of the Philippine group.

On the other hand, the present situation seems to be gilded and rosy -- as we might say, a beautiful morning compared to the vexed and stormy night of the past. The material forces at the disposal of the Spanish sovereign have now been trebled; the fleet relatively improved: there is more organization in both civil and military affairs; communication with the sovereign country is swifter and surer; she has no enemies abroad; her possession is assured and the country dominated seems to have less spirit, less aspiration for independence, a world that is to it almost incomprehensible. Everything then at first glance presages another three centuries, at least, of peaceful domination and tranquil suzerainty.

But above the material considerations are arising others, invisible, of an ethical nature, far more powerful and transcendental.

Orientals and the Malays, in particular, are a sensitive people: delicacy of sentiment is predominant with them. Even now, in spite of contact with the Occidental nations, who have ideas different from his, we see the Malayan Filipino sacrifice everything -- liberty, ease, welfare, name for the sake of an aspiration or a conceit sometimes scientific, or of some other nature but at the least word which wounds his self-love he forgets all his sacrifices, the labor expended, to treasure in his memory and never forget the slight he thinks he has received.

So the Philippine peoples have remained faithful during three centuries, giving up their liberty and their independence, sometimes dazzled by the hope of the Paradise promised, sometimes cajoled by the friendship offered them by a noble and generous people like the Spanish, sometimes also compelled by superiority of arms of which they were ignorant and which timid spirits invested with a mysterious character, or sometimes because the invading foreigner took advantage of internecine feuds to step in as the peacemaker in discord and thus after to dominate both parties and subject them to his authority.

Spanish domination once established, was firmly maintained, thanks to the attachment of the people, to their mutual dissensions, and to the fact that the sensitive self-love of the native had not yet been wounded. Then the people saw their own countrymen in the higher ranks of the army, their general officers fighting beside the heroes of Spain and sharing their laurels, begrudged neither character, reputation nor consideration; then fidelity and attachment to Spain, love for the fatherland, made of the native encomendero and even general, as during the English invasion; then there had not yet been invented the insulting and ridiculous epithets with which recently the most laborious and painful achievements of the native leaders have been stigmatized; not then had it become the fashion to insult and slander in stereotyped phrase, in newspapers and books published with governmental and superior ecclesiastical approval, the people that paid, fought and poured out its blood for the Spanish name, nor was it considered either noble or witty to offend a whole race, which was forbidden to reply or defend itself, and if there were religious hypochondriacs who in the leisure of their cloisters dared to write against it, as did the Augustinian Gaspar de San Agustin and the Jesuit Velarde, their loathsome abortions never saw the light, and still less were they themselves rewarded with miters and raised to high offices. True it is that neither were the natives of that time such as we are now: three centuries of brutalization and obscurantism have necessarily had some influence upon us, the most beautiful work of divinity in the hands of certain artisans may finally be converted into a caricature.

The priests of that epoch, wishing to establish their domination over the people, got in touch with it and made common cause with it against the oppressive encomenderos. Naturally, the people saw in them learning and some prestige and placed its confidence in them, followed their advice, and listened to them in the darkest hours. If they wrote, they did so in defense of the rights of the native and made his cry reach even to the distant steps of the Throne. And not a few priests, both secular and regular, undertook dangerous journeys, as representatives of the country, and this, along with the strict and public residencia then required of the governing powers, from the captain-general to the most insignificant official, rather consoled and pacified the wounded spirits, satisfying, even though it were only in form, all the malcontents.

All this has passed away. The derisive laughter penetrates like mortal poison into the heart of the native who pays and suffers and it becomes more offensive the more immunity it enjoys. A common sore the general affront offered to a whole race, has wiped away the old feuds among different provinces. The people no longer have confidence in its former protectors, now its exploiters and executioners. The masks have fallen. It has been that the love and piety of the past have come to resemble the devotion of a nurse, who, unable to live elsewhere, desires the eternal infancy, eternal weakness, for the child in order to go on drawing her wages and existing at its expense, it has seen not only that she does not nourish it to make it grow but that she poisons it to stunt its growth and at the slightest protest she flies into a rage! The ancient show of justice, the holy residencia has disappeared; confusion of ideas begins to prevail; the regard shown for a governor-general, lie La Torre, becomes a crime in the government of his successor, sufficient to cause the citizen to lose his liberty and his home; if he obeys the order of one official, as in the recent matter of admitting corpses into the church, it is enough to have the obedient subjects later harassed and persecuted in every possible way; obligations and taxes increase without thereby increasing rights, privileges and liberties or assuring the few in existence; a regime of continual terror and uncertainty disturbs the minds, a regime worse than a period of disorder for the fears that the imagination conjures up are generally greater than the reality; the country is poor; the financial crisis through which it is passing is acute, and every one points out with the finger the persons who are causing the trouble, yet no one dares lay hands upon them!

True it is that the Penal Code has come like a drop of balm to such bitterness. But of what use are all the codes in the world, if by means of confidential reports, if for trifling reasons, if through anonymous traitors any honest citizen may be exiled or banished without a hearing, without a trial? Of what use is that Penal Code, of what use is life, if there is no security in the home, no faith in justice and confidence in tranquility of conscience? Of what use is all that array of terms, all that collection of articles, when the cowardly accusation of a traitor has more influence in the timorous ears of the supreme autocrat than all the cries for justice?

If this state of affairs should continue, what will be come of the Philippines within a century?

The batteries are gradually becoming charged and if the prudence of the government does not provide an outlet for the currents that are accumulating, some day the spark will be generated. This is not the place to speak of what outcome such a deplorable conflict might have, for it depends upon chance, upon the weapons and upon a thousand circumstances which man cannot foresee. But even though all the advantages should be on the government’s side and therefore the probability of success, it would be a Pyrrhic victory, and not government ought to desire such.

If those who guide the destinies of the Philippines remain obstinate, and instead of introducing reforms try to make the condition of the country retrograde; to push their severity and repression to extremes against the classes that suffer and think they are going to force the latter to venture and put into play the wretchedness of an unquiet life, filled with privation and bitterness, against the hope of securing something indefinite. What would be lost in the struggle? Almost nothing: the life of the numerous discontented classes has no such great attraction that it should be preferred to a glorious death. It may indeed be a suicidal attempt -- but then, what? Would not a bloody chasm yawn between victors and vanquished and might not the latter with time and experience become equal in strength, since they are superior in numbers to their dominators? Who disputes this? All the petty instructions that have occurred in the Philippines were the work of a few fanatics or discontented soldiers, who had to deceive and humbug the people or avail themselves of their powers over their subordinates to gain their ends. So they all failed. No insurrection had a popular character or was based on a need of the whole race or fought for human rights or justice, so it left no ineffaceable impressions, but rather when they saw that they had been duped the people bound up their wounds and applauded the overthrow of the disturbers of their peace! But what if the movement springs from the people themselves and based its causes upon their woes?

So then, if the prudence and wise reforms of our ministers do not find capable and determined interpreters among the colonial governors and faithful perpetrators among those whom the frequent perpetrators among those whom the frequent political changes send to fill such a delicate post; if met with the eternal it is out of order, preferred by the elements who see their livelihood in the backwardness of their subjects, it just claims are to go unheeded, as being of a subversive tendency; if the country is denied representation in the Cortes and an authorized voice to cry out against all kinds of abuses, which escape through the complexity of the laws; if in short, the system, prolific in results of alienating the goodwill of the natives, is to continue, pricking his apathetic mind with insults and charges of ingratitude, we can assert that in a few yeas the present state of affairs will have been modified completely -- and inevitably. There now exists a factor which was formerly lacking -- the spirit of the nation has been aroused and a common misfortune, a common debasement has united all the inhabitants of the Islands. A numerous enlightened class now exists within and without the Islands, a class created and continually augmented by the stupidity of certain governing powers, which forces the inhabitants to leave the country, to secure education abroad, and it is maintained thanks to the provocation and the system of espionage in vogue. This class, whose number is cumulatively increasing, is in constant communication with the rest of the Islands, and if today it constitutes only the brain of the country in a few years it will form the whole nervous system and manifest its existence in all its acts.

Now, statecraft has various means at its disposal for checking a people on the road to progress; the brutalization of the masses through a caste addicted to the government, aristocratic, as in the Dutch colonies, or theocratic as in the Philippines; the impoverishment of the country; the gradual extermination of the inhabitants; and fostering of feuds among the races.

Brutalization of the Malayan Filipinos has been demonstrated to be impossible. In spite of the dark horde of friars in whose hands rests the instruction of youth, which miserably wastes years and years in the colleges, issuing therefrom tired, weary and disgusted with books: in spite of the censorship which tries to close every avenue to progress; in spite of all the pupils, confessionals, books, and missals that inculcate hatred toward not only all scientific knowledge but even toward the Spanish language itself; in spite of this whole elaborate system perfected and tenaciously operated by those who wish to keep the Islands in holy ignorance; there exist writers, freethinkers, historians, philosophers, chemists, physicians, artists, and jurists. Enlightenment is spreading and the persecution it suffers quickens it. No, the divine flame of thought is inextinguishable in the Filipino people and somehow or other it will shine forth and compel recognition. It is impossible to brutalize the inhabitants of the Philippines!

May poverty arrest their development? Perhaps, but it is a very dangerous means. Experience has everywhere shown us and especially in the Philippines, that the classes which are better off have always been addicted to peace and order, because they live comparatively better and may be the losers in civil disturbances. Wealth brings with it refinement, the spirit of conservation, while poverty inspires adventurous ideas, the desire to change things and has little care for life. Machiavelli himself held this means of subjecting of a people to be perilous, observing that loss of welfare stirs up more obdurate enemies than loss of life. Moreover, when there are wealth and abundance, there is less discontent, less compliant and the government, itself wealthier, has more means for sustaining itself. On the other hand, there occurs in a poor country what becomes in a house where bread is wanting? And further, of what use to the mother country would a poor and lean colony be?

Neither is possible gradually to exterminate the inhabitants. The Philippine races, like all the Malays, do not succumb before the foreigner, like the Australians, the Polynesians and the Indians of the New World. In spite of the numerous wars the Filipinos have had to carry on, in spite of the epidemics that have periodically visited them, their number has trebled, as has that of the Malays of Java and the Moluccas. The Filipino embraces civilization and lives and thrives in every clime, in contact with every people. Rum, that poison which exterminated the natives of the Pacific islands, has no power in the Philippines, but rather, comparison of their present condition with that described by the earlier historians, makes it appear that the Filipinos have grown soberer. The petty wars with the inhabitants of the south consume only the soldiers, people who by their fidelity to the Spanish flag, far from being a menace, are surely one of its solidest supports.

Three remains the fostering of internecine feuds among the provinces.

This was formerly possible, when communication from one island to another was rare and difficult, when there were not steamers or telegraph lines, when the regiments were formed according to the various provinces, when some provinces were cajoled by awards of privileges and honor and other were protected from the strongest. But now that the privileges have disappeared, that through a spirit of distrust the regiments have been reorganized, that the inhabitants move from one island to another, communication and exchange of impressions naturally increase, and as all see themselves threatened by the same peril and wounded in the same feelings, they clasp hands and make common cause. It is true that the union is not yet wholly perfected, but to this end the measures of good government, the vexations to which the townspeople are subjected, the frequent changes of officials, the scarcity of centers of learning, forces of the youth of all the islands to come together and begin to get acquainted. The journeys to Europe contribute not a little to tighten the bonds, for abroad the inhabitants of most widely separated provinces are impressed by their patriotic feelings, from sailors even to the wealthiest merchants, and at the sight of modern liberty and the memory of the misfortunes of their country, they embrace and call one another brothers.

In short, then, the advancement and ethical progress of the Philippines are inevitable, are decreed by fate.

The Islands cannot remain in the condition they are without requiring from the sovereign country more liberty. Mutatis mutandis. For new men, a new social order.

To wish that the alleged child remain in its swaddling clothes is to risk that it may turn against the nurse and flee, tearing away the old rags that bind it.

The Philippines, then, will remain under Spanish domination, but with more law and greater liberty, or they will declare themselves independent after steeping themselves and the mother country in blood.

As no one should desire or hope for such an unfortunate rupture, which would be an evil for all and only the final argument in the most desperate predicament, let us see by what forms of peaceful evolution the Islands may remain subjected to the Spanish authority, with the very least detriment to the rights, interests and dignity of both parties.

PART THREE: If the Philippines must remain under the control of Spain, they will necessarily have to be transformed in a political sense, for the course of their history and the needs of their inhabitants so required. This we demonstrated in the preceding article.

We also said that this transformation will be violent and fatal if it proceeds from the ranks of the people, but peaceful and fruitful if it emanates from the upper classes.

Some governors have realized this truth, and impelled by their patriotism, have been trying to introduce needed reforms in order to forestall events. But notwithstanding all that have been ordered up to the present time, they have produced scanty results, for the government as well as for the country. Even those that promised only a happy issue have at times caused injury, for the simple reason that they have been based upon unstable grounds.

We said and once more we repeat, and all will ever assert, that reforms, which have a palliative character, are not only ineffectual but even prejudicial when the government is confronted with evils that must be cured radically. And were we not convinced of the honesty and rectitude of some governors, we would be tempted to say that all the partial reforms are only plasters and salves of a physician, who, not knowing how to cure the cancer, and not daring to root it out, tries in this way to alleviate the patient’s sufferings or to temporize with the cowardice of the timid and ignorant.

All the reforms of our liberal ministers were, have been, are, and will be good -- when carried out.

When we think of them, we are reminded of the dieting of Sancho Panza in this Barataria Island. He took his seat at a sumptuous and well-appointed table “covered with fruit and many varieties of food differently prepared,” but between the wretch’s mouth and each dish the physician Pedro Rezio interposed his wand, saying, “Take it away!” The dish removed, Sancho was as hungry as ever. Truth is that the despotic Pedro Rezio gave reasons, which seem to have been written by Cervantes especially for the colonial administrations. “You must not eat, Mr. Governor, except according to the usage and custom of other islands, where there are governors.” Something was found to be wrong with each dish: one was too hot, another too moist, and so on, just like our Pedro Rezio on both sides of the sea. Great good did his cook’s skill do Sancho!

In the case of our country, the reforms take the place of the dishes, the Philippines are Sancho, while the part of the quack physician is played by many persons interested in not having the dishes touched, perhaps that they may themselves get the benefit of them.

The result is that the long suffering Sancho, or the Philippines, misses his liberty, rejects all government and ends up by rebelling against his quack physician.

In this manner, so long as the Philippines have no liberty of the press, have no voice in the Cortes to make known to the government and to the nation whether or not their decrees have been duly obeyed, whether or not these benefit the country, all the able efforts of the colonial ministers will meet the fate of the dishes in Barataria Island.

The minister, then, who wants his reforms to be reforms, must begin by declaring the press in the Philippines free and by instituting Filipino delegates.

The free press in the Philippines, because their complaints rarely ever reach the Peninsula, very rarely, and if they do they are so secret, so mysterious that no newspaper dares to publish them, or if it does reproduce them, it does so tardily and badly.

A government that rules a country from a great distance is the one that has the most need for a free press more so even than the government of the home country, if it wishes to rule rightly and fitly. The government that governs in a country may even dispense with the press (if it can), because it is on the ground, because it has eyes and ears, and because it directly observes what it rules and administers. But the government that governs from afar absolutely requires that the truth and the facts reach its knowledge by every possible channel so that it may weigh and estimate them better, and this need increases when a country like the Philippines is concerned, where the inhabitants speak and complain in a language unknown to the authorities. To govern in any other way may also be called governing, but it is to govern badly. It amounts to pronouncing judgment after hearing only one of the parties; it is steering a ship without reckoning its conditions, the state of the sea, the reefs and shoals, the direction of the winds and currents. It is managing a house by endeavoring merely to give it polish and a fine appearance without watching the money chest, without looking after the servants and the members of the family.

But routine is a declivity down which many governments slide, and routine says that freedom of the press is dangerous. Let us see what History says: uprisings and revolutions have always occurred in countries tyrannized over, in countries where human thought and the human heart have been forced to remain silent.

If the great Napoleon had not tyrannized over the press, perhaps it would have warned him of the peril into which he was hurled and have made him understand that the people were weary and the earth wanted peace. Perhaps his genius, instead of being dissipated in foreign aggrandizement would have become intensive in laboring to strengthen his position and thus have assured it. Spain herself records in her history more revolutions when the press was gagged. What colonies have become independent while they had a free press and enjoyed liberty? Is it preferable to govern blindly or to govern with ample knowledge?

Someone will answer that in colonies with a free press, the prestige of the rulers, that prop of false governments, will be greatly imperiled. We answer that the prestige of the nation is not by abetting and concealing abuses, but by rebuking and punishing them. Moreover, to this prestige is applicable what Napoleon said about great men and their valets. Who endure and know all the false pretensions and petty persecutions of those sham gods, do not need a free press in order to recognize them; they have long ago lost their prestige. The free press is needed by the government, the government which still dreams of the prestige which it builds upon mined ground.

We say the same about the Filipino representatives.

What risks does the government see in them? One of three things, either that they will prove unruly, become political trimmers, or act properly.

Supposing that we should yield to the most absurd pessimism and admit the insult, great for the Philippines but still greater for Spain, that all the representatives would be separatists and that in all their contentions they would advocate separatist ideas; does not a patriotic Spanish majority exist there, is there not present there the vigilance of the governing powers to combat and oppose such intentions? And would not this be better than the discontent that ferments and expands in the secrecy of the home, in the huts and in the field? Certainly the Spanish people does not spare its blood where patriotism is concerned but would not a struggle of principles in parliament be preferable to the exchange of shot in swampy lands, three thousand leagues from home in impenetrable forests, under a burning sun or amid torrential rains? These pacific struggles of ideas, besides being a thermometer for the government, have the advantage of being cheap and glorious, because the Spanish parliament especially abounds in oratorical paladins invincible in debate. Moreover, it is said that the Filipinos are indolent and peaceful -- then what need for government fear? Hasn’t it any influence in the elections? Frankly speaking, it is a great compliment to the separatists to fear them in the midst of the Cortes of the nation.

Now then, if the real objection to the Filipino delegates, is that they smell like Igorots, which so disturbed in open Senate the doughty General Salamanca, then Don Sinibaldo de Mas, who saw the Igorots in person and wanted to live with them, can affirm that they will smell at worst like powder, and Señor Salamanca undoubtedly has no fear of that odor. And if this were all, the Filipinos, who there in their own country are accustomed to bathe every day, when they become representatives may give up such a dirty custom, at least during the legislative session so as not to offend the delicate nostrils of Salamanca with the odor of the bath.

It is useless to answer certain objections of some fine writers regarding the rather brown skins and faces with somewhat wide nostrils. Questions of taste are peculiar to each race. China, for example, which has four hundred million inhabitants and a very ancient civilization, considers all Europeans ugly and calls them “fankwai”, or red devils. Its taste has a hundred million more adherents than the Europeans. Moreover, if this is the question, we would have to admit the inferiority of the Latins, especially the Spaniards, to the Saxons, who are much whiter.

And so long as it is not asserted that the Spanish parliament is an assemblage of Adonises, Antoniuses, pretty boys and other like paragons, so long as the purpose of resorting thither is to legislate and not to philosophize or wonder through imaginary spheres, we maintain that the government ought not to pause at these obligations. Law has no skin nor reason nostrils.

So we see no serious reason why the Philippines may not have representatives. By their institution many malcontents would be silenced, and instead of blaming its troubles upon the government, as now happens, the country would bear them better, for it could at least complain and with its sons among its legislators, would in a way become responsible for their actions.

We are not sure that we serve the true interests of our country by asking for representatives. We know that the lack of enlightenment, the indolence, the egotism, of our fellow countrymen, and the boldness, the cunning and the powerful methods of those who wish their obscurantism, may convert reform into a harmful instrument. But we wish to be loyal to the government and we are pointing out to it the road that appears best to us so that its effort may not come to grief, so that discontent may disappear. If after so just, as well as necessary, a measure has been introduced, the Filipino people are so stupid and weak that they are treacherous to their own interests, then let the responsibility fall upon them, let them suffer all consequences. Every country gets the fate it deserves and the government can say that it has done its duty.

These are the two fundamental reforms, which properly interpreted and applied, will dissipate all clouds, assure affection toward Spain, and make all succeeding reforms fruitful. These are the reforms sine quibus non.

It is puerile to fear that independence may come thorough them. The free press will keep the government in touch with public opinion, and the representatives, if they are, as they ought to be, the best from among the sons of the Philippines, will be their hostages. With no cause for discontent, how then attempt to stir up the masses of the people?

Likewise inadmissible is the obligation offered by some regarding the imperfect culture of the majority of the inhabitants. Aside from the fact that it is not so imperfect as is averred, there is no plausible reason why the ignorant and the defective (whether through their own or another’s fault) should be denied representation to look after them and see that they are not abused. They are the very ones who most need it. No one ceases to be a man, no one forfeits his rights to civilization merely by being more or less uncultured, and since the Filipino is regarded as a fit citizen when he is asked to pay taxes or shed his blood to defend the fatherland why must this fitness be denied him when the question arises of granting him some right? Moreover, how is he to be held responsible for his ignorance, when it is acknowledged by all, friends and enemies that his zeal for learning is so great that even before the coming of the Spaniards every one could read and write, and that we now see the humblest families make enormous sacrifices to the extent of working as servants in order to learn Spanish? How can the country be expected to become enlightened under present conditions when we see all the decrees issued by the government in favor of education meet with Pedro Rezios who prevent execution whereof because they have in their hands what they call education? If the Filipino, then, is sufficiently intelligent to pay taxes, he must also be able to choose and retain the one who looks after him and his interests, with the product whereof he serves the government of his nation. To reason otherwise is to reason stupidly.

When the laws and the acts of officials are kept under surveillance, the word justice may cease to be a colonial jest. The thing that makes the English most respected in their possessions is their strict and speedy justice so that the inhabitants repose entire confidence in the judges. Justice is the foremost virtue of the civilized races. It subdues the barbarous nations, while injustice arouses the weakest.

Offices and trusts should be awarded by competition, publishing the work and the judgment thereon, so that there may be stimulus and that discontent may not be bred. Then, if the native does not shake off his indolence he can not complain when he sees all the offices filled by Castilas.

We presume that it will not be the Spaniard who fears to enter in this contest, for thus will he be able to prove his superiority by the superiority of intelligence. Although this is not the custom in the sovereign country, it should be practiced in the colonies, for the reason that genuine prestige should be sought by means of moral qualities, because the colonizers ought to be, or at least to seem, upright, honest and intelligent, just as a man stimulates virtues when he deals with a stranger. The offices and trusts so earned will do away with arbitrary dismissal and develop employees and officials capable and cognizant of their duties. The offices held by natives, instead of endangering the Spanish domination, will merely serve to assure it, for what interest would they have in converting the sure and stable into the uncertain and problematical? The native is, moreover, very fond of peace and prefers a humble present to a brilliant future. Let the various Filipinos still holding office speak in this matter, they are the most unshaken conservatives.

We could add other minor reforms touching commerce, agriculture, security of the individual and of property, education, and so on, but these are points with which we shall deal in other articles. For the present we are satisfied with the outlines and no one can say that we ask too much.

There will be lacking critics to accuse us of Utopianism: but what is Utopia? Utopia was a country imagined by Thomas Moore, wherein existed universal suffrage, religious toleration, almost complete abolition of the death penalty and so on. When the book was published these things were looked upon as dreams, impossibilities, that is Utopianism. Yet civilization has left the country of Utopia far behind, the human will and conscience have worked greater miracles, have abolished slavery and the death penalty for adultery -- things impossible for even Utopia itself!

The French colonies have their representatives. The question has also been raised in the English parliament of giving representation to the Crown colonies, for the others already enjoy some autonomy. The press there is also free. Only Spain, which in the sixteenth century was the model nation in civilization, lags far behind. Cuba and Puerto Rico, whose inhabitants do not number a third of those of the Philippines, and who have not made such sacrifices for Spain, have numerous representatives. The Philippines in the early days had theirs, who conferred with the King and Pope on the needs of the country. They had them in Spain’s critical moments, when she groaned under the Napoleonic yoke, and they did not take advantage of the sovereign country’s misfortunes like other colonies but tightened more firmly the bonds that united them to be the nation, giving proofs of their loyalty and they continued until many years later. What crime have the Islands committed that they are deprived of their rights?

To recapitulate: the Philippines will remain Spanish if they enter upon the life of law and civilization, if the rights of their inhabitants are respected, if the other rights due them are granted, if the liberal policy of the government is carried out without trickery or meanness, without subterfuges or false interpretations.

Otherwise, if an attempt is made to see in the Islands a lode to be exploited, a resource to satisfy ambitions, thus to relieve the sovereign country of taxes, killing the goose that lays the golden eggs, and shutting its ears to all cries of reasons the, however, great may be the loyalty of the Filipinos, it will be impossible to hinder the operations of the inexorable laws of history. Colonies established to subserve the policy and the commerce of the sovereign country, all eventually become independent said Bachelet, and before Bachelet, all the Phoenician, Carthaginian, Greek, Roman, English, Portuguese, and Spanish colonies have said it.

Close indeed are the bonds that unite us to Spain. Two peoples do not live for three centuries in continual contact, sharing the same lot, shedding their blood on the same fields, holding the same beliefs, worshipping the same God, interchanging the same ideas, but that ties are formed between them stronger than those engendered by affection. Machiavelli, the great reader of the human heart said: la natura degli huomini, e cosi obligarsi pe li beneficii che essi fanno come per quelli che essi ricevono (it is human nature to be bound as much by benefits conferred as by those received). All this, and more, is true but it is pure sentimentality, and in the arena of politics stern necessity and interests prevail. Howsoever much the Filipinos owe Spain, they can not be required to forego their redemption, to have their liberal and enlightened sons wander about in exile from their native land, the rudest aspirations stifled in its atmosphere, the peaceful inhabitants living in constant alarm, with the fortune of the two peoples dependent upon the whim of one man. Spain can not claim, nor even in the name of God himself, that six millions of people should be brutalized, exploited and oppressed, denied light and the rights inherent to a human being and then heap upon them slights and insults. There is no claim of gratitude that can excuse, there is not enough power in the world to justify the offenses against the liberty of the individual, against the sanctity of the home, against the laws, against peace and honor, offenses that are committed three daily. There is no divinity that can proclaim the sacrifice of our dearest affections, the sacrifice of the family, the sacrileges and wrongs that are committed by persons who have the name of God on their lips. No one can require an impossibility of the Filipino people. The noble Spanish people, so jealous of its rights and liberties, cannot bid the Filipinos to renounce theirs. A people that prides itself on the glories of the past cannot ask another, trained by it, to accept abjection and dishonor its own name!

We, who today are struggling by the legal and peaceful means of debate so understand it, and with our gaze fixed upon our ideals, shall not cease to plead our cause, withou t going beyond the pale of the law, but if violence first silences us or we have the misfortune to fall (which is possible for we are mortal) then we do not know what course will be taken by the numerous tendencies that will rush in to occupy the places that we leave vacant.

If what we desire is not realized. . .

In contemplating such an unfortunate eventuality, we must not turn away in horror, and so instead of closing our eyes we will face what the future may bring. For this purpose, after throwing the handful of dust due to Cerberus, let us frankly descend into the abyss and sound its terrible mysteries.

PART FOUR: History does not record in its annals any lasting domination exercised by one people over another, of different races, of diverse usages and customs, of opposite and divergent ideals.

One of the two had to yield and succumb. Either the foreigner was driven out, as happened in the case of Carthaginians, the Moors and the French in Spain, or else these autochthons had to give way and perish, as was the case with the inhabitants of the New World.

One of the longest dominations was that of the Moors in Spain, which lasted seven centuries. But, even though the conquerors lived in the country conquered, even though the Peninsula was broken up into small states, which gradually emerged like little islands in the midst of the great Saracen inundation and in spite of the chivalrous spirit, the gallantry and the religious toleration of the caliphs, they were finally driven out after bloody and stubborn conflicts, which formed the Spanish nation and created the Spain of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries.

The existence of a foreign body within another endowed with strength and activity is contrary to all natural and ethical laws. Science teaches us that it is either assimilated, destroys the organism, is eliminated or becomes encysted.

Encystment of a conquering people is possible, for it signifies complete isolation, absolute inertia, and debility in the conquering element. Encystment thus means the tomb of the foreign invader.

Now applying these considerations to the Philippines, we must conclude, as a deduction from all we have said, that if their population be not assimilated to the Spanish nation, if the dominators do not enter into the spirit of their inhabitants, if equitable laws and free and liberal reforms do not make each forget that they belong to different races, or if both peoples be not amalgamated to constitute one mass, socially and politically, homogeneous, that is, not harassed by opposing tendencies and antagonistic ideas and interests some day the Philippines will fatally and infallibly declare themselves independent. To this law of destiny can be opposed neither Spanish patriotism, nor the love of all Filipinos for Spain, not the doubtful future of dismemberment and intestine strife in the Islands themselves. Necessity is the most powerful divinity the world knows, and necessity is the resultant of physical forces set in operation by ethical forces.

We have said and statistics prove that it is impossible to exterminate the Filipino people. And even were it possible what interest would Spain have in the destruction of the inhabitants of a country she can not populate or cultivate, whose climate is to a certain extent disastrous to her? What good would the Philippines be without the Filipinos? Quite otherwise, under her colonial system and the transitory character of the Spanish who go to the colonies, a colony is so much the more useful and productive to her as it possesses inhabitants and wealth. Moreover, in order to destroy the six million Malays, even supposing them to be in their infancy and that they have never learned to fight and defend themselves, Spain would have to sacrifice at least a fourth of her population. This we commend to the notice of the partisans of colonial exploitation.

But nothing of this kind can happen. The menace is that when the education and liberty necessary to human existence are denied by Spain to the Filipinos, then they will seek enlightenment abroad, behind the mother country’s back or they will secure by hook or by crook some advantages in their country with the result that the opposition of purblind and paretic politicians will not only be futile but even prejudicial because it will convert motives for love and gratitude into resentment and hatred.

Hatred and resentment on one side, mistrust and anger on the other, will finally result in a violent terrible collision, especially when there exist elements interested in having disturbances, so that they may get something in the excitement, demonstrates their mighty power, foster lamentations and recriminations, or employ violent measures. It is to be expected that the government will triumph and be generally (as is the custom) severe in punishment, either to teach a stern lesson in order to vaunt its strength or even to revenge upon the vanquished the spells of excitement and terror that the danger caused it. An unavoidable concomitant of those catastrophes is the accumulation of acts of injustice committed against the innocent and peaceful inhabitants. Private reprisals, denunciation, despicable accusations, resentments, covetousness, the opportune moment for calumny, the haste and hurried procedure of the court martials, the pretext of the integrity of the fatherland and the safety of the state, which cloaks and justifies everything, even for scrupulous minds, which unfortunately are still rare and above all the panic-stricken timidity, the cowardice that battens upon the conquered -- all these things augment the severe measures and the number of the victims. The result is that a chasm of blood is then opened between the two peoples that the wounded and the afflicted, instead of becoming fewer, are increased, for to the families and friends of the guilty, who always think the punishment excessive and the judge unjust, must be added the families and friends of the innocent, who see no advantage in living and working submissively and peacefully. Note, too, that if severe measures are dangerous in a nation made up of homogeneous population, the peril is increased a hundred-fold when the government is formed a race different from the governed. In the former an injustice may still be ascribed to one man alone, to a governor actuated by personal malice, and with the death of the tyrant the victim is reconciled to the government of his nation. But in a county dominated by a foreign race, even the most just act of severity is construed as injustice and oppression, because it is ordered by a foreigner, who is unsympathetic or is an enemy of the country, and the offense hurts not only the victim but his entire race, because it is not usually regarded as personal and so the resentment naturally spreads to the whole governing race and does not die out with the offender.

Hence the great prudence and fine tact that should be exercised by colonizing countries, and the fact that government regards the colonies in general and our colonial office in particular, as training schools, contributes notably to the fulfillment of the great law that the colonies sooner or later declare themselves independent.

Such is the descent down which the peoples are precipitated. In proportion as they are bathed in blood and drenched in tears and gall, the colony, if it has any vitality, learns how to struggle and perfect itself in fighting while the mother country whose colonial life depends upon peace and the submission of the subjects, is constantly weakened and even though she makes heroic efforts, as her number is less and she has only a fictitious existence, she finally perishes. She is like the rich voluptuary accustomed to be waited upon by a crowd of servants toiling and planting for him and who on the day his slaves refuse him obedience, as he does not live by his own efforts, must die.

Reprisals, wrongs and suspicions on one part and on the other the sentiment of patriotism and liberty, which is aroused in these incessant conflicts, insurrections and uprisings, operate to generalize the movement and one of the two peoples must succumb. The struggle will be brief, for it will amount to a slavery much more cruel than death for the people and to a dishonorable loss of prestige for the dominator. One of the peoples must succumb.

Spain, from the number of her inhabitants, from the condition of her army and navy, from the distance she is situated from the Islands, from her scanty knowledge of them, and from struggling against a people whose love and goodwill she has alienated, will necessarily have to give way, if she does not wish to risk not only her other possessions and her future in Africa, but also her very independence in Europe. All this is at the cost of bloodshed, and crime, after mortal conflicts, murders, conflagrations, military executions, famine and misery.

The Spaniard is gallant and patriotic, and sacrifices everything in favorable moments, for his country’s good. He has the intrepidity of his bull. The Filipino loves his country no less and although he is quieter, more peaceful and with difficulty stirred up, when he is once aroused he does not hesitate and for him the struggle means death to one or the other combatant. He has all the meekness and all the tenacity and ferocity of his carabao. Climate affects bipeds in the same way that it does quadrupeds.

The terrible lessons and the hard teachings that these conflicts will have afforded the Filipinos will operate to improve and strengthen their ethical nature. The Spain of the fifteenth century was not the Spain of the eighth. With their bitter experience, instead of intestine conflicts of some islands against others, as is generally feared, they will extend mutual support, like shipwrecked persons when they reach an island after a fearful night of storm. Nor may it be said that we shall partake of the fate of the small American republics. They achieved their independence easily and their inhabitants are animated by a different spirit from what the Filipinos are. Besides the danger of falling again into other hands, English or German, for example, will force the Filipinos to be sensible and prudent. Absence of any great preponderance of one race over the others will free their imagination from all mad ambitions of domination, and as they tendency of countries that have been tyrannized over, when they once shake off the yoke, is to adopt the freest government, like a boy leaving school, like the beat of the pendulum or by a law of reaction, the Islands will probably declare themselves a federal republic.

If the Philippines secure their independence after heroic and stubborn conflicts, they can rest assured that neither England or Germany, nor France, and still less Holland will dare to take up what Spain has been unable to hold. Within a few years Africa will completely absorb the attention of the Europeans, and there is no sensible nation which, in order to secure a group of poor and hostile islands, will neglect the immense territory offered by the Dark Continent, untouched, undeveloped and almost undefended. England has enough colonies in the Orient and is not going to sacrifice her Indian Empire for the poor Philippine Islands -- if she had entertained such an intention she would not have restored Manila in 1763, but would have kept some point in the Philippines whence she might gradually expand. Moreover, what need has John Bull the trader to exhaust himself over the Philippines, when he is already lord of the Orient, when he has Singapore, Hong Kong and Shanghai? It is probable the England will look favorably upon the independence of the Philippines, for it will open their ports to her and afford greater freedom to her commerce. Furthermore, there exist in the United Kingdom tendencies and opinions to the effect that she already has too many colonies, that they are harmful, that they greatly weaken the sovereign country.

For the same reasons Germany will not care to run any risk, and because a scattering of her forces and a war in distant countries will endanger her existence on the continent. Thus we see her attitude, as much in the Pacific as in Africa, is confined to conquering easy territory that belongs to nobody. Germany avoids any foreign complications.

France has enough to do and see more of a future in Tongking and China, besides the fact that the French spirit does not shine in zeal for colonization. France loves glory, but the glory and laurels that grow on the battlefields of Europe. The echo from battlefields in the Fear East hardly satisfies her craving for renown, for it reaches her quite faintly. She has also other obligations, both internally and on the continent.

Holland is sensible and will be content to keep the Moluccas and Java. Sumatra offers her a greater future than the Philippines whose seas and coasts have a sinister omen for Dutch expeditions. Holland proceeds with great caution in Sumatra and Borneo, from fear of losing everything.

China will consider herself fortunate if she succeeds in keeping herself intact and is not dismembered or partitioned among the European powers that they are colonizing the continent of Asia.

The same is true with Japan. On the north side she has Russia, who envies and watches her, on the south England, with whom she is in accord even to her official language. She is, moreover, under such diplomatic pressure from Europe that she can not think of outside affairs until she is freed from it, which will not be an easy matter. True it is that she has an excess of population, but Korea attracts her more than the Philippines and is also easier to seize.

Perhaps the great American Republic, whose interests lie in the Pacific and who has no hand in the spoliation of Africa, may dream some day of foreign possession. This is not impossible, for the example is contagious, covetousness and ambition are among the strongest vices, and Harrison manifested something of this sort in the Samoan question. But the Panama Canal is not opened nor the territory of the States congested with inhabitants, and in case she should openly attempt it the European powers would not allow her to proceed, for they know very well that the appetite is sharpened by the first bites. North America would be quite a troublesome rival, if she should once get into the business. Furthermore, this is contrary to her traditions.

Very likely the Philippines will defend with inexpressible valor the liberty secured at the price of so much blood and sacrifice. With the new men that will spring from their soil and with the recollection of their past, they will perhaps strife to enter freely upon the wide road of progress, and all will labor together to strengthen their fatherland, both internally and externally, with the same enthusiasm, with which a youth falls again to tilling the land of his ancestors who long wasted and abandoned through the neglect of those who have withheld it from him. Then the mines will be made to give up their gold for relieving distress, iron for weapons, copper, lead, and coal. Perhaps the country will revive the maritime and mercantile life for which the islanders are fitted by their nature, ability and instincts, and once more free, like the bird that leaves its cage, like the flower that unfolds to the air, will recover the pristine virtues that are gradually dying out and will again become addicted to peace -- cheerful, happy, joyous, hospitable and daring.

These and many other things may come to pass within something like a hundred years, but the most logical prognostication, the prophecy based on the best probabilities, may err through remote and insignificant causes: An octopus that seized Mark Anthony’s ship altered the face of the world; a cross on Calvary and a just man nailed thereon changed the ethics of half the human race, and yet before Christ, how many just men wrongly perished and how many crosses were raised on that hill! The death of the just sanctified his work and made his teaching unanswerable. A sunken road at the battle of Waterloo buried all the glories of two brilliant decades, the whole napoleonic world, and freed Europe. Upon what chance accidents will the destiny of the Philippines depend?

Nevertheless, it is not well to trust to accident, for there is sometimes an imperceptible and incomprehensible logic in the workings of history. Fortunately, peoples as well as governments are subjects to it.

Therefore, we repeat and we will ever repeat, while there is time, and that is better to keep pace with the desire of a people than to give way before them; the former begets sympathy and love, the latter contempt and anger. Since it is necessary to grant six million Filipinos their rights, so that they may be in fact Spaniards, let the government grant these rights freely and spontaneously, without damaging reservations, without irritating mistrust. We shall never tire of repeating this while a ray of hope is left us, for we prefer this unpleasant task to the need of some day saying to the mother country: “Spain, we have sent our youth in serving thy interests in the interests of our country; we have looked to thee, we have expended the whole light of our intellects, all the fervor and enthusiasm of our hearts in working for the good of what was tine, to draw from them a glance of love, a liberal policy and that would assure us the peace of our native land and thy sway over loyal but unfortunate islands! Spain, thou hast remained deaf, and wrapped up in thy pride, hast pursued thy fatal course and accused us of being traitors, merely because we love our country because we tell thee the truth and hate all kinds of injustice. What dost thou wish us to tell our wretched country when it asks about the result of our efforts? Must we say to it that, since for it we have lost everything -- yo
          Nueva Ley Autónomos 2017: 26,67 € al día de manutención y 30% de los suministros   

La nueva ley de autónomos finalmente vendrá con la posibilidad de deducirse hasta 26,67€ al día de manutención y el 30% de los suministros de hogar cuando de agua, gas, electricidad, telefonía e Internet. En total contempla unas 20 medidas que mejorarán la vida de los autónomos.

Seguir leyendo >>


          New approach to an autonomous tractor   
A Canadian engineer and inventor rethought the idea of a farm power unit to create a new way to maximize labor-free farm work. Video included.
          Volvos autonoma bilar har problem med känguruns rörelser   


          Sewrou Sène secrétaire général du SAEMSS à Vélingara « nous risquons de déterrer la hache de guerre … »   
En tournée dans la région de Kolda Sewrou Sène le secrétaire général national du syndicat autonome des enseignants du moyen secondaire a rencontré lundi dernier les enseignants du département de Vélingara .Devant ses camarades venus nombreux l’écouter, Sewrou Sène a expliqué l’objet de sa tournée dans le fouladou. « je suis dans la région de […]
          Dji PHANTOM 4 ADVANCED - Prêt à voler   

DJI PHANTOM 4 ADVANCED

RADIOCOMMANDE VERSION SANS ÉCRAN
La radiocommande du Phantom 4 Advanced contient la technologie de transmission vidéo HD Lightbridge, qui agit sur une distance de 7 km (4,3 mi). L'application DJI GO 4 intégrée permet de diffuser, éditer et partager vos vidéos aériennes et vos photos instantanément.
*Sans obstacle ni interférence, conforme à la norme FC

 PRES

Capteur 1 pouce 20 MP, Temps de vol 30 min, Évitement d’obstacles frontal, Fonctions intelligentes et bien plus. Technologie d'imagerie aérienne avancée.

La caméra est équipée d'un capteur de 1 pouce de 20 mégapixels capable de prendre des vidéos 4K / 60fps et des photos en mode rafale à 14 ips. Le système FlightAutonomy inclut 5 capteurs optiques pour détecter les obstacles dans 2 directions et éviter ceux qui sont à l'avant. Le choix d'un alliage de titane et de magnésium augmente la rigidité du châssis et réduit le poids, rendant le Phantom 4 Advanced plus léger que le Phantom 4.

CAMÉRA AVEC CAPTEUR 1 POUCE 20MP
La caméra embarquée est équipée d'un capteur CMOS 1 pouce 20 mégapixels. L'objectif sur-mesure composé de huit éléments, est arrangé en sept groupes.L'obturateur mécanique élimine la distorsion d'obturateur roulant qui peut survenir lors de la prise d'images de sujets en mouvement rapide ou en vol à grande vitesse. En effet, il est comparable aux nombreuses caméras traditionnelles au sol. Le traitement vidéo plus puissant est compatible avec les vidéos 4K H.264 à 60 ips ou H.265 à 30 ips, les deux formats offrant un débit binaire de 100 Mb/s. Les performances du capteur et des processeurs assurent une plage dynamique élevée et un niveau de détail adapté pour une post-production poussée.

L'objectif sur-mesure composé de huit éléments, est arrangé en sept groupes. La caméra est aussi puissante que la plupart des caméras DSLR traditionnelles.

La taille du capteur est plus importante pour la qualité de l'image que le nombre de pixels, car un plus grand capteur contient plus d'informations dans chaque pixel.Cela améliore la plage dynamique, le rapport signal sur bruit et les performances de faible luminosité. Le capteur CMOS d'un pouce et 20 mégapixels du Phantom 4 Advanced est presque quatre fois plus grand que le capteur 1 / 2,3 pouce du Phantom 4. Il utilise des pixels plus grands et a un ISO maximum de 12800 ainsi qu'un contraste augmenté.La qualité est suffisante pour utiliser les images immédiatement, mais capture aussi suffisamment de détails pour la post-production.

VIDÉO 4K PROFESSIONNELLE
Un système de traitement vidéo amélioré permet de capturer la vidéo dans les standards optimisés DCI du cinéma et de la production : 4K / 60 (4096 x 2160 / 60 ips)à un débit de 100 Mb/s. Vous obtiendrez des plans au ralenti en haute résolution. Le Phantom 4 Advanced prend également en charge le codec vidéo H.265 (résolutionmaximale 4096X2160 / 30 ips). Pour un débit binaire donné, le format de compression H.265 double la quantité de traitement d'image par rapport au H.264 et améliorenettement la qualité d'image. Enregistrer avec une plage dynamique élevée du mode D-log permet de tirer au mieux partie de ces données pour étalonner les couleurs.

OBJECTIF HAUTE RÉSOLUTION
La résolution et le contraste d'un objectif sont essentiels à la qualité de l'image, car seul un objectif de qualité peut capturer des photos nettes et vives en haute résolution.La toute nouvelle caméra du Phantom 4 Advanced dispose d'un objectif grand angle F2.8, pensé pour la photographie aérienne, avec une distance focale de 24 mm. Il comporte huit éléments, dont 2 asphériques, disposés en sept groupes qui s'insèrent dans un cadre plus petit et plus compact. Les images créées présentent une faible distorsion etune faible dispersion, cela garantit aux photos et aux vidéos un rendu net et vif. Les résultats MTF (Modulation Transfer Function) ont été rendus publics afin d'avoir une meilleure compréhension de la performance de la lentille.

CAPTURER CHAQUE INSTANT
L'imagerie aérienne ne sert pas uniquement à capturer des paysages mais aussi à apporter de nouvelles perspectives lorsqu'il s'agit de filmer des scènes d'action ou des courses, par exemple. Capturer des objets se déplaçant à grande vitesse a toujours été un défi pour les caméras volantes à obturateur électronique. Le Phantom 4 Advanced utilise un obturateur mécanique et un objectif à grande ouverture. L'obturateur mécanique d'une vitesse maximale de 1 / 2000s élimine la distorsion d'obturateur roulant qui peut survenir lors de la prise d'images de sujets en mouvement rapide ou en vol à grande vitesse. L'obturateur électronique a également été amélioré avec une vitesse d'obturation maximale de 1/8000 secondes, et un nouveau mode Rafale capable de saisir des clichés à 14 ips et 20 mégapixels pour ne jamais rater l'instant parfait.

5 CAPTEURS OPTIQUES
Composé de 5 capteurs optiques, des positionnements satellites GPS et GLONASS, de capteurs à ultrasons et d'un système de redondance, le système FlightAutonomy donne la capacité au Phantom 4 Advanced de voler en stationnaire avec précision, même dans des endroits sans signal GPS, et de voler dans des environnements complexes. Les deux capteurs optiques avant voient jusqu'à 30 m au devant de l'appareil. Celui-ci peut freiner automatiquement, voler en stationnaire face à des obstacles ou en faire le tour, lorsqu'ils sont dans un rayon de 15 m.
PRES
MODES DE VOLS INTELLIGENTS

DESSIN: est une toute nouvelle technologie pour le contrôle des points de repère. Il suffit de tracer un itinéraire à l'écran et le Phantom 4 Advanced se déplacera dans cette direction tout en gardant son altitude verrouillée. Cela permet au pilote de se concentrer sur le contrôle de la caméra et autorise des plans plus complexes. Il existe deux modes Dessin qui peuvent être utilisés dans différents scénarios.Avancer : L'appareil suit la trajectoire à une vitesse régulière avec la caméra orientée dans la direction du vol. Libre (Free) : L'appareil ne se déplace le long de l'itinéraire que lorsqu'il en reçoit l'ordre. Dans ce mode, la caméra peut être orientée dans n'importe quelle direction pendant un vol.
PRES
ACTIVETRACK: Les objets en déplacement rapide peuvent être très difficiles à suivre, mais les algorithmes avancés de reconnaissance d'image utilisés par le Phantom 4 Advanced lui permettent de reconnaître et de suivre l'objet tout en le gardant dans le cadre. Ce nouvel algorithme reconnaît également plus de sujets, les personnes, les véhicules ou encore les animaux, et ajuste sa dynamique de vol pour réaliser des séquences uniformes.Les pilotes peuvent choisir entre :Tracer – Suit le sujet de derrière ou de devant, évitant les obstacles automatiquement.Profil – Vole à côté d'un sujet depuis différents angles pour obtenir des images du sujet de profil.Projecteur – La caméra est fixée sur le sujet pendant que l'appareil vole quasiment n’importe où.
PRES
TAPFLY: Volez dans n'importe quelle direction visible à l'écran d'un simple appui sur l'écran. Touchez n'importe où sur l'écran pour ajuster doucement la direction du vol tout en évitant automatiquement les obstacles*. Appuyez à nouveau sur l'écran ou utilisez les joysticks pour changer de direction. Une nouvelle fonction route AR (Réalité augmentée) montre la trajectoire de vol de l'appareil en temps réel à mesure que son itinéraire est ajusté. Comme il peut être difficile de contrôler simultanément l'altitude, le cap, la vitesse et l'inclinaison de la caméra à l'aide des joysticks, TapFly Libre permet à un pilote de définir la direction du vol, lui laissant plus de marge pour tourner le Phantom 4 Advanced ou incliner la nacelle comme il faut, sans changer la direction de vol. Au total, il existe maintenant deux modes TapFly :TapFly Avancer – Appuyez pour voler dans la direction sélectionnée. TapFly Libre – Verrouille la direction vers l'avant du Phantom sans verrouiller l'orientation de la caméra, ce qui lui permet de pivoter en volant.*L'évitement d’obstacles n'est pas disponible avec TapFly Libre.
PRES
RETURN TO HOME: Avec le mode Return to Home, le Phantom 4 Advanced peut automatiquement choisir la meilleure trajectoire de retour au point de départ en fonction des conditions environnantes. Il enregistre son parcours tout au long du vol, lui permettant de revenir en suivant la même route et en évitant les obstacles en cas de déconnexion avec la radiocommande. Sur la base de son altitude au moment de la déconnexion, le Phantom 4 Advanced est également en mesure d'ajuster sa trajectoire de vol pour éviter les obstacles qu'il a vu pendant son vol. Au décollage, le Phantom 4 Advanced enregistre la scène en-dessous et compare son enregistrement avec ce qu'il voit à son retour, pour un atterrissage plus précis. Il peut également détecter le relief et constater si l'endroit est approprié pour l'atterrissage. Si des obstacles sont découverts, ou s'il y a de l'eau au sol, il alerte le pilote et vole en stationnaire à une hauteur appropriée, afin d'aider l'appareil à atterrir de façon plus sûre.
PRES
MODE GESTES: En utilisant le mode Gestes, les selfies peuvent être réalisés facilement en utilisant quelques gestes sans radiocommande. La technologie avancée de vision par ordinateur permet au Phantom 4 Advanced de recevoir des instructions par l'intermédiaire de gestes. Le sujet soulève simplement les bras en face de la caméra et l'appareil, reconnaissant ce mouvement, se verrouille alors sur le sujet et le place au centre du cadre. Lorsqu'il est prêt pour une photo, le sujet avertit l'appareil en tendant les bras. Un compte à rebours de trois secondes commence, le temps de prendre la pose, permettant de saisir des instants sans radiocommande.
PRES

PERFORMANCES DE VOL

MODES DE VOL: Selon les conditions, les caractéristiques de vol diffèrent, et le Phantom 4 Advanced offre trois modes de vol : P, A et S. En mode Position, TapFly, ActiveTrack, la détection d'obstacle et les fonctions de positionnement sont disponibles. Le mode Sport ajoute une agilité et une vitesse supplémentaires, atteignant 72 km/h (45 mph). Le mode Atti désactive la stabilisation du satellite et maintient l'altitude du Phantom 4 Advanced. Il est idéal pour les pilotes expérimentés qui cherchent à capturer des images plus lisses. Le mode Trépied (Tripod), qui limite la vitesse à 7 km/h (4 mph), offre un contrôle de précision pour le cadrage minutieux et le vol en intérieur.

IMU REDONDANCE DES CAPTEURS: Le Phantom 4 Advanced comprend deux compas et deux IMU, pour une plus grande fiabilité. Compas et IMU sont des capteurs importants pour assurer un vol stable et le Phantom 4 Advanced compare en permanence les données qu'il reçoit des deux paires. Ces données sont traitées à l'aide d'algorithmes avancés pour vérifier leur exactitude et toute donnée inexacte est simplement rejetée sans affecter l'appareil, et en gardant le vol stable et fiable.

BATTERIES INTELLIGENTES: L'imagerie aérienne professionnelle est plus adaptée aux temps de vol plus longs. Le Phantom 4 Advanced a un temps de vol maximum de 30 minutes, il octroie plus de temps dans les airs pour saisir le cliché parfait. L'application DJI GO 4 indique l'autonomie de la batterie et calcule le temps de vol restant en fonction de la distance parcourue et plus encore. Il émet des alertes lorsqu'il atteint un niveau minimum de puissance pour un voyage sûr jusqu'au point de départ. Un système avancé de gestion de la batterie est également présent pour éviter les surcharges et le drainage excessif. Lorsqu'il est stocké à plus long terme, les batteries se déchargent pour maintenir un état correct.

DJI GO 4: Grâce à l'application DJI GO 4, un grand nombre de modes de vol intelligents sont disponibles. Elle fournit également un contrôle total et manuel de la caméra, comme l'ISO, l'ouverture, la vitesse d'obturation, les formats d'image, et bien plus. Tout changement dans DJI GO 4 apparaît presque instantanément à l'écran. Les données de vol vitales et l'état de la transmission vidéo sont faciles à vérifier dans l'application, améliorant ainsi l'efficacité et le confort d'utilisation.

Phantom 4 Advanced et + SPECS.

Appareil
Poids (batterie et hélices incluses): 1368 g
Diagonale (Sans hélice): 350 mm
Vitesse ascensionnelle max.: Mode S : 6 m/s (19,7 ft/s)
Mode P : 5 m/s (16,4 ft/s)
Vitesse de descente max.: Mode S : 4 m/s
mode P : 3 m/s
Vitesse max.: 72 km/h (45 mph) (Mode S) ; 58 km/h (36 mph) (Mode A) ;
50 km/h (31 mph) (Mode P)
Angle d'inclinaison max.: Mode S : 42°
Mode A : 35°
Mode P : 25°
Vitesse angulaire max.: 250°/s (mode S); 150°/s (mode A)
Plafond pratique max. au-dessus du niveau de la mer: 6000 m (19685 pieds)
Résistance au vent max.: 10 m/s
Temps de vol max.: Environ 30 minutes
Plage de températures de fonctionnement: 0° à 40° C (32° à 104° F)
Systèmes de positionnement satellite: GPS/GLONASS
Plage de précision du vol stationnaire: Verticale : ± 0,1 m (avec Vision Positioning) ; ± 0,5 m (avec GPS Positioning)
Horizontale : ± 0,3 m (avec Vision Positioning) ; ± 1,5 m (avec GPS Positioning)

Nacelle
Stabilisation: 3 axes (inclinaison verticale, roulis, panoramique)
Plage réglable: Inclinaison verticale : de -90° à +30°
Vitesse de contrôle angulaire max.: Inclinaison : 90°/s
Précision du contrôle angulaire: ±0.02°

Caméra
Capteur: CMOS 1"
Pixels effectifs : 20M
Objectif: FOV 84°, 8,8 mm / 24 mm (35 mm format equivalent),
f/2,8 - f/11
mise au point automatique à 1 m - ∞
Plage ISO: Vidéo :
100 - 3200 (Auto)
100 - 6400 (Manuel)
Photo:
100 - 3200 (Auto)
100- 12800 (Manuel)
Vitesse d'obturation mécanique: 8 - 1/2000 s
Vitesse d'obturation électronique: 8 - 1/8000 s
Taille max. de l'image: Proportion 3:2 : 5 472 × 3 648 ; Proportion 4:3 : 4 864 × 3 648 ; Proportion 16:9 : 5 472 × 3 078
Taille d'image PIV (Photo In-video): 4096×2160(4096×2160 24/25/30/48/50p)
3840×2160(3840×2160 24/25/30/48/50/60p)
2720×1530(2720×1530 24/25/30/48/50/60p)
1920×1080(1920×1080 24/25/30/48/50/60/120p)
1280×720(1280×720 24/25/30/48/50/60/120p)
Modes de photographie: Prise unique
Rafale : 3/5/7/10/14 clichés
Bracketing d'exposition(AEB) : 3/5 clichés en bracketing à 0,7 EV
Intervalle : 2/3/5/7/10/15/30/60 s
Modes d'enregistrement vidéo:

H.265
C4K : 4096×2160 24/25/30p @100Mb/s
4K : 3840×2160 24/25/30p @100Mb/s
2,7K : 2720×1530 24/25/30p @65Mb/s
2,7K : 2720×1530 48/50/60p @80Mb/s
FHD : 1920×1080 24/25/30p @50Mb/s
FHD : 1920×1080 48/50/60p @65Mb/s
FHD : 1920×1080 120p @100Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 24/25/30p @25Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 48/50/60p @35Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 120p @60Mb/s

H.264
C4K : 4096×2160 24/25/30/48/50/60p @100Mb/s
4K : 3840×2160 24/25/30/48/50/60p @100Mb/s
2,7K : 2720×1530 24/25/30p @80Mb/s
2,7K : 2720×1530 48/50/60p @100Mb/s
FHD : 1920×1080 24/25/30p @60Mb/s
FHD : 1920×1080 48/50/60p @80Mb/s
FHD: FHD : 1920×1080 120p @100Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 24/25/30p @30Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 48/50/60p @45Mb/s
HD : 1280×720 120p @80Mb/s


Bitrate de stockage vidéo: 100 Mb/s
Systèmes de fichiers pris en charge: FAT32 (≤ 32 Go); exFAT (> 32 Go)
Photo: JPEG, DNG (RAW), JPEG + DNG
Vidéo: MP4/MOV (AVC/H.264;HEVC/H.265)
Cartes SD prises en charge: Micro SD, capacité max. : 128 Go.
Vitesse d'écriture ≥15MB/s, Classe 10 ou type UHS-1 minimum
Plage de températures de fonctionnement: 0° to 40° C (32° to 104° F)

Vision System
Vision System: Système de détection optique avant
Système de détection optique inférieur
Plage de vitesse: ≤ 50 km/h (31 mph) à 2 m (6,6 pieds) au-dessus du sol
Plage d'altitude: 0-10 m (0-33 pieds)
Portée de fonctionnement: 0-10 m (0-33 pieds)
Portée de détection d'obstacles: 0,7 à 30 m (2 à 98 pieds)
FOV: Avant : 60° (horizontal), ±27° (vertical)
Inférieur : 70° (avant et arrière), 50° (gauche et droite)
Fréquence de mesure: Avant : 10 Hz
Inférieur : 20 Hz
Conditions de fonctionnement: Surfaces régulières et bien éclairées (> 15 lux)

Radiocommande
Fréquence de fonctionnement: 2.400 - 2.483 GHz
Distance de transmission max.: 2.400 - 2.483 GHz (sans obstacle ni interférence)
FCC : 7 km (4,3 mi)
CE : 3,5 km (2,2 mi)
SRRC : 4 km (2,5 mi)
Plage de températures de fonctionnement: 0° to 40° C (32° to 104° F)
Batterie: 6000 mAh LiPo 2S
Puissance de l'émetteur (EIRP): 2.400 - 2.483 GHz
FCC : 26 dBm
CE : 17 dBm
SRRC : 20 dBm
Courant et tension de fonctionnement: 1,2 A à 7,4 V
Ports de sortie vidéo: GL300E : HDMI
GL300C : USB
Support pour appareil mobile: GL300E : écran intégré (de 5,5 pouces, 1920 × 1080, 1000 cd/m2, Système Android, 4Go RAM + 16Go ROM)
GL300C : Tablettes et téléphones

Batterie de Vol Intelligente
Capacité: 5870 mAh
Tension: 15,2 V
Type de batterie: LiPo 4S
Énergie: 89,2 Wh
Poids net: 468 g
Plage de températures de fonctionnement: De 5 à 40 °C (41 à 104 °F)
Puissance de charge max.: 100 W

Chargeur
Tension: 17,5V
Puissance nominale: 100 W

Application / Aperçu en direct
Application mobile: DJI GO 4
Fréquence de fonctionnement de l'aperçu en direct: 2,4 GHz ISM
Qualité de l'aperçu en direct: 720P @ 30 ips
Latence: Phantom 4 Advanced : 220 ms (depending on conditions and mobile device)
Phantom 4 Advanced +:160 - 180 ms
Systèmes d'exploitation requis: iOS 9.0 ou version ultérieure
Android 4.4.0 ou version ultérieure
Compatibilité avec appareils mobiles: iOS : iPhone 5s, iPhone SE, iPhone 6, iPhone 6 Plus, iPhone 6s, iPhone 6s Plus, iPhone 7, iPhone 7 Plus, iPad Air, iPad Air Wi-Fi + Cellular, iPad mini 2, iPad mini 2 Wi-Fi + Cellular, iPad Air 2, iPad Air 2 Wi-Fi + Cellular, iPad mini 3, iPad mini 3 Wi-Fi + Cellular, iPad mini 4, et iPad mini 4 Wi-Fi + Cellular. Cette application est optimisée pour iPhone 7 et iPhone 7 Plus. Android : Samsung tabs 705c, Samsung S6, Samsung S5, Samsung NOTE4, Samsung NOTE3, Google Nexus 6p, Nexus 9, Google Nexus 7 II, Ascend Mate7, Huawei P8 Max, LG V20, Nubia Z7 mini, SONY Xperia Z3, MI 3 et MI PAD. *Compatible sur d'autres appareils Android, les tests et le développement continuent.

CONTENU DU PHANTOM 4 ADVANCED:
1 x Drone DJI Phantom 4 Advanced avec caméra 4K
1 x Radiocommande
1 x Support radio pour smartphone
1 x Batterie intelligente 4S 5870mah
1 x Chargeur 100W
1 x Adaptateur secteur
1 x Protection pour caméra
1 x MicroSD 16 Go
1 x Câble micro USB
1 x Câble USB OTG
2 x Jeu de 4 hélices
1 x Guide démarrage rapide

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer

Enregistrer


Mayotte 1ère

Les communes de Mayotte peinent à trouver leur autonomie financière
Mayotte 1ère
A Mayotte, l'Etat finance 55% des recettes de fonctionnement des communes contre 21% en moyenne en métropole, a indiqué le directeur adjoint de l'Agence française de développement (AFD) lors de la présentation du premier « Observatoire des ...


          Prefeitura de LEM-BA faz a alegria da terceira idade no circo   
Com muita alegria e sorrisos estampados nos rostos. Foi assim que a terceira idade participante do PROMATI – Programa Municipal de Atendimento à Terceira Idade, passou a tarde da última quinta-feira (29). A experiência foi planejada pela Prefeitura Municipal e muito bem aceita por todos os participantes do programa que tiveram a oportunidade de apreciar o espetáculo gratuitamente, entre amigos.

Em meio a números de acrobacia, malabarismo, palhaços e até um gorila gigante, as gargalhadas ecoavam sob a lona. Uma das participantes do programa disse que foi muito boa a ideia de passar uma tarde no circo, já que rir ajuda a superar as dificuldades do dia a dia. Outra participante ressaltou a mudança no PROMATI, vivenciada na gestão Oziel Oliveira. “Fazia muito tempo que eu não vinha no circo, dei muita risada e estou doida pra contar para os meus netos. Que bom que o prefeito teve essa ideia! Lá no Promati agora toda semana tem uma novidade.” Afirmou.

O Programa tem a missão de acolher, orientar, apoiar, proteger e desenvolver a socialização e autonomia na terceira idade, a fim de garantir aos assistidos, qualidade de vida.

De São Paulo, para onde viajou junto com a Secretária de Meio Ambiente, Izabel de Paula e com o vereador Mardônio da Rocha, para fazer visitas técnicas às usinas de tratamento de resíduos sólidos e definir a tecnologia de melhor aplicabilidade em Luís Eduardo Magalhães, o prefeito Oziel Oliveira fez questão de receber via aplicativo de comunicação, as imagens do passeio. “Fico muito satisfeito em ver a felicidade desses homens e mulheres que dedicaram sua vida a construir o que temos hoje. Alegria não tem idade e eles merecem muito mais do que foi proporcionado nesta tarde. Vamos continuar trabalhando pela melhoria da qualidade de vida dos nossos jovens senhores e senhoras.” Comentou o prefeito, Oziel Oliveira. Fonte: ASCOM, prefeitura de LEM









          Google está trabajando en un camión autónomo   

Waymo, la división de autos sin conductor de Alphabet (la matriz de Google), ha sido vista probando en las carreteras […]

The post Google está trabajando en un camión autónomo appeared first on Social Geek.


          KONSERWATYŚCI WSZYSTKICH KRAJÓW, ŁĄCZCIE SIĘ!    
W książce „GRU. Radziecki wywiad wojskowy”, Wiktor Suworow opisywał poszczególne kategorie sowieckich agentów. Wymienił przy tym „kategorię najbardziej ze wszystkich obrzydliwą” i określił ją mianem „gawnojedów” – nadanym owym „członkom wszelkiej maści Towarzystw Przyjaźni ze Związkiem Radzieckim, działaczom organizacji pacyfistycznych (z ruchem na rzecz jednostronnego rozbrojenia na czele), Zielonym i innych postępowym radykałom”, przez ludzi radzieckiego wywiadu.
Przypominam ten (ogólnie znany, jak sądzę) termin, bo trudno dziś znaleźć określenie celniejsze, dla opisania tak powszechnej, odpychającej i niewolniczej postawy wobec Rosji. W ostatnich latach nabrało ono nowego rysu i wolno je zastosować do kilku innych,(poza agenturalnymi) grup prorosyjskiej menażerii.
Rosja posiadła zdolność doskonałego rozgrywania tej anomalii i od wielu dziesięcioleci wykorzystuje ją do budowania swojej pozycji. Tysiące polityków, pisarzy, dziennikarzy oraz zastępy tzw. artystów i aktorów, wzorem amerykańskiego półgłówka Johna Reeda, infekują „wolny świat” bałwochwalczym uniżeniem wobec ludobójczego reżimu i zatruwają umysły fałszywym obrazem Rosji.
Przez szereg lat, ta najniższa kategoria rosyjskich paputczików obejmowała głownie osoby z kręgów lewackich i lewicowych - rozmaitych ekologów, liberałów i „postępowych demokratów”, piewców światowego „odprężenia” i ogłupiałych rzeczników „resetów”, traktujących państwo Putina niczym solidnego partnera w rozwiązywaniu globalnych problemów.
Ta ostatnia patologia – bodaj najpowszechniejsza we współczesnej polityce, jest pochodną sowieckiej idei zbieżności – zwanej teorią konwergencji. Uknuta w podziemiach Łubianki „doktryna” kazała wierzyć, że dwa rywalizujące za sobą i początkowo krańcowo odmienne systemy polityczne, w miarę rozwoju wzajemnych kontaktów, będą stopniowo upodabniały się do siebie i mogły nawiązywać bliższe kontakty. „Konwergencja” usprawiedliwiała więc wszelkie związki ze światowym komunizmem i rozgrzeszała zgraję łajdaków z paktowania z kremlowskimi bandytami. Dzięki uprawianiu tej hiper bredni, zalegalizowaniu partii i środowisk komunistycznych, sowieckie zniewolenie bez przeszkód torowało sobie drogę do zachodnich szkół i uniwersytetów, co wkrótce doprowadziło do sytuacji, w której znaczna część wpływowych środowisk opiniotwórczych znalazła się pod inspiracją „idei marksistowskich”. Tym samym – „konwergencja”, w wydaniu sowieckim, doprowadziła do „oswojenia” Zachodu z komunizmem i zainfekowania całej myśli politycznej błędnymi teoriami i wyobrażeniami. Była pseudonaukowym podłożem, na którym wyrastały nowe zastępy gawnojedów i użytecznych idiotów, sławiących ducha współpracy i przyjaźni z Rosją.
Osadzenie tych dewiacji w środowiskach lewackich i lewicowych, nie wynikało bynajmniej z „pobratymstwa ideowego”, jak tłumaczy się to zauroczenie. Komunizm, który nigdy nie był żadną ideologią, filozofią ani doktryną polityczną, wykorzystał jedynie intelektualne upośledzenie liderów tych środowisk i narzucił im „kilka pojęć jak cepy”. 
A czymże jest nasza teoria – przyznawał Lew Trocki - jeśli nie po prostu narzędziem działania? Tym narzędziem jest dla nas teoria marksistowska, bo aż do dziś nie wymyślono lepszego.”
Pułkownik Putin, który nie musiał już bawić się w „marksistowskie teorie” itp. absurdy, doprowadził komunizm na wyższy stopień pasożytnictwa i posłużył narzędziem dostosowanym do potrzeb współczesnego świata. Należało tylko usprawnić „konwergencję” o motyw pieniądza i żądzę zysku, by uczynić z niej doskonałą przynętę na sytych i głupich gawnojedów.  Ich samych również podniesiono na wyższy poziom i zaczęto traktować jako wspólników, kontrahentów i partnerów politycznych. Zasady nie uległy jednak zmianie.
Kluczem do nowego rozdania starej bredni o „konwergencji”, są opowieści o „potrzebie normalizacji” stosunków Rosji z Zachodem  oraz powszechne przeświadczenie, że bez udziału kremlowskiego satrapy, nie da się rozwiązać światowych problemów.
W tym przeświadczeniu pobrzmiewają oczywiście echa prostackiej „kombinacji z kozą”, o której pisałem przed rokiem w tekście „O PUTINIE, RABINIE I KOZACH”. Tego rodzaju kombinacje operacyjne, były wielokrotnie stosowane przez służby sowieckie i do dziś są ważnym narzędziem kreowania rzeczywistości. Polegają one na wytworzeniu określonych zdarzeń lub sprowokowaniu trudnych sytuacji, wobec których przeciwnik będzie zmuszony podjąć określone decyzje i stworzyć sobie fałszywy obraz agresora. Jak w przypowieści o Żydzie, rabinie i kozie - chodzi o celowe wywołanie problemu i sprawienie, by delikwent poczuł się nim zmęczony i przytłoczony. Wówczas do akcji wkracza ten, który „kozę” wprowadził i wielkodusznie proponuje pomoc w rozwiązaniu problemu. Szczęśliwy głupiec odczuwa (pozorną) ulgę, zaś „rabin-wybawca” kreuje się na przyjaciela i sojusznika.
Ponieważ Rosjanie dość dawno dostrzegli, że (wywołane w dużej mierze przez ich agenturę) lewackie anomalie zostaną wkrótce skompromitowane i odrzucone przez „wolny świat”, skroili nową „teorię konwergencji”, pod inny typ odbiorcy. Znaleziono go w środowiskach „konserwatywnych” i „narodowych”, wśród polityków odwołujących się do chrześcijaństwa lub „tradycyjnych wartości”. Nazwy te celowo opatruję cudzysłowem, bo rzeczywiste postawy tych ludzi oraz ich stosunek do spadkobiercy Związku Sowieckiego, całkowicie przekreśla sens  takich  określeń.
Nie można być konserwatystą i dążyć do współpracy z państwem, które łamie wszelkie zasady ludzkie i boskie i wyznaje skrajny relatywizm etyczny. Nie można deklarować szacunku dla interesów narodowych i sprzymierzać się z ludźmi, którzy gwałcą prawa innych narodów, a swoją wspólnotę traktują niczym stado niewolników. Nie sposób też usprawiedliwić takich postaw chrześcijańskich, które w społeczności kompletnie zdegenerowanej, w zamęcie zła, nierozliczonych zbrodni i cierpień milionów ofiar, chcą widzieć rys Ewangelii.
Zainicjowana przez Putina wymiana, ma mocną, racjonalną podstawę. Jaki bowiem pożytek operacyjny pływnie z agenta ulokowanego w partii socjaldemokratycznej, czy innym, lewackim organie, o którym każdy wie, że wyznaje „marksistowskieidee”? Dopiero pozyskanie przyjaciół wśród „prawicowców” i „katolików” daje pole do rozgrywania ważnych kombinacji operacyjnych i gwarantuje solidne „przykrycie” polityczne.   
Jeśli „środowiska  konserwatywne” Zachodu dostrzegają w działaniach Putina cechy bliskie tradycyjnym wartościom, jest to dowód nie tylko ich historycznej głupoty, ale skuteczności rosyjskiej propagandy i dezinformacji.
Celem Putina nie jest bowiem „silna Rosja”, „obrona narodu” czy „wartości chrześcijańskich” – lecz władza, rozbój i panowanie nad światem kolejnej watahy komunistycznej. Wszelkie „idee narodowe”, głoszone przez kremlowskiego despotę, jego odwołania do religii i „chrześcijańskich wartości”,  mają taką samą wartość, jak „teoria marksistowska” Trockiego i jego kompartii i są zaledwie narzędziem w rękach bandytów i dewiantów. Były przydatne, więc zostały zastosowane. Gdy skończył się czas ich przydatności, odrzucono je i sięgnięto po nowe.
Putin będzie więc socjalistą dla zaczadzonych socjalizmem i narodowcem, dla wyznawców idei narodowych. Stanie się gorliwym chrześcijaninem, gdy przyjdzie mu oszukać chrześcijan i pierwszy sięgnie po symbole wolnomularstwa, gdy sprzymierzy się z masonami. Dla Żydów założy jarmułkę, a muzułmanom zbuduje meczet.
Nie ma takich idei, doktryn i religii, których „prawdziwy czekista” nie byłby w stanie wyznawać.
Odradzanie komunizmu pod różnymi nazwami i w różnych mutacjach dowodzi, że jest on istotnie "nieśmiertelny" -  w tym sensie, że wykorzystując rozmaite idee i pasożytując na  zdobyczach myśli ludzkiej, dąży do zaspokojenia najbardziej zbrodniczych skłonności i pragnień.
Ta dostosowawcza umiejętność mimikry, właściwa w świecie przyrody dla niektórych drapieżników i organizmów prymitywnych, jest często jedynym warunkiem przetrwania i staje się konieczna w grupie, odwołującej się do atawistycznych dążeń.
Na tej zdolności polega istota komunistycznego zafałszowania i dynamika zbrodniczej sukcesji.
Od kilku lat można obserwować zjawisko wymiany rosyjskiej agentury oraz rotacji kategorii „gawnojedów”. Wysłużony garnitur światowych lewaków, liberałów itp. użytecznych,zostaje zastąpiony menażerią „narodowców”, „prawicowców” i „konserwatystów” oraz poszerzony o wyznawców „wspólnych krucjat” i „propagowania chrześcijańskich wartości”.
Wiele z tych grup jest finansowanych i wspieranych przez Rosję lub posiada cechy przedstawicielstw agenturalnych. Czeski Národní demokracie, francuski  Front Narodowy czy UnitéContinentale, węgierski Jobbik, rumuńska Noua Dreaptă, brytyjskie British First i National Party, amerykańska Freedom Party czy polski Kongres Nowej Prawicy – to tylko niektóre z dziesiątków partii i organizacji, z których Rosja zamierza budować „Światowy Ruch Narodowo-Konserwatywny” („World National-Conservative Movement”) – WNCM. Ma on stanowić alternatywę dla zachodnich partii liberalno-demokratycznych i pod wodzą organizacji Rodina i Rosyjskiego Ruchu Imperialistycznego walczyć o „nowe oblicze” świata.
Wpływy rosyjskie sięgają jednak dalej niż do niszowych partii i wyznawców endokomuny i nie ma wątpliwości, że proces integracji konserwatywnej będzie przebiegał pod egidą Moskwy.
Do najwierniejszych sojuszników Putina należy z pewnością „prawicowiec” Wiktor Orban, który wielokrotnie dawał świadectwo „zwrotu na Wschód”. Węgry aktywnie wspierają projekt South Stream, popierają utworzenie armii europejskiej (wg. zamysłów Merkel-Putin), sprzeciwiają się nowym sankcjom wobec Moskwy, a w trakcie zbrojnej napaści rosyjskiej na Donbas domagały się autonomii dla ukraińskich Węgrów. Podczas wizyty Orbana w Moskwie w lutym br. uzgodniono szereg wspólnych projektów gospodarczych, zaś szef rządu węgierskiego zadeklarował, że nadal będzie dążył do tego, „by relacje między narodem rosyjskim i węgierskim były jak najbardziej przyjazne”.
Podobnie wygląda polityka rządu słowackiego, złożonego z czterech partii narodowych. Słowacja nie tylko otwarcie potępia sankcje nałożone na Rosję, ale deklaruje ścisłą współpracę gospodarczą z państwem Putina (m.in. podłączenie do planowanego przez Gazprom rurociągu omijającego Ukrainę) oraz współpracę wojskową, w tym modernizację systemu przeciwrakietowego S-300 i śmigłowców Mi-17.
Po wyborach w Bułgarii i Mołdawii, również w tych państwach Rosja znajdzie zadeklarowanych przyjaciół.
Już dziś można przewidzieć, że doskonałe relacje będą łączyły Putina z „republikaninem” Francois Fillonem, który prawdopodobnie zostanie kolejnym prezydentem Francji i reprezentuje w wyborach tzw. francuską prawicę. Fillon, w najcieplejszych słowach wypowiada się o Putinie, domaga się zniesienia sankcji wobec Rosji oraz uznania Krymu za rosyjskie terytorium. Zdaniem „Nowaj Gaziety”, francuski polityk „z entuzjazmem akceptuje działania Putina w Syrii i potępia obecną politykę unijną wobec Moskwy”. Jednocześnie, ten „ultrakonserwatysta” deklaruje, że Francja jest krajem tradycji katolickiej i zamierza przywrócić nauczanie religii w szkołach
Najmocniejszym akcentem zjawiska rotacji środowisk przychylnych Rosji, jest bez wątpienia zaangażowanie służb rosyjskich w proces wyborczy w USA. Radość Putina po wygranej Donalda Trumpa oraz szampany otwierane w rosyjskiej Dumie, to dość widowiskowy znak nadziei związanych z prezydenturą amerykańskiego przedsiębiorcy.
Uważam, że nadziei całkowicie uzasadnionych. Szereg wypowiedzi Trumpa, kontakty członków jego sztabu z Rosjanami oraz pierwsze decyzje dotyczące nowej administracji (tu szczególnie kandydatura gen. Michaela Flynna na stanowisko doradcy ds. bezpieczeństwa narodowego) pozwalają przypuszczać, że prezydentura kompletnego ignoranta politycznego, jakim jest D. Trump, będzie obfitowała w decyzje oparte na „idei konwergencji” i znakomicie poszerzy prorosyjską bazę gawnojedów.
Oczywiście, nie posądzam Trumpa o jakąkolwiek ideowość ani kierowanie się zasadami konserwatyzmu. Człowiek, który pięciokrotnie zmieniał barwy partyjne, nie ma żadnych poglądów i jest zdolny dostosować się do każdej koniunktury. Ten polityczny indyferentyzm stanowi cechę, która zbliża Trumpa do Putina i pozwala amerykańskiemu elektowi z podziwem obserwować poczynania kremlowskiego władcy. Nie można nie zauważyć, że jego fascynacja (później już maskowana) ma podłoże we wspólnym rozumieniu kwestii „interesów narodowych”. Dla Putina są one pustym sloganem, pozwalającym wszakże przedłużać władzę czekistowskich siłowików i tłumaczyć strategię komunistyczną dbałością o „dobro narodu rosyjskiego”. Dla Trumpa, ta sama kwestia, staje się użytecznym narzędziem -„wytrychem”, który zmobilizuje elektorat, zmęczony lewackimi eksperymentami Clintonów i Obamy i wyzwoli w Amerykanach „narodową dumę”.
Jest wielce prawdopodobne, że tak pragmatyczni przywódcy, szybko znajdą wspólny język i umocnią swoje „konserwatywne” zdobycze.    
Nie próbuję dziś rozstrzygać, jak będzie wyglądała prezydentura Trumpa i przyznaję, że niewiele mnie obchodzą wewnętrzne problemy Ameryki. Błąd, popełniany nagminnie przez polskich komentatorów życia politycznego, polega na formułowaniu generalnych ocen na temat prezydenta elekta, na podstawie wyobrażeń o jego „prawicowości” i „konserwatyzmie”. Jest to błąd tak dalece zakorzeniony, że odrzuca nawet elementarną refleksję nad życiem osobistym Trumpa, jego stosunkiem do ludzi, religii i zasad moralnych. Ponieważ większość użytecznych głupcówpopełnia ten sam błąd w ocenie prezydenta Rosji, jest to jeszcze jednak cecha znakomicie integrująca te dwie postaci.
Abstrahując od głębszych analiz politycznych i przewidywań prorosyjskich działań Donalda Trumpa, chcę jedynie zwrócić uwagę na rażącą absurdalność polskich nadziei związanych z tą prezydenturą. Taka sama skala absurdalności dotyczy relacji z Wiktorem Orbanem i każdym innym „konserwatystą”, wyznającym przyjaźń pułkownikowi KGB.
Ten, kto przekonuje Polaków, że tacy politycy mogą być naszymi sprzymierzeńcami i działać na rzecz polskich interesów, musi wpierw zmierzyć się pytaniem – jak to możliwe, jeśli owi politycy deklarują „normalizację” stosunków z naszym największym, odwiecznym wrogiem, chcą prowadzić z nim wspólne interesy i razem rozwiązywać światowe problemy?  
Czy można być „przyjacielem” państwa zagrażającego polskiej suwerenności i sławić polityka odpowiedzialnego za zbrodnię smoleńską i jednocześnie deklarować „braterstwo” z Polakami?
Jeśli nawet  uda się pokonać tę sprzeczność na poziomie logiki (pragmatyki) politycznej, która nie wyklucza zawiązywania sojuszy bez podtekstu „związków przyjacielskich”, to w żaden sposób nie można jej zignorować w kontekście interesów poszczególnych państw.
Czy Trump, który chce odbudowy amerykańskiej mocarstwowości i widzi w tym sposób na wewnętrzne odrodzenie „wartości amerykańskich”, będzie przedkładał polskie racje ponad interes moskiewskich sprzymierzeńców? Ile, w oczach amerykańskich „konserwatystów” kosztuje spokój na Bliskim Wschodzie i rozwiązanie problemów z tzw. ISIS, w porównaniu ze spokojem w Warszawie czy Kijowie?  
Czy Orban, który robi z Putinem interesy handlowe i energetyczne, dostaje z Rosji ogromne kredyty i ma otwarty rynek zbytu na towary węgierskie, zaryzykuje utratą takich korzyści i stanie po stronie Warszawy, gdy dojdzie do konfliktu z jego kremlowskim kamratem ?
Trzeba rażącej ślepoty i kompromitującej ignorancji, by w kontekście faktów już dokonanych oraz ważnych deklaracji politycznych, lekceważyć tak istotne przesłanki i opierać się na domniemaniach i pustych wyobrażeniach. Rząd, który w takich kategoriach chciałby budować polską pozycję w świecie, będzie grupą politycznych hochsztaplerów lub nieudolnych utopistów.
Stosunek do następcy Rosji Sowieckiej, jest i pozostanie najważniejszym wskaźnikiem politycznych intencji, a każda deklaracja „przyjaźni” z sukcesorami sowieckiego okupanta,  jest wymierzona w polskie interesy. Tylko w takiej perspektywie wolno nam oceniać bilans polskich korzyści.
Nie ma tu miejsca na dywagacje o „cywilizowaniu” Rosji ani uprawianie sowieckiej mitologii „konwergencji”. Współczesna Federacja Rosyjska jest kontynuatorką wszystkich antypolskich i antynarodowych dążeń i pełnym dziedzicem komunistycznego bandytyzmu.
Przedstawiciele rosyjskiej Dumy, w wydanej wczoraj uchwale na temat polsko-ukraińskiej "Deklarację pamięci i solidarności", zarzucili Polsce i Ukrainie „podważanie nienaruszalność własnych granic” i stwierdzili wprost – „Rosja, jako spadkobierczyni ZSRR, zwycięzcy w czasie drugiej wojny światowej, nie pozwoli na dokonanie rewizji jej historii”.
W ramach naszej, polskiej racji stanu, leży zatem ocena potencjalnych partnerów w kontekście ich relacji z Rosją. Nikogo nie zmusimy do zaniechania „normalizacji” stosunków z Putinem i izolowania kremlowskiego watażki, ale interes Polski wymaga, by dostrzegać i równoważyć to zagrożenie.
Dostrzegać – czyli wykazywać maksymalną rozwagę w kreowaniu niepewnych sojuszy oraz porzucić partyjną demagogię na rzecz solidnej roboty dyplomatycznej i realnych decyzji politycznych. Równoważyć zaś, poprzez budowanie światowej koalicji antyrosyjskiej, wzmacnianie polskiego potencjału obronnego, twardą rozprawę z wewnętrzną agenturą, oraz uczynienie z Polski głównego i niezbędnego partnera w relacjach ze wszystkimi państwami Europy Wschodniej. Tylko wtedy, gdy Trumpowi czy Orbanowi, nie będzie się „opłacało” tracić korzyści z polskiego partnerstwa, możemy liczyć na zniwelowanie zagrożeń wynikających z uprawiania „przyjaźni” z Putinem.
Rząd, który nie chce lub nie potrafi wykazać takiej determinacji i próbuje zwodzić Polaków wizją iluzorycznych sojuszy, naraża nas na ogromne niebezpieczeństwo i utratę resztek suwerenności.
Przyszły, 2017 rok, przyniesie kolejną ofensywę „rosyjskiej siły”, wspartą na pomocy „konserwatywnej” agentury i  życzliwości tysięcy „prawicowych” gawnojedów. Putin, kreując się na decydenta w sprawach terroryzmu i Bliskiego Wschodu oraz posługując się retoryką narodowo-konserwatywną,  już zapewnił sobie nienależną pozycję „rabina – wybawcy”. To dziś najpoważniejsza broń Kremla, która nie wymaga angażowania zdezelowanych tanków i kompromitowania ruskich żołdaków.
Nie tylko nie jesteśmy przygotowani na taką ofensywę, ale manifestując polityczną słabość i zależność od niepewnych partnerów, stajemy się łatwym łupem rosyjskiego agresora. 

          KSIĄŻKA ROTHA – W PUŁAPCE DEZINFORMACJI    
Gdybyśmy przyjęli, że w Smoleńsku doszło do zbrodniczej akcji służb Putina, trzeba również założyć, że byłaby to największa i najpoważniejsza tego typu operacja w historii służb specjalnych. Jej zakres nie da się porównać z żadną znaną lub domniemaną ingerencją tajnych służb. Katastrofa w Gibraltarze, zabójstwo Kennedy'ego, zamach na Jana Pawła II czy jakiekolwiek akty terrorystyczne, nie mogą być porównywalne ze zdarzeniem, w którym ginie urzędujący prezydent europejskiego państwa, grupa najwyższych rangą dowódców armii NATO i elita państwowych oficjeli.
Jest oczywiste, że takiej operacji musiałyby towarzyszyć nadzwyczajne środki zabezpieczające, adekwatne do wagi i skali zjawiska. Przy obecnym rozwoju sieci informatycznej i zaawansowanych technologiach wywiadowczych, całkowita blokada informacji byłaby niemożliwa. Gwarancję zamachowcom dawałaby natomiast główna broń rosyjskich służb i sięgniecie po narzędzia dezinformacji.
Już od 10 kwietnia 2010 można było zauważyć, że kreowanie kolejnych, nawet najbardziej szokujących hipotez na temat tragedii smoleńskiej, nie stanowi zagrożenia dla Rosji. Zostały one wpisane w mechanizmy dezinformacji i służyły odwróceniu uwagi od kwestii rzeczywiście istotnych.  Im więcej teorii się pojawiało, im bardziej są nagłaśniane i komentowane, tym lepiej dla służb kierujących operacją. Groźna byłaby tylko jedna, prawdziwa wersja oraz wiedza, prowadząca do poznania rzeczywistych okoliczności zdarzenia. Wszystkie pozostałe pracowały na korzyść kreatorów dezinformacji; wywołując pożądany szum informacyjny, ośmieszając „teorie spiskowe”, przytłaczając odbiorców rozmaitością szczegółów i utrudniając im dotarcie do merytorycznych ustaleń. Osłona dezinformacyjna przypomina wówczas wirus atakujący system immunologiczny organizmu. Uodparnia go na działanie prawdy i  czyni obojętnym wobec kolejnych dociekań.
Przez ostatnie sześć lat byliśmy świadkami budowania rozmaitych hipotez i naprowadzania opinii publicznej na fałszywe tropy. Prócz tzw. raportu MAK, który należy zaliczyć do klasycznej, rosyjskiej dezinformacji, z katalogu takich działań można wymienić sztandarowy produkt polskojęzycznych służb – tzw. teorię maskirowki czy dywagacje mówiące o nieumyślnej winie kontrolerów. Szereg publikacji i książek na temat Smoleńska zostało opartych na „tajnej wiedzy” autorów lub zainspirowanych grą służb specjalnych.

Kolejna książka Jurgena Rotha całkowicie wpisuje się w tego rodzaju kampanie. Ponieważ rzecz dotyczy wyjątkowo podstępnej hipotezy i wydaje się mieć związek z intencjami naszych zachodnich sąsiadów, warto poświęcić uwagę tej publikacji. Tym bardziej, że za sprawą głównych rezonatorów dezinformacji -tzw. wolnych mediów, związanych z grupą rządzącą, tezy Rotha są usilnie forsowane i rozpowszechniane.
Książka nie przynosi przełomowej wiedzy i nie zawiera nowych, zaskakujących informacji. Oceniając ją w kategoriach marketingowych, można powiedzieć, ze niemiecki dziennikarz po raz wtóry postanowił zarobić na powielaniu tego samego „dokumentu” BND i rezonowaniu tej samej śliskiej tezy. Zasadnicza różnica (miedzy pierwszą a obecna książką) polega na ujawnieniu niektórych szczegółów oraz wzmocnieniu wątków związanych z tropem „polskiego zleceniodawcy” i „rosyjskiego generała”. Ponieważ opublikowany przez Rotha „raport” niemieckiego wywiadu nadal zawiera „zaczernione” miejsca, zaś autor nie ujawnia nazwisk głównych postaci, można się spodziewać trzeciej publikacji i kontynuowania dezinformacyjnego wątku. Będzie to z korzyścią dla autora, który na rewelacjach sprzedawanych w Polsce, zarabia zapewne niezłe pieniądze.
Z ujawnionych już fragmentów nowej książki, można wnioskować, że publikacja pogłębia i ugruntowuje zasadniczą hipotezę: rosyjski generał i zwerbowana przezeń „grupa specjalna”, działając na zlecenie polskiego polityka, mieli dokonać zamachu w Smoleńsku.
Taki obraz wyłania się z treści dokumentu, zwanego „raportem” niemieckiego wywiadu. Ów „raport” rozpoczyna się elektryzującą uwagą:
Możliwym wyjaśnieniem przyczyny katastrofy Tu-154 z 10.04.2010 w Smoleńsku jest wysoce prawdopodobny zamach przy użyciu materiałów wybuchowych przeprowadzony przez oddział FSB/Połtawa pod dowództwem generała Jurija Desinova/Moskwa.”
Dowiadujemy się też, że źródłem informacji niemieckiego wywiadowcy jest „Robert, pułkownik polskiego wywiadu wojskowego”, zaś „zlecenie zamachu na Tu-154 pochodziło bezpośrednio od T. [nazwisko wysokiej rangi polskiego polityka].”
Jurgen Roth wyraźnie stara się o uwiarygodnienie dokumentu i podkreśla: „Cytowany przeze mnie raport źródłowy BND bazował bezsprzecznie na dwóch poważnych źródłach. Fakt, że oba całkowicie niezależnie od siebie zeznały w sprawie katastrofy samolotu Tu-154M dokładnie to samo, wysoko stawia ich wiarygodność i wartość przekazanych informacji”.
Dla porządku przypomnę, że poprzednia książka Rotha (z kwietnia 2015 roku) bazowała na tym samym „raporcie” i zawierała niemal identyczne wywody i stwierdzenia. Autor pisał wówczas:  „Należy przypomnieć raport BND z marca 2014 roku. W dokumencie tym nie tylko utrzymywano, że zlecenie zamachu na TU-154 pochodziło „bezpośrednio” od wysokiego rangą polskiego polityka i było skierowane do generała FSB, Jurija D.(…)Następnie wspomniany generał FSB nawiązał kontakt ze stacjonującą w Połtawie grupą operacyjną pod dowództwem Dmytra S. „Dmytro S. oraz cała jego grupa operacyjna, w skład której wchodzi piętnastu etatowych funkcjonariuszy FSB, posługują się oficjalnie na terenie Ukrainy dokumentami SBU [Służby Bezpieczeństwa Ukrainy]. (…) Wydaje się, że D. mógł zapewnić sobie łatwy dostęp do materiałów wybuchowych. Mimo to, uwzględniając fakt, że w przypadku TU-154 chodzi o rządowy samolot polskiego prezydenta o bardzo wysokich wymogach bezpieczeństwa – zdaniem autora – umieszczenie w samolocie ładunków TNT wyposażonych w zdalne zapalniki byłoby niemożliwe bez zaangażowania polskich sił.”
We wstępie do najnowszej książki, autor podkreśla natomiast, iż -„Powodowany sumą dotychczasowych przemyśleń i wniosków oraz zmianą sytuacji politycznej w Polsce postanowiłem przedstawić opinii publicznej kolejną publikację, w której rozszerzam swój punkt widzenia na tragedię smoleńską z 10 kwietnia 2010 roku.”
Rozszerzeniem punktu widzenia” jest zatem informacja o zleceniodawcy i wykonawcy zamachu oraz wiedza, że dokonał go oddział FSB stacjonujący na Ukrainie, związany (jak można przypuszczać) z osobą byłego ministra obrony Ukrainy Dmytra Salamatina.
Nietrudno dostrzec, że tak atrakcyjna hipoteza musi wzbudzić zainteresowanie polskiej opinii publicznej. Znajdujemy w niej przecież potwierdzenie rosyjskiego sprawstwa,  wyraźny ślad polityka-zleceniodawcy, a także obecność wspólników zbrodni (ludzi służb specjalnych).
Wydaje się również, że scenariusz oparto na mocnych przesłankach (dokument niemieckiego wywiadu), zaś okraszając go uwagami o „ładunkach TNT” oraz „zaangażowaniu polskich sił”, dodano waloru wiarygodności.  Te ostatnie bowiem doskonale korespondują z ustaleniami Cezarego Gmyza o obecności trotylu na pokładzie Tu-154 i ogólnym przeświadczeniem o współudziale służb specjalnych III RP. Jest to zatem produkt zgrabnie skorelowany i solidnie ukierunkowany na oczekiwania odbiorcy.
A jednak - od książki Rotha aż na kilometr bije odór dezinformacji, a nad hipotezami „niemieckich wywiadowców” unosi się widmo kombinacji służb specjalnych.
Za kompletnie niewiarygodną należy uznać supozycję, jakoby zlecenie zamachu wydał  „wysokiej rangi polski polityk”, zaś wykonawcą zlecenia był generał FSB. Pomijając refleksję, że byłby to pierwszy w historii przypadek, gdy polityk państwa polskiego wydaje polecenie rosyjskiemu kagebiście, warto dostrzec całkowitą absurdalność przekazu „raportu” BND.
Znajdujemy w nim bowiem sugestię, że zamach na polski samolot był autorskim dziełem generała Jurija Desinova i został wykonany przez jednostkę FSB stacjonującą na Ukrainie. Oznaczałoby to, że rosyjski generał miał możliwość przyjęcia takiego zlecenia, a nawet - mogło ono być zrealizowane poza wiedzą i wolą władców Kremla.
Naprowadzając czytelnika na taką myśl, Jurgen Roth wyraźnie „omija” postać płk. Putina i w żadnym miejscu swoich wywodów nie obarcza go odpowiedzialnością za zamach. To niezwykle istotna okoliczność. Nie znajdziemy oczywiście stwierdzenia, że Putin mógł nie wiedzieć o zleceniu danym Desinovowi, ale biorąc pod uwagę zawartość „raportu” BND, takie przypuszczenie wydaje się wręcz narzucające.
Czy jest zatem możliwe, by plan zamachu z 10 kwietnia powstał na linii „struktur poziomych” – w systemie triumwiratu III RP i hierarchii FSB i mógł obejmować zaledwie jednego  polskiego polityka i rosyjskiego generała? Czy w aparacie państwa rosyjskiego można zakładać istnienie takich struktur lub przypisywać oficerom  FSB tak dalece idącą samodzielność?
Taki pomysł jest całkowicie nierealny i niewiarygodny. Jak każda struktura mafijna, hierarchiczna, tak KGB/FSB rządzi się ścisłymi regułami. Jedną z najważniejszych jest podległość oraz bezwzględne posłuszeństwo rozkazom przełożonych. Nie sposób sobie wyobrazić, by w ramach aparatu bezpieczeństwa Federacji Rosyjskiej mogło dojść do sytuacji, w której funkcjonariusz FSB (choćby w stopniu generała) samodzielnie podejmuje decyzję o przeprowadzeniu jednej z największych operacji tajnych służb. Bez zgody Kremla i swoich przełożonych. W hierarchii służb zbudowanych na wzór KGB, nie może być mowy o żadnej dowolności, autonomii, bądź wymykającej się spod kontroli rywalizacji. Szczególnie w sprawie o tak kolosalnym znaczeniu, jak zamach na polskie elity. Gdyby Władimir Putin pozwalał swoim generałom przyjmować „zlecenia na zamachy”, nie utrzymałby władzy nawet przez rok.
Musi o tym wiedzieć również Jurgen Roth – badający kulisy tajnych służb. Czym, w warunkach rosyjskich, kończy się nadmierna samodzielność lub niesubordynacja, dowodzi długa lista nazwisk wysokich rangą oficerów – ofiar  „nieszczęśliwych wypadków” i zagadkowych „samobójstw”. Generał Lew Rochlin, gen. Aleksander Lebiedź, gen.Troszew, Konstantin Petrow, pułkownik Anton Surikow, gen. Jurij Iwanow, gen. Czerwizow, gen. Nikołaj Timoszenko, gen. Konstantyn Morew, Leonid Szebarszyn, kontradmirał Wiaczesław Apanasenko, gen. Boris Saplin – to tylko niektóre nazwiska  ludzi, którym przyszło do głowy działać wbrew interesom kremlowskich władców.
Trzeba więc sobie uświadomić, że zawarta w „raporcie” BND teza miałaby daleko idące konsekwencje. Jeśli przedstawioną w nim sekwencję uznamy za prawdziwą, oznaczałoby to, że plan zamachu na Tu-154 został opracowany w Polsce, zaś Rosjanie byli jedynie jego wykonawcami. A i to nie do końca, bo rosyjski generał miał przekazać zlecenie „grupie operacyjnej” działającej na Ukrainie i  zarządzanej przez ukraińskiego polityka. Przyjęcie takiej tezy prowadziłoby do zdjęcia odpowiedzialności z Putina i całego aparatu siłowego FR oraz wiodło do konkluzji, że w operację smoleńską mogły być zaangażowane służby ukraińskie.
Co więcej – na podstawie doniesień „Roberta, pułkownika polskiego wywiadu wojskowego”, można dojść do przekonania, że działania generała Desinova były nie tylko jakimś aktem samowoli w ramach struktury FSB, ale wręcz prowokacją wymierzoną w Putina. Niewykluczone, że prowokacją grupy „twardogłowych” oficerów, którym marzyło się skompromitowanie i obalenie kremlowskiego satrapy.   
Zwracam uwagę na ten arcyciekawy motyw, bo jest on swoistym „podpisem”, który może wskazywać na autorów gry dezinformacyjnej.
Sugerowanie rzekomych antynomii w mafijnym monolicie (grupie rządzącej), nie jest niczym nowym. Identycznym diagramem fałszowania komunistycznych realiów posługiwali się Sowieci i ich polskojęzyczni wasale. W taki sposób stworzono funkcjonującą do dziś mitologię „twardogłowych” i „liberalnych” komunistów. Okazała się szczególnie przydatna po zamordowaniu księdza Jerzego, gdy wspólne działania bezpieki, ludzi Kościoła i agentury ulokowanej w „opozycji demokratycznej” posłużyły do spreparowania tezy o prowokacji „twardogłowych”, wymierzonej w „liberalne” skrzydło Jaruzelskiego i Kiszczaka i otworzyły drogę do „historycznego kompromisu”.
Przed kilkoma miesiącami, ten sam model użyto dla wyjaśnienia sprawy zabójstwa Borysa Niemcowa. Niejaki Roger Boyes, dziennikarz "Timesa" (były korespondent w Moskwie i Warszawie) stwierdził – „Nie sądzę, by to Putin zabił Niemcowa” i przekonywał, że morderstwo to stanowi część szerszej gry nastawionej na osłabienie Putina. Chwilę później, podobnym podejrzeniem podzielił Andriej Iłłarionow, były doradca Putina - niezastąpiony w rozpowszechnianiu kremlowskich bajek. Iłłarionow uznał, że „Zabójstwo Niemcowa to próba dobicia Putina, aby wszędzie i w każdych okolicznościach stał się persona non grata”, a zatem potwierdził tezę o możliwej prowokacji wymierzonej we władcę Kremla.
W konstrukcji, na której oparto przekaz „raportu” BND nietrudno zauważyć te same schematy i kalki dezinformacyjne. 
Bo jeśli jeden polski polityk zlecił rosyjskiemu generałowi zamach na polskiego prezydenta -  czy nie była to zbrodnicza prowokacja wobec całej „demokracji” III RP i jej „elit”?
A jeśli ów ruski generał przeprowadził ten zamach bez wiedzy Putina i przy udziale oddziałów stacjonujących na Ukrainie – czy nie dopuścił się prowokacji wymierzonej w rosyjskiego dyktatora? 
Byłoby dobrze, gdyby prorządowe „wolne media”, które ochoczo rezonują „rewelacje” Jurgena Rotha zdobyły się na zrozumienie treści tego przesłania. Jeśli powielają tezy książki bez zgłębienia konsekwencji wywodu - świadczy to o ich bezdennej głupocie.
Jeśli jednak ją rozumieją, a nadal narzucają Polakom fałszywy obraz wydarzeń – wykonują robotę na rzecz prawdziwych mocodawców zamachu smoleńskiego. 

Jestem przekonany, że książka niemieckiego dziennikarza nie ukazuje się dziś przypadkowo. Zmiana sytuacji politycznej w Polsce – o której wspomina Roth, wyzwoliła społeczne zainteresowanie zamachem smoleńskim, ale też zwróciła uwagę obcych służb na konieczność uszczelnienia osłony dezinformacyjnej. Potrzeba uszczelnienia stała się tym pilniejsza, że powołana przez Antoniego Macierewicza podkomisja MON poczyniła znaczące postępy w odkrywaniu okoliczności zbrodni smoleńskiej.
W takich przypadkach, rzadko dochodzi do bezpośrednich wystąpień strony organizującej tajną operację, zaś akcje dezinformacyjne powierza się wywiadom „zaprzyjaźnionym” lub równie zainteresowanym ukryciem prawdy. W kontekście Smoleńska i związanych z tym wydarzeniem konsekwencji politycznych, wywiad niemiecki plasuje się na pozycji sojusznika Putina i może mieć interes w fabrykowaniu fałszywych teorii i hipotez.
Nie posądzam Rotha o bycie agentem rosyjskich służb. Nie przypuszczam też, by świadomie i z premedytacją wprowadzał w błąd polskiego czytelnika. Niemiecki dziennikarz, podobnie jak dziesiątki jego polskich kolegów, może być natomiast narzędziem w grze wywiadowczej i konstruuje swoje hipotezy na podstawie kontrolowanych przecieków z rozmaitych „raportów” i tajnych źródeł. Ponieważ taka działalność daje wymierne korzyści materialne i wzmacnia środowiskową pozycję dziennikarzy śledczych, chętnie przyjmują rolę „pasów transmisyjnych”, poprzez które ludzie służb sterują opinią publiczną. Wyjątkowa podatność polskich odbiorców na rozmaite „wrzutki” i dezinformacje, znakomicie ułatwia robotę owym kreatorom rzeczywistości

          Catalonia OKs Cannabis Legalization, but Will Spain Let It Fly?   

After a petition drive that gathered 67,500 signatures, the autonomous Spanish region of Catalonia has legalized the cultivation, consumption, and distribution of cannabis.

The post Catalonia OKs Cannabis Legalization, but Will Spain Let It Fly? appeared first on Leafly.


          Dubai terá viatura policial autônoma que identifica e persegue criminosos   

Dubai, um dos Emirados Árabes Unidos, terá em breve mais um serviço robotizado, lembrando que a cidade do Oriente Médio também contará com robôs policiais e drone autônomo para serviço de transporte individual. Desta vez a novidade é uma viatura autônoma com sistema de identificação facial e numérica, que terá a capacidade de reconhecer suspeitos […]

A notícia Dubai terá viatura policial autônoma que identifica e persegue criminosos é um conteúdo original do site Notícias Automotivas.


          Paris mise sur les navettes sans chauffeur   
Des navettes autonomes ont déjà été testées à Paris au début de l'année, reliant la Gare de Lyon à celle d'Austerlitz. Prochain arrêt: La Défense.
          Se precisan conductores de traileres   
Cooperativa de transporte cituada en pamlona precisa conductores con carnet c+e,c.a.p., tarjeta digital en vigor .para incorporacion inmediata en vehiculos nuevos con rutas internacionales,en regimen autonomo-socio,trabajador en cooperativa..recidencia pamplona o alrededores.
          Repartidores autonomos con vehículo propio   
Buscamos autónomos con furgoneta, blanca y caja cerrada de 8 m/3 de capacidad minima, para reparto de paquetería en valencia y provincia. interesados concertar entrevista por correo electrónico.
          The Tories must rein in Rupert Murdoch and block the Sky deal | Tom Watson   

The culture secretary’s inclination to call in the takeover bid is no surprise. Labour would review media ownership rules and stop backroom deals

• Tom Watson is deputy leader of the Labour party

Rupert Murdoch wields enormous power through his global network of media companies, particularly in Australia, the US and the UK. He’s adept at leveraging commercial dominance to win political influence, which leads to the removal of legislative or regulatory barriers to further expansion. It’s a tested formula, but it’s hard to discern how the rest of us benefit. What a pleasant surprise it would be to see his ceaseless expansion thwarted. I’m not holding my breath.

The culture secretary’s statement that she’s minded to refer Fox’s bid for Sky to the Competition and Markets Authority is no surprise. But Theresa May’s secret meeting with Murdoch in New York last year makes me worry we are about to see another Murdoch stitch-up that Karen Bradley may be powerless to stop. The pattern of behaviour has become familiar. A Murdoch company offers concessions – in this case guaranteeing the autonomy of Sky News by creating a separate editorial board; the government insists they don’t go far enough; the company returns with another proposal; the government waves the deal through.

Continue reading...
          BMW 2 Series to drop manual transmission option – report   

It appears BMW’s relentless manual transmission killing spree is still underway, with news that the BMW 2 Series sports coupe and convertible are next on the firing line in the U.S. Reuters reports that as more funds are being diverted into electric and autonomous vehicle development, the manual transmission is seen as an unnecessary cost and is fast becoming a casualty of tighter emissions requirements. China’s massive push for electric cars as the government frantically deals with the country’s pollution problem is also a massive driving force behind these changes. PerformanceDrive contacted a BMW dealership in New South Wales to […]

The post BMW 2 Series to drop manual transmission option – report appeared first on PerformanceDrive.


          Violencia en el proceso de parto, un acercamiento desde la perspectiva enfermera.   
El proceso de parto ha sufrido muchos cambios en un breve periodo de tiempo. No hace muchos años, el embarazo y el parto eran acontecimientos que transcurrían al amparo del hogar, asistidos por parteras. Posteriormente, derivado del modelo mecanicista de salud y enfermedad, aparece la institucionalización del mismo, surgiendo una nueva manera de asistir esta etapa de la vida de la mujer, entrando en juego la medicalización e intervención y por tanto la ?patologización? del proceso. El parto pasa a ser visto como una enfermedad con la consecuente necesidad de intervención médico-quirúrgica. Ello implica la conversión en un proceso altamente intervencionista y medicalizado en el que priman medidas terapéuticas y quirúrgicas, imponiéndose la parte biológica sobre su parte social. La idoneidad del intervencionismo y la medicalización del parto es ampliamente cuestionada hoy en día, naciendo el concepto de "Violencia Obstétrica" como fenómeno vinculado a la violencia de género, que hace referencia a la apropiación del cuerpo y los procesos reproductivos de la mujer por parte del personal de salud, que se expresa en la patologización de un proceso natural, trayendo consigo una pérdida de autonomía y la merma de la capacidad de decisión, impactando negativamente en la vida de la mujer.
          Do You Like Standing Out or Fitting In? - Parshat Bamidbar   
Most of us like to express our individuality. And yet, when given autonomy, many of us feel a need to belong. How can we reconcile both these needs?
          BMW prepara la llegada de un Serie 3 eléctrico, el primer rival verdadero del Tesla Model 3   
El BWW Serie 3 eléctrico ofrecerá una autonomía de 400 km y será presentado en el próximo Salón del Automóvil de Frankfurt. Podría llegar a finales de año.
          Enfants de la rétrocession : avoir 20 ans à Hong Kong   
Samedi 1er juillet se tiendront à Hong Kong les cérémonies marquant les 20 ans de la rétrocession à la Chine de la province. Ce sera l'occasion pour les militants indépendantistes de manifester pour réclamer plus d'autonomie, d'autant plus que le président Xi Jinping doit faire le déplacement. Nos reporters ont suivi deux jeunes hongkongais, nés en 1997, l'une activiste au sein d'une organisation pro-indépendance, l'autre qui ne conçoit l'avenir de la province que dans le giron la Chine.
          El Gobierno impone sus objetivos económicos a la mayoría de las autonomías   
Montoro acepta estudiar con "extrema prudencia" la demanda de Ciudadanos para bajar el IRPF y pactar el techo de gasto de los próximos presupuestos
          From robocops to robocars, Dubai takes crime-fighting seriously   

Dubai’s enthusiasm for cutting-edge crime-fighting technology continues unabated, with autonomous police cars soon to appear.

The post From robocops to robocars, Dubai takes crime-fighting seriously appeared first on Silicon Republic.


          Autonomous grocery trucks could be the future of shopping   

In our increasingly connected world, a few lucky Londoners will get their groceries delivered by an autonomous van.

The post Autonomous grocery trucks could be the future of shopping appeared first on Silicon Republic.


          Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation   

We are closer to having autonomous homes, with advances in video, compute, and data processing capabilities being added to consumer products. This week marks the general availability of the Amazon Echo Show, which is notable not only for its popularity but … Read more >

The post Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation appeared first on IoT@Intel.

Read more >

The post Amazon Echo Show Ushers in Smart Home Transformation appeared first on Blogs@Intel.


          Ronin   
Abertura


Programar uma colecção como a Novela Gráfica 2017 que hoje se inicia com este Ronin, vai bem mais além da - atribulada! - escolha de títulos, o que por si só já não é tarefa fácil.
A simples - simples! - ordenação dos títulos - muitas vezes já condicionada pela rapidez de resposta dos editores originais, questões técnicas de preparação dos livros ou pelas simples - simples? - falhas humanas (tradução, legendagem, revisão…) é um desses aspectos.
Por várias razões, Roniné uma boa escolha para a abrir.
A primeira é evidente. Frank Miller é um enorme nome dos comics e Ronin - com algumas questões intrínsecas a que já irei - é um dos seus títulos míticos. E para mais inédito em Portugal, onde apenas foi distribuído numa mini-série brasileira da editora Abril, há cerca de 30 anos.
Mas, ainda antes da obra, abrir com Frank Miller é importante porque atrai para uma colecção que está longe de lhes ser dirigida, os habituais leitores de super-heróis - mesmo que Ronin não se possa etiquetar neste género. (Por isso, depois de uma dupla piscadela aos leitores de franco-belga, com Traço de Giz, de Prado, e Os Ignorantes, de Davodeau, aqueles leitores sofrem nova “investida” com Batman uma história verdadeira, de Dini e Risso…)
(E isto hoje não desenvolve: independentemente das estratégias atrás apontadas, a importância - por razões diferentes - e a qualidade - por diferentes razões! - deste ‘fantástico quarteto’ de abertura é intocável, potencia as vendas mais altas que este tipo de colecções costuma ter no seu início e demonstra à saciedade o espírito que tem presidido às diferentes séries da Novela Gráfica e o que de melhor delas é legítimo esperar).

Vamos então a Ronin. Anterior aos aclamados Demolidor: Renascido e Batman: O regresso do Cavaleiro das Trevas é - desculpem alguns o que vou escrever - antes de mais uma obra experimental, onde Miller combina diferentes influências, técnicas e estilos e lança as bases das obras que o viriam a consagrar depois.
Tematicamente, associa o espírito nipónico - samurais e ronins, honra e consagração, queda em desgraça e necessidade de lavar a honra - com questões ciberpunks e futuristas - a crescente industrialização, a substituição de homens por máquinas, a cada vez maior autonomia destas no caminho de se tornarem (quase?) organismos vivos. E, no seu âmago, o essencial das suas obras: o ser humano enquanto boião de emoções muitas vezes contraditórias: honra, dever, amor, sentimento de culpa…
Mas é graficamente, que o carácter experimental - e nalguns aspectos premonitório do seu trajecto futuro - desta obra se revela mais. Nela, Miller cruza, à sua maneira, inserido num percurso de descoberta e desenvolvimento de um estilo personalizado, influências do manga que então despontava no ocidente, com outras provenientes da - distante, para os EUA - banda desenhada franco-belga, em especial as experiência de Moebius e de alguns dos seus parceiros da Métal Hurlant, o que resulta num modelo híbrido mas consistente e coerente. Depois, acrescenta-lhe uma imensa diversidade em termos de planificação, sucedendo-se páginas tradicionais com outras em que as vinhetas se multiplicam, páginas de vinheta única com outras com tiras sucessivas - ou o seu equivalente vertical - num conjunto que está essencialmente ao serviço do relato - mas que não esquece a importância de páginas apelativas e de grande impacto visual.
Conjunto a que há que adicionar igualmente o desenho, longe dos padrões tradicionais do comic americano de então – e de hoje também! - sem preocupações de beleza estética, por vezes mais próximo até do esboço apurado, apenas mais um elemento narrativo, que apresenta a obra aos olhos do leitor e lhe impõe o ritmo de leitura - e de fruição - que o autor pretende.
E se a utilização destes – e de outros - elementos, foi feita posteriormente por Miller de forma apurada, nas obras referidas e noutras mais, o que de alguma forma acaba por datar Ronin e não o inibe de algumas marcas que o tempo que passa lhe aportou, não deixa de ser uma obra importante - e não só no percurso deste autor - para mais numa boa edição a um preço imbatível - que daqui a alguns meses será inevitavelmente ajustado.

Nota final
Na lombada do livro está escrito 'Ronnie' em vez de 'Ronin'. Um erro lamentável e penalizador, que não devia ter acontecido mas aconteceu. Que só acontece a quem trabalha em edição. E que não foi detectado na montagem do livro, nem na revisão que é feita, nem pelos editores, nem pelo jornal, nem pela própria DC! Nem por nenhum dos bloggers - onde me incluo - que receberam antecipadamente a imagem. E que acontece pela primeira vez nas - várias dezenas de - edições da Levoir.
Suficiente para não comprar o livro, como alguns afirmavam no post de apresentação do livro, de hoje de manhã? A resposta cabe a cada leitor e todos têm direito à sua opinião, mas o erro - lamentável e penalizador, reitero - não afecta em nada a leitura. Que vale a pena.

Ronin
Novela Gráfica 2017 #1
Frank Miller (argumento e desenho)
Lynn Varley (cor)
Levoir/Público
Portugal, 30 de Junho de 2017
170 x 216 mm, 312 p., cor, capa dura
9,99 €

(imagens disponibilizadas pela editora; clicar nelas para as aproveitar em toda a sua extensão)

          Michael Stone reste à Calgary   
Les Flames de Calgary ont consenti un contrat de trois ans et de 10,5 millions $ au défenseur Michael Stone, vendredi. Conséquemment, l'organisation albertaine a évité de perdre le hockeyeur de 27 ans au marché des joueurs autonomes. (Agence QMI)

          Brian Elliott aurait une entente avec les Flyers   
Le gardien Brian Elliott aurait accepté une entente de deux ans et de 5,5 millions $ des Flyers de Philadelphie, qui pourraient confirmer le tout samedi midi, à l'ouverture du marché des joueurs autonomes de la Ligue nationale. (Agence QMI)

          Dmitry Orlov est plus riche   
Les Capitals de Washington ont accordé un contrat de six ans et de 30,6 millions $ au défenseur Dmitry Orlov, vendredi. Le hockeyeur de 25 ans était admissible à l'autonomie avec compensation cet été, lui qui touchait 2,75 millions $ en 2016-2017. (Agence QMI)

          Max Pacioretty a parlé à Alexander Radulov   
Max Pacioretty a commenté plusieurs dossiers chez le Canadien de Montréal, mais il s'est fait discret sur les rumeurs entourant certains joueurs autonomes potentiels, jeudi. (Agence QMI)

          CERCASI PARRUCCHIERA/E - Studio due erre s.a.s. - Olgiate Comasco, Lombardia   
Siamo alla ricerca di partner commerciali, non dipendenti ma autonomi con partita iva , per centro polifunzionale che ha al suo interno diverse figure...
Da Bakeca - Thu, 15 Jun 2017 10:00:36 GMT - Visualizza tutte le offerte di lavoro a Olgiate Comasco, Lombardia
          Market Researcher - Hard-Line - Greater Sudbury, ON   
*HARD-LINE* Established in 1996 in Sudbury, Ontario; Hard-Line is a leading supplier of remote, tele-operational and autonomous controls to the mining...
From Indeed - Fri, 16 Jun 2017 16:17:48 GMT - View all Greater Sudbury, ON jobs
          Software Developer/Project Manager - Hard-Line - Greater Sudbury, ON   
Established in 1996 in Sudbury, Ontario; Hard-Line is a leading supplier of remote, tele-operational and autonomous controls to the mining industry. Hard-Line...
From Indeed - Fri, 02 Jun 2017 17:12:50 GMT - View all Greater Sudbury, ON jobs
          New approach to an autonomous tractor   
A Canadian engineer and inventor rethought the idea of a farm power unit to create a new way to maximize labor-free farm work. Video included.
          Books: Autonomous Language Learning with Technology   
This book looks beyond the classroom, and focuses on out-of-class autonomous use of technology for language learning, discussing the theoretical frameworks, key findings and critical issues. The proliferation of digital language learning resources and tools is forcing language education into an era of unprecedented change. The book will stimulate discussions on how to support language learners to construct quality autonomous technology-mediated out-of-class learning experience outside the classr
          El Hombre como Unidad Biosicosocial   
  1. Definir hombre no resulta fácil, depende del enfoque que le demos y desde que punto comencemos.
  2. El ser humano cumple distintos roles en la sociedad según sea la etapa que esa viviendo. En cada uno de ellos posee derechos y deberes, que son de su responsabilidad de conocer, cumplir y hacer valer.
  3. En el rol de profesional de la salud, tener claro estos mismos puntos.
  4. Conocer aspectos básicos para una buena comunicación, ser empáticos, asertivos y respetuosos con el paciente.
  5. Reconocer al otro como un igual, que tiene derechos y sobre todo es persona.
  6. Principios universales, para conocerlos y ponerlos en práctica:
  7. No maleficencia: No causar daño, evitar peligro, ser competente
  8. Justicia: Igualdad de los derechos, igualdad en los deberes.
  9. Beneficencia: Promover la salud, prevenir el daño.
  10. Autonomía: Respeto por las personas, tienen autonomía, dignidad, respeto a sus decisiones.

          Summa Symbolica: finalmente svelato il segreto dei simboli   
Summa Symbolica: la lingua segreta dei simboli finalmente svelata in uno studio sistematico pubblicato da Carpeoro .
«Vi siete mai chiesti perché l’acqua delle nostre fontane esce così spesso dalla bocca di un leone?». Il re della savana non è certo un animale acquatico. Eppure è associato, da sempre, alla sorgente d’acqua. Per quale motivo? E’ vero, non ce lo siamo domandato. «Infatti, non siamo più abituati al “pensiero simbolico”, cioè il pensiero contenuto nei simboli, che ci spinge a chiederci sempre il perché delle cose, che in prima battuta non capiamo». Parola di Gianfranco Carpeoro, simbologo con alle spalle trent’anni di appassionati studi. Tutto si aspettava, l’autore, tranne che vedere la sua ultima fatica, “Summa Symbolica”, schizzare in alto nelle classifiche librarie online: è il primo trattato divulgativo interamente dedicato a svelare il grande “segreto” dei codici simbolici che, in fondo, affollano la nostra vita quotidiana, con i loro “perché” a cui non facciamo caso. Il leone e l’acqua? «Qual è la città più acquatica d’Italia?». Venezia, ovviamente. «E qual è il simbolo araldico di Venezia? Il leone alato di San Marco, l’evangelista rappresentato appunto dal leone». Da Venezia al Nilo: «Gli egizi scolpirono teste di leone sulle chiuse in pietra che regimavano le acque del fiume durante la piena, quando nel cielo dell’Egitto campeggiava la costellazione del Leone». Il che rimanda a un archetipo ancestrale: il Diluvio. Simboli, che hanno viaggiato in incognito fino a noi, per raccontarci – a modo loro – la parte nascosta della nostra storia, la meta-storia dell’umanità.
Autore di romanzi ermetico-esoterici come “Il volo del Pellicano”, “Labirinti” e (di prossima pubblicazione) “Il Re cristiano”, Carpeoro – al secolo Gianfranco Pecoraro, avvocato e già pubblicitario, saggista, musicologo, direttore di riviste – nel 2016 ha pubblicato per “Revoluzioni” il dirompente saggio “Dalla massoneria al terrorismo”, che svela il contesto simbolico destinato a “firmare” i peggiori attentati che hanno recentemente insanguinato l’Europa, dietro il paravento di sigle come l’Isis. Attentati che, per l’autore, sono opera della “sovragestione” dell’Occidente, un vertice occulto che mette insieme settori dell’élite politico-economica e apparati di intelligence al servizio dell’oligarchia reazionaria. Retroterra comune: il codice simbolico adottato dalla massoneria, «ormai quasi interamente infiltrata e corrotta dal potere, il cui linguaggio è quello del “pensiero magico”, cioè l’opposto del “pensiero simbolico”». Traduzione: «Il potere ha organizzato una sorta di deriva “magica” della conoscenza, in tutti i campi, introducendo il dogma». Tema sul quale Carpeoro ha spesso insistito, in seminari e conferenze, nonché nelle video-chat “Carpeoro Racconta”, su YouTube, la domenica mattina con Fabio Frabetti della trasmissione web-radio “Border Nights”.
Pensiero magico e pensiero simbolico, dicotomia decisiva per il nostro destino: «Se ci piace una ragazza, andiamo dal “mago” a chiedere come potrebbe accorgersi di noi, anziché chiedere – innanzitutto a noi stessi – perché mai quella ragazza dovrebbe innamorarsi di noi». Così per tutto: «Se siamo malati ricorriamo al medico, ma finchè siamo sani preferiamo la cartomante». Per Carpeoro, il “pensiero magico” – funzionale al potere – ha scalzato il “pensiero simbolico”, condizionando negativamente l’evoluzione dell’umanità: «Finiamo per essere tutti prigionieri di “cerchi magici”, nei quali non valgono le regole della vita, della realtà, ma quelle del “mago” di turno: fattucchiera, pubblicitario, leader politico, economista». Tutti sapienti manipolatori. Il loro obiettivo: «Farci fare, a nostra insaputa, quello che vogliono loro». Capeoro cita il suo antico maestro, l’intellettuale triestino Francesco Saba Sardi, autore del saggio “Dominio” che ripercorre l’origine della civiltà. «Tutto nacque con la comparsa dell’agricoltura. I nomadi scoprirono l’importanza del possesso della terra. Servivano improvvisamente nuove figure: contadini e soldati. Fu lì che nacque il potere, in forma di dominio. E nacque grazie all’invenzione della religione: è stato il “magus”, preteso “ponte” tra l’umano e il divino, a utilizzare la sua superiore conoscenza per indurre gli altri a lavorare e combattere al posto suo. Potere, religione, guerra. Era l’inizio del Neolitico, e da allora quello schema non è cambiato, governa il mondo tuttora».
Al “pensiero magico”, Carpeoro contrappone il “pensiero simbolico”: «Non ti spinge a imparare “come” fare una cosa, ma ti costringe innanzitutto a chiederti se farla, e perché». Risultato: la libertà dell’individuo, la sua crescente consapevolezza, l’espansione autonoma della coscienza. E’ il risultato di quella che Carpeoro, per spiegare il meccanismo simbolico, chiama “l’intelligenza del dado”: «Di ogni faccia riconosciamo immediatamente il valore numerico, senza dover contare i puntini: e questo dipende dalla loro precisa disposizione». Simbolo, dal greco “symballo”, unire: mettere insieme, in un’unica rappresentazione, aspetti lontani tra loro. Tutto, a monte, nasce dall’archetipo, cioè dall’insieme di eventi – materiali e immateriali – che sono «depositati nella memoria ancestrale dell’universo», a cui abbiamo accesso «soltanto in un modo, nei sogni del sonno profondo: quello che non sappiamo ricordare, perché non disponiamo del codice linguistico per tradurli». Così, nell’ètà classica, «l’umanità ha tradotto gli archetipi in due modi: nel mito, che è la narrazione dell’archetipo, e nel simbolo, che ne è la rappresentazione». E il simbolo, secondo il francese René Guénon, ha una caratteristica fondamendale: funziona, ci fa pensare, perché rappresenta sempre qualcosa di più grande.
Il simbolo è come uno specchio, per dirla con Ermete Trismegisto: «Tutto ciò che è in alto è come ciò che è in basso, tutto ciò che è in basso è come ciò che è in alto». E questo, aggiunge il sommo esoterista, «per realizzare il miracolo di una cosa sola, da cui derivano tutte le cose, grazie a un’operazione sempre uguale a se stessa». L’editoria ha sfornato bellissimi volumi che catalogano i simboli, o si occupano specificamente di qualcuno di essi. Ma nessuno, finora, aveva mai presentato uno studio unitario sulla simbologia, «materia a cui di regola non è riconosciuta dignità propria». Spesso, afferma in una nota l’editore di “Summa Symbolica”, L’Età dell’Acquario, la simbologia viene affrontata solo in affiancamento ad altre discipline: semiologia, filosofia, letteratura, storia dell’arte. Lo studio di Carpeoro (di cui è uscito per ora solo il primo volume, 221 pagine) affronta invece la materia in modo finalmente organico e sistematico: la prima parte, da qualche giorno in libreria, svela le origini antiche del linguaggio simbolico e le sue dinamiche generali, verificate e catalogate con approccio scientifico: la sua essenza, i singoli simboli e gli schemi simbolici complessi, il rapporto con il mito e gli archetipi, le leggi che lo regolano, la presenza del simbolo nelle leggende, nelle fiabe, nei sogni.
«Dopo aver studiato il mondo dei simboli fin dal 1981 – racconta Carpeoro – nel 199 ho maturato la decisione di raccogliere tutti i miei appunti in un’opera organica. L’ho terminata nel 2003, ma è stata più volte aggiornata nel corso degli anni, assumendo dimensioni tanto imponenti da rendere necessaria una sua suddivisione in più parti». In confidenza: «Non speravo che quest’opera avrebbe mai trovato un editore, né tantomeno che un libro simile potesse suscitare tanto interesse, tra i lettori». La prima parte – oggetto del volume appena uscito – ha un taglio esclusivamente metodologico, proviene da uno studio del 1994 che si intitolava “Il Metodo Carpeoro” e costituisce «il primo tentativo di individuare le regole e le leggi del mondo dei simboli in modo totalmente originale e autonomo rispetto ad altre discipline». L’auspicio dell’autore? E’ che «sia riconosciuto, agli studi simbolici e tradizionali, quel carattere di scientificità fino a oggi loro negato».
La chiave della missione? I simboli, il potere, li conosce benissimo. E ovviamente li usa a nostro danno, in modo “magico”. Conoscerli a nostra volta significa innanzitutto imparare a difendersi dagli abusi della manipolazione quotidiana. Fino a scoprire che il mondo dei simboli racchiude in sé qualcosa di meraviglioso, che ci riguarda direttamente: è un racconto, per immagini, della nostra vera storia, che attinge all’universo della “memoria ancestrale” della specie. E’ un sistema profondamente analogico che può contenere vere e proprie rivelazioni: ci lascia intuire come siamo fatti, da dove veniamo, chi siamo davvero – e cosa potremmo diventare, se imparassimo a espandere la nostra coscienza. «Accanto alla dimensione fisica esiste una dimensione metafisica», sottolinea Carpeoro. «Analogamente, accanto alla storia esiste anche una meta-storia: è la storia del pensiero non ufficiale, che ha spesso viaggiato sottotraccia, giungendo fino a noi, utilizzando proprio il linguaggio cifrato dei simboli». Funziona, eccome: magari non capiamo perché l’acqua fuoriesca dalla bocca del leone, ma quelle fontane ci sono familiari, ci piacciono. Le troviamo bellissime, anche se non sappiamo perché.
(Il libro: Giovanni Francesco Carpeoro, “Summa Symbolica. Istituzioni di studi simbolici e tradizionali, vol.1”, L’Età dell’Acquario, collana Biblioteca dei simboli, 221 pagine, 24 euro).

«Vi siete mai chiesti perché l’acqua delle nostre fontane esce così spesso dalla bocca di un leone?». Il re della savana non è certo un animale acquatico. Eppure è associato, da sempre, alla sorgente d’acqua. Per quale motivo? E’ vero, non ce lo siamo domandato. «Infatti, non siamo più abituati al “pensiero simbolico”, cioè il pensiero contenuto nei simboli, che ci spinge a chiederci sempre il perché delle cose, che in prima battuta non capiamo». Parola di Gianfranco Carpeoro, simbologo con alle spalle trent’anni di appassionati studi. Tutto si aspettava, l’autore, tranne che vedere la sua ultima fatica, “Summa Symbolica”, schizzare in alto nelle classifiche librarie online: è il primo trattato divulgativo interamente dedicato a svelare il grande “segreto” dei codici simbolici che, in fondo, affollano la nostra vita quotidiana, con i loro “perché” a cui non facciamo caso. Il leone e l’acqua? «Qual è la città più acquatica d’Italia?». Venezia, ovviamente. «E qual è il simbolo araldico di Venezia? Il leone alato di San Marco, l’evangelista rappresentato appunto dal leone». Da Venezia al Nilo: «Gli egizi scolpirono teste di leone sulle chiuse in pietra che regimavano le acque del fiume durante la piena, quando nel cielo dell’Egitto campeggiava la costellazione del Leone». Il che rimanda a un archetipo ancestrale: il Diluvio. Simboli, che hanno viaggiato in incognito fino a noi, per raccontarci – a modo loro – la parte nascosta della nostra storia, la meta-storia dell’umanità.


          Uber’s new autonomous trucks get total upgrade amid Waymo lawsuit   
Uber has a new fleet of autonomous trucks, deploying a new version of self-driving hardware and sensors that won’t be impacted by the ongoing legal battle with Alphabet’s Waymo. Though the company may be best-known for its passenger ridesharing service – or, more recently, most infamously for its controversial former CEO – Uber has also been working on modernizing haulage, … Continue reading
          Dubai is getting miniature self-driving police cars later this year   
Dubai is upgrading its police force with a bit of machine intelligence, announcing plans to deploy robotic, self-driving patrol cars later on this year. Assuming the police department follows through with the plans, this will mark the first time a city has utilized autonomous vehicles as part of its daily patrols, a reality that won’t rest easy with everyone. The … Continue reading
          Advantages And Nutritional Sources Of Omega 3   
However, there are various other great defensive users that have never been dangling for just about any on or from the industry example. But, they don't really wish security investing or subsidies for petroleum companies touched by these pending slices, in reality, they desire safety spending enhanced. It doesn't matter how wise you're if you're unable to ace the task meeting.

Blog sites tend to be relatively simple to start out and don't cost almost the maximum amount of with respect to time and energy to produce as an internet site. It quickly became clear precisely how much power television news broadcasts could communicate on their audiences. Sri Lanka since teardrop from the Indian southern tip is actually an attractive nation in Asia region. You should never give up on a budget for journal and newspaper marketing and advertising.

Professional participants is going in for lace gloves and use 10 oz gloves while fighting. Iron health supplements or treatments can be suggested. During its first 25 many years of autonomy Ghana experienced five profitable coups and several attempted coups and reduced disruptions.

Correctly named, repair and Hope is just one of the methods that provides reassurance on moms and dads of unique requirements children. You aren't limited by professional groups possibly, as most schools have actually sports stickers and plaques available too. It is also a fantastic seller during highschool sports periods. The greater number of you practice setting up from the proper length from in which you feel the ball with land, more steady your own shots will become; it's not hard to strike a great shot if you are a comfy length from basketball plus person is on stability.

Any time you incorporate these techniques because of the proper treatments to help take control of your thyroid human hormones and enhance thyroid wellness, the outcomes you will observe may be well worth the effort! Less travels back into the fountain indicates more hours in battle field, which means much more silver and knowledge to suit your DOTA figure. For most the Olympic athletes who will compete in London 2012, they truly are «PROFESSIONAL ATHLETES». Maternal Youth is a great online source for hip services and products for Moms become, Dads and young ones as well.

A 4-0 beginning is not out of the question nor is a 0-8 finish. In that case than Merriman is a great linebacker without on steroid drugs. This one is a superb vendor should you place an image in your countertop of a pet decked using this upgrade bundle.

Company consumers get module health position significant in their mind from their useful examinations, all in near real-time. An AC which is not arranged and thoroughly kept could turn into a contamination to their manager, creating several conditions, especially in respiratory tract. It really place me personally on the road to getting a knowledge of matchmaking females and how they run within connections. Well, it indicates that there ought to be many lung cancer details online at this point.Seriously, however, after breast cancer in women and prostate cancer tumors in men, the average person is more expected to have lung cancer than just about any other particular malignant tumors.

We currently have a boss to attempt to keep happy. Their sound and his awesome creative view were extremely terrible in 1952, but even more accountable for his decrease, say his friends, was his pursuit of Ava Gardner. How Beatriz do Prado Rodrigues — Suggested Web site, Olympic players get right to the Games?
          Joo Casino – Exklusiver Bonus für neue Spieler   

Joo Casino – Exklusiver Willkommens-Bonus

Nur für neue Spieler!

Betrag: 150% bis zu 350 EUR/USD/20.000 RUB/3300 SEK/0.5 BTC plus 50 Freispiele

Wie erhalte ich den Bonus:  Neue Spieler registrieren sich einfach über unseren LINKund tätigen die Mindesteinzahlung. Der Bonus wird dann automatisch gutgeschrieben.

Umsatzbedingungen: 50 x Bonus

Mindesteinzahlung: 20.00 EUR, 20.00 USD, 1,500.00 RUB, and 0.05000000 BTC

Maximale Auszahlungssumme:  Keine

Ausgeschlossene Spiele: Dr. Jekyll & Mr. Hyde, Lucky Angler, Big Bang, The Dark Knight, The Dark Knight Rises, Forsaken Kingdom, The Wish Master, Scrooge, Secret of the Stones, Simsalabim, Devil's Delight, Champion of the Track, Robin Hood, Tomb Raider 2, Castle Builder, Bloodsuckers, Kings of Chicago, Jackpot 6000 und Mega Joker

Freispiele verfügbar für:  SlotomonGo, Domnitors, Platinum Lightning.  Der Bonus gilt nicht für Jackpot Spiele.

Unterschiedliche Spiele tragen wie folgt zur Erfüllung der Bonusbedingungen bei: Tischspiele: Baccarat, Blackjack, Hi-Lo – 5% (ausgenommen Live-Spiele), Video Poker – 5%, Roulette und Poker – 5% (ausgenommen Live-Spiele), Jackpot Spiele: 0%, Apielautomaten: 100%

Ist der Bonus auszahlbar: Ja

Ist der Bonus auch im mobilen Casino verfügbar: Ja

Exklusives Angebot gültig bis: auf Weiteres

Von diesem Bonus ausgeschlossene Länder: USA, Großbritannien, Spanien, Israel, Rumänien, Litauen, Weißrussland, Russland, Ukraine, Lettland, Ungarn, Bulgarien, Polen, Indien, Pakistan, Indonesien, Philippinen, Tschechien, Portugal, Slowakei, Kasachstan, Vietnam, Mittlerer Osten (Bahrain, Ägypten, Iran, Irak mit seinem autonomen Kurdistan, Jordanien, Kuwait, Libanon, Oman, Palästina, Syrien, Vereinigte Arabische Emirate, Jemen), Afrika, Mongolei.


          Customer Account Specialist - Scotland - Takeda Pharmaceutical - Scotland   
You should enjoy operating with considerable autonomy and flexibility and thrive in both primary and secondary care environments....
From Takeda Pharmaceuticals - Wed, 21 Jun 2017 11:10:25 GMT - View all Scotland jobs
          Cambridge University Press   

Cambridge University Press. Inspired by a ground-breaking article by Joan Rubin in 1975  in which she set out to identify the strategies used by successful language learners, this  edited collection re-examines the same topic in the light of current thinking and research, considers the implications for language teaching and learning, and looks at unresolved questions regarding numerous factors, such as age, style, personality, gender, autonomy,  beliefs, the teaching and learning method, strategy instruction and error correction. Please order now if you are looking for essay writing service.


          CargoPod liefert autonom Lebensmittel aus (Video)   

Der Internethändler Ocado liefert die bei ihm bestellten Lebensmittel jetzt mit einem selbstfahrenden Transporter bis zur Tür des Kunden. Bisher sollen über 100 Kunden ihre Waren ohne Vorkommnisse erhalten haben.  Damit wird der Mini-Transporter, der einem Golf- oder Airport-Scooter in Kastenwagen-Variante ähnelt, erstmals unter Alltagsbedingungen getestet. In der Testphase sind aktuell noch zwei Mitarbeiter dabei, […]

Der Beitrag CargoPod liefert autonom Lebensmittel aus (Video) erschien zuerst auf electrive.net.


          Mutui Inpdap per Carabinieri: Come richiederne uno per la prima casa   
I dipendenti statali, tra cui i carabinieri, possono richiedere i mutui inpdap a tasso agevolato per l’acquisto della prima casa, della durata di 10 – 30 anni su un tetto massimo di 300mila euro. Per richiedere il mutuo, il dipendente statale deve essere iscritto già da tre anni al Fondo credito della Gestione Unitaria autonoma...

Continua a leggere questo articolo qui.


          Universidades estaduais do RJ publicam manifesto para expor descaso do governo   

iG São Paulo

Uma das principais reclamações é a falta de pagamento dos salários dos funcionários; governo afirma que está trabalhando para regularizar situação

Na Universidade Estadual do Rio de Janeiro e demais instituições funcionários não recebem salário desde abril

Na Universidade Estadual do Rio de Janeiro e demais instituições funcionários não recebem salário desde abril

Foto: Tânia Rêgo/Agência Brasil - 10.4.17

Por conta da deterioração progressiva das condições mínimas de funcionamento das universidades estaduais do Rio de Janeiro, os reitores das instituições publicaram em seus portais, nesta sexta-feira (30), um manifesto expondo a situação.

Leia também: Unesp autoriza a utilização de nome social para transgêneros

A decisão foi tomada em uma reunião entre as universidades no campus Maracanã da Universidade do Estado do Rio de Janeiro (Uerj), localizado na zona norte do Rio. Durante o encontro, os reitores oficializaram um documento assinado pelo reitor da Uerj, Ruy Garcia Marques, e pela vice-reitora, Maria Georgiana Muniz Washington.

O reitor da Universidade Estadual do Norte Fluminense Darcy Ribeiro (Uenf), Maria Cristina de Assis, e a vice-reitora, Luanda Silva de Moraes também assinaram o texto. Os chefes de gabinete da Uerj, Roberto Dória, e da Uenf, Raul Palácio, também participaram da reunião.

Texto

Entre as denúncias relatadas no manifesto, foi registrado que desde julho de 2015 as instituições acumulam dívidas com fornecedores e empresas terceirizadas por conta da falta de pagamento por parte do governo do Estado.

No trecho retirado do texto foram expostos os problemas que implicam no bom funcionamento das instituições. “Essa alta inadimplência afeta frontalmente a capacidade de as universidades exercerem suas funções de ensino, pesquisa e extensão, devido, por exemplo, à falta de insumos para as aulas práticas, seguro para os estudantes realizarem estágios curriculares, materiais de consumo e, inclusive, materiais simples de escritório. Também os serviços terceirizados, como limpeza, vigilância, coleta de lixo, restaurante universitário, entre muitos outros, estão seriamente ameaçados e, em alguns casos, completamente ausentes, contribuindo para a precariedade a que vimos sendo expostos”, relata o documento.

Leia também: Em manifestação, estudantes cobram adoção de sistema de cotas na USP

O pagamento dos projetos de pesquisa outorgados pela Fundação de Amparo à Pesquisa do Estado do Rio de Janeiro (Faperj) também está comprometido e, de acordo com o grupo que representa as entidades estaduais, “agrava a situação, afetando diretamente a quase totalidade das pesquisas desenvolvidas nas universidades”.

Salários

O pagamento dos salários dos servidores também está em pauta no documento. Até hoje, a ninguém recebeu a quantia referente a abril, maio e o décimo terceiro de 2016. O depósito referente ao mês de junho, que deve ser feito até o décimo dia útil do próximo mês também corre o risco de não acontecer.

“É ainda mais grave o atraso nos pagamentos dos salários e bolsas, que já se cronificou e atingiu um patamar insuportável para a maioria de nós. [..] Esses atrasos trazem graves consequências aos servidores, que se veem endividados, muitos sem condições de prover as suas necessidades fundamentais, gerando altos níveis de estresse, entre outros problemas de saúde, agravados em muitos casos pela falta de recursos para a compra de medicamentos”, diz o manifesto. “O mesmo ocorre em relação às bolsas, aí incluídas as dos alunos cotistas”.

Os dirigentes das universidades concluíram o manifesto com um alerta ao governo do estado e um pedido de apoio à sociedade. “Faz-se necessária a implementação da nossa autonomia de execução financeira, por meio do repasse dos recursos em duodécimos. Uerj, Uenf e Uezo são patrimônios públicos que precisam da mobilização de toda a sociedade para a sua manutenção. É preciso uma ação rápida do governo. O tempo está se esgotando!”

Governo

Em sua defesa, o governo do estado do Rio afirmou, em nota, que reconhece a importância das instituições e que está tentando atuar para a superação da situação atual. "A estimativa do governo é que, após a homologação do Regime de Recuperação Fiscal [RRF], todos os salários comecem a ser regularizados em até 60 dias. Com a homologação da adesão ao RRF, também será possível retornar à normalidade nos serviços prestados à  população e nos repasses às universidades", afirma o órgão.

Leia também: MEC anuncia repasse de R$ 918 milhões do Fundeb a Estados e municípios


          Honda CRV 2.2 i-DTEC EX 4 WD 6 Speed Manual Road Test Review   


Honda CRV “ CRV stands for Compact Recreational Vehicle or Comfortable Runabout Vehicle”

I must admit that I am going to find it difficult to be critical of any Honda, I’ve been in the Motor Trade for over 40 years I’ve sold hundreds of them, and I honestly can’t remember having a disappointed customer or ever having to carry out any rectification other than routine servicing.

Although I noticed from my Press Pack that the Honda CRV had won numerous awards over the years, I think the highest accolade that I can give them comes from one of the customers I had at my used car sales pitch, it turned out that the guy had been given a few months to live and he wanted a second hand value for money car “that he knew would be reliable, and would give his Wife no trouble when he was gone” he had come to see a 10 year old Honda.

After he agreed to buy the car I reassured him that he had made the right choice and gave him my personal guarantee that the car would be reliable, if it wasn’t I gave him my mobile number and assured them both that they could call me at any time should they have any problems with the car in the future, that was 3 years ago and I have heard nothing. Oh and just in case you’re wondering, I’m not a Lay-by dealer, my phone is not a weekly changed pay as you go, and yes I still have the same number!

Since the launch in 1995, Honda have sold over Five Million CRV’s, production of the European version was switched to Britain in 2000 and has remained at their Swindon plant ever since. The New 4thgeneration CRV will be offered with a choice of 2 and 4 wheel drive for the first time, I suspect that the majority of the 5 million already in use will never have been off road in their life, but from what I can see there doesn’t seem to be a huge advantage gained by choosing the 2 wheel drive version.

The 2.0 i-VTEC S (2WD) costs £21,395 and has CO2 emissions of 168g/km Tax Band H and a combined MPG of 39.2 where as the 2.0 i-VTEC S 4 wheel drive model costs £22,495 it has CO2 emissions of 173 g/km which means it is still within the 166 – 175 g/km Tax Band H £200 per year Road Tax band width and a combined MPG of 38.2, so for £1100 and a reduction of 1 MPG you get to be able to drive it when it’s snowing and tow your caravan of a muddy field.

Honda supplied me with the very well specified CR-V 2.2 i-DTEC EX 4 WD manual to road test, it costs £31,495 has CO2 emissions of 154 g/km Tax Band G  £175.00 per year Road Tax and a combined MPG of 48.7 the car was finished in Twilight Blue Metallic and had Black Leather Upholstery.

All the switchgear was easy to hand  I can’t think of any extra equipment that I would have found beneficial that wasn’t already fitted as standard to this car, first job as usual was to sync my phone to the blue tooth hands free, erm after I had pulled over to the side of the road where it was safe to do so (cough, because the Honda won’t let you or your passenger do it when you are on the move)  this also gives you the option to play and control any music that you have stored on your phone wirelessly through the Honda’s i-Mid or intelligent multi function display, which has a 5” Touch Screen and incorporates, the CD/Radio, telephone, and HDD navigation system.

The car is equipped with an Economy Mode button (which is hidden behind the steering wheel and I didn’t discover for a couple of days) when its activated it controls the throttle response, engine programming, and the air conditioning compressor, it decreases the voltage to the fan drive, reducing the load on the engine and optimising it for maximum fuel efficiency.

When I selected Econ Mode I can’t say that I noticed any difference in the cars performance, but the Eco Assist system illuminates a green light which resembles a cannabis plant on the dash and and an arc on either side of the speedo which glow green when you’re driving economical, I’m pretty sure that responding to the visual signals and trying to do my best to drive within the tolerances needed to keep the pleasant glow on the dashboard was the actual reason my MPG went up, and was nothing to do with the engine mapping, this seems to be the conclusion reached by Honda engineers when they discovered that different driving styles could cause as much as a 15 percent variance in fuel economy, according to the MPG display by the time I gave the car back I was achieving 50.5 MPG which is pretty good for a big 4 Wheel Drive car.

The only thing I really didn’t like but isn’t unique to the Honda, is fitted to pretty much every car these days and that is the Idle Stop technology, you come to traffic lights or standing traffic and the car cuts out then starts again when you’re ready to move forward and you depress the clutch. No matter how many times it does this, after decades in the motor trade driving cars that had flat batteries, dirt in the carburettor or were so low on fuel that you were driving on a wing and a prayer expecting to breakdown at any second, the slightest hint that the car is going to stall or cut out without me turning the key and I slam the clutch through the cars bulkhead and floor the accelerator pedal thereby causing the engine to burst into life revving till it hits the limiter and frightening the life out of the Lollypop Lady and the kids on the school crossing.

I really couldn’t see the benefit of this feature, as I was convinced the constant stop starting in traffic would put unnecessary strain and wear on the clutch, flywheel, starter motor, engine mountings, possibly clog the cat or Diesel Particulate Filter it may lead to replacing them a lot earlier than would previously be needed and would add somewhere in the region of £1500 to £2000  to the whole life cost of the car.

For £1500 you would be able to buy enough diesel to cover approximately 11,000 miles, Argh, but what about the CO2 emissions that you would save by not burning the diesel I hear you asking?, well I can’t really calculate the exact offset between the two, but what about the CO2 and Green House gasses that are produced when the replacement parts are being manufactured, when the old parts are disposed of, recycled, melted down or Dave Clark Design turns them into a fancy clock, http://www.daveclarkdesigns.com/

ps. keep up the good work Dave!


The cabin of the EX is EX-tremely luxurious, roomy, and has great all round visibility. The blind on the panoramic tinted glass roof opens like a magic trick and I can’t understand how the disappears into such a small space, there’s just too much material to stow away, for me it will remain one of life’s mysteries, I really wanted to dismantle it but decided that the good folk at Honda wouldn’t be best pleased if I couldn’t put it back together again and gave them their car back in pieces.

When the blind opens the interior of the car is transformed and on a sunny day it’s like driving around in your conservatory. It took me seconds to adjust the driver’s seat using the electric adjustment, dropping the steering wheel using the manual adjustment so I had a clear view of the instruments and I was ready for off. The car was comfortable and easy to drive from the get go, once you’ve input your destination postcode into the Nav System and set your desired temperature on the dual zone climate control, apart from snicking into the next gear (manual version) or switching the heated seats on, there’s no reason to take your hands off the steering wheel.

I felt like the car had been built round me, it was so easy and relaxing to drive and the gearbox on the Honda is so slick that if you use more than one finger to change gear you’re wasting energy, you don’t even have to use your brain as the car has a Shift Indicator Light on the drivers display which tells you when you should change gear. With your hands at the twenty to eight or quarter to three position on the steering wheel, you can cover the radio control, fuel computer display, telephone controls and indicator with your left hand, while your right hand covers the cruise control.




I’m not big on reading instructions or asking for help, so when i eventually gave up and asked the Honda Delivery driver where the ignition key went, he said I usually leave it in my pocket, then he pointed to the start button on the dashboard. Neither did I read the Press Pack till I had waived goodbye to the car, and now I am kicking myself because I don’t know whether the car was actually fitted with 3 of Hondas optional extras ACC, LKAS and CMBS if it had have been I would have loved to try an experiment.